#■ PnUis/icd by W. H AlUw & Co leaderoJuill Street ^ April ^ 1S4j^^ JOURNAL OF A RESIDENCE OF TWO YEARS AND A HALF IN GREAT BRITAIN; BY JEHANGEER NOWROJEE AND HIRJEEBHOY MERWANJEE, OF BOMBAY, NAVAL ARCHITECTS. LONDON : Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO., LEADENHALL STREET. MDCCCXLI. PRINTED BY W. NICOL, 60, PALL MALL. DEDICATION. TO SIR CHARLES FORBES, Bart., &c. &c. Sir, During our residence of two years and a half in Great Britain, we have, from the day of our landing up to the present time, received innu- merable acts of kindness, attention, and friend- ship from you. Your valuable advice upon all occasions has proved of the greatest advantage to us, and the interest and anxiety you have evinced for our welfare, has far exceeded our most sanguine expectations. Your unwearied exertions for our country and her children, are too well known to need any comment from us, but your uniform and never- ceasing attachment to the Lowjee Family, of which we are members, deserves our most grate- ful public acknowledgmentSo Your first contracted friendship was with our iv grandfathers, then with our fathers, and latterly; with ourselves. Thus you have through three successive generations preserved that friendship with the same warmness of heart, and with the same disinterested motives. Allow us, therefore. Sir, respectfully to dedi- cate to you this brief and unpretending volume, which is the result of our sojourn in this country, as a slight token of our gratitude ; and with senti- ments of respect and esteem, we have the honour and gratification to subscribe ourselves, Sir, Your most grateful and obliged humble servants, Jehangeer Nowrojee. HiRJEEBHOY MeRWANJEE, London J April, 1841. 0 PREFACE. During our residence in England we have been so often asked our motives for leaving our homes and placing ourselves under instruc- tions in ship-building at Chatham, that we have deemed it expedient to draw up a brief account of our actuating motives, and also to exhibit a faint outline of those things^ which we had an opportunity of witnessing during the limited time that we allowed ourselves for recreation, and to give a little repose to our minds. We considered that keeping the bow always bent would only tend to weaken it, but we were care- ful in our hours of relaxation to visit such ex- hibitions, and to associate with such people, as would instruct while they amused, and of which the following pages contain the result. It has not been our intention to journalize our proceedings or to describe things in the order that we saw them, but we have endeavoured to place before the reader a sort of bird's eye view, as it were, of what we have seen from the 29th of March, 1838, the day we left Bombay, until the vi middle of April, 1841, when we cease this com- pilation, being about to return to that place. First, then, as to our actuating motive, there are two of us, Jehangeer Nowrojee, the son, and Hirjeebhoy Merwanjee, the nephew, of Nowrojee Jamsetjee, Esq., the present master builder in the Honourable East India Company's dock yard at Bombay, and we are grandsons of Jamsetjee Bo- manjee, who was also for years master builder of that yard. We were both educated with a view to being brought up in the profession of our fore- fathers, and were attached at an early age to the Bombay dock yard, which was founded by our progenitor, Lowjee Nasserwanjee, in the year 1735, and after whom our family is called, viz., Lowjee Family." It is necessary to state that before the above named year all vessels were built at Surat, the principal commercial city on the western side of India, The Bombay go- vernment having contracted with a Parsee builder there in the same year, to build a ship, which was called the Queen," Lowjee super- intended this vessel in the capacity of a foreman, and Mr. Dudley, who was sent to Surat by the government of Bombay to see her properly built, was so much pleased and struck with the atten- tion and ingenuity of the foreman, that he per- suaded him to accompany him to Bombay, in order to establish a building yard there. To vii this he consented; and having brought twelve or fourteen shipwrights with him, selected the pre- sent spot for the dock yard, and thus laid the foundation of that establishment^ which now is considered the finest naval arsenal in India, and that period may be considered an era in the history of Bombay, as the prosperity of the island began rapidly to increase, and in little more than a century the place^ formerly an in- significant and small island, now ranks amongst the cities of Hindoostan, and promises to become one of the best in India. Lowjee afterwards brought up his two sons Manockjee and Bomanjee to his own profession, who each had a family of four sons, some of whom were also brought up as shipwrights, but Jamsetjee, the son of the latter^ built the largest and the first ship for the British navy, the Minderiy' of seventy-four guns, and afterwards six other ships of the line. He was well known as a naval architect to all naval commanders, and men that went to India ; and his own as well as his predecessor's services have frequently called forth the testimony of the Honourable East India Company and the Boards of Admi- ralty, from whom he had from time to time re- ceived numerous marks of approbation. The present master builder has also built viii several ships for the navy, namely, the Asia, Bombay y and Calcutta, all of eighty-four guns, and which are acknowledged to be the finest and strongest two-deckers in the world. There have been in the whole ten ships of the line, several frigates and smaller vessels ; and nu- merous other vessels for the Hon. Company and the merchants of India have been built at Bombay, besides the defects of Indian squadrons under several eminent admirals have been repaired, and in fact the dock yard may be the just boast of the Honourable Company, for the advantages and prosperity it has afforded to the commerce of Bombay. Several members of the Lowjee Family have distinguished themselves in other points, Hormasjee Bomanjee was well known in India and England for his commercial enterprise ; and the extensive trade he carried on, in con- junction with the celebrated house of Forbes and Co. (the oldest in Bombay), tended much to benefit Bombay by paving the way for others. Pestonjee Bomanjee was also a partner in the well known firm of Bruce, Fawcett, and Co., now Remington and Co. Nasserwanjee Manockjee, also a member of the same family, encouraged French com- merce, and his son, Jehangeer Nasserwanjee carries on the same business. Ahnost all French ix ships that come to Bombay are consigned to him, as also French ships of war, and the credit- able and regular manner in which he conducts the business, has excited the approbation of his Majesty, the King of the French, who sent him a very handsome present of a gold medal, and deputed the celebrated Marshal Soult to write to him and to say that it was a special mark of the King's favour. In addition to this, he has the American ships consigned to him, so that it may not be presumptuous to state that our family has been very instrumental in promoting the com- merce and the prosperity of Bombay. We ourselves are the fifth generation from Lowjee that continue to serve the Honourable East India Company, with fidelity and attach- ment, through a period of one hundred and six years as ship builders. But we heard much of the progress making by that giant Steam ; we found that it was becoming more extensively applied to marine purposes ; that instead of its being only used for inland navigation and short distance, vessels were sent to Bombay to keep up the communication between India and Eng- land ; we were informed that vessels of immense tonnage were designed to cross the Atlan- tic, and that steamers were applied to purposes of war ; that, indeed, there appeared to be no bounds to the mighty strides that it was X taking from the applicability of steam as a pro- pelling power to ships of all sizes. The Head Builder was, therefore, advised by many of his friends that though as constructors and builders of ships, himself and his ancestors were highly complimented for their skill and ability, yet a new era had arrived when the at- tention of scientific men must be turned to that form of a body, which was to be rapidly propelled through water by wheels, instead of by the power of wind and canvass, and that he should, there- fore, send two or three young men to England, where steam vessels of all descriptions were be- ing designed, — from a small river boat to those magnificent passage vessels employed in crossing the Atlantic, and those still more noble fabrics constructed in the several royal yards for the conveyance of mails, and also those destined for " men of war." Among the friends that thus advised him the foremost was John Seppings, Esq., surveyor of shipping to the Honourable East India Com- pany at Calcutta, who had come to Bombay in February, 1838, to return to England by the overland route, he strongly urged the necessity of taking such a step in order that Bombay dock yard should keep pace with the improvements of the day, and being an eminent naval archi- tect himself gave the head builder the assurance xi of our having every opportunity of perfecting ourselves in that branch of naval architecture in England. Having been encouraged by Mr. Seppings, and hearing the same thing from the then worthy superintendent, Rear-Admiral Sir Charles Mal- colm, he at once applied to the government for sending two of us to this country. Government approved of the measure, and very kindly pro- mised to recommend us to the notice of the Honourable Court of Directors of the East India Company. To these two sincere advisers of our Father and Uncle we owe every thing, they w^ere actuated by the best of motives, and a disinterested anxiety for our welfare, v/hich we shall never forget. It was through Sir Charles Malcolm and Mr. Seppings that we have had the good fortune of coming to England, and we here beg to convey to them our best thanks and grateful feelings for it, as well as for the kindness and attention w^e subsequently received from them in England. With the specific object, therefore, of acquir- ing a correct knowledge of the construction of steam vessels and ships, we left our relatives and friends at Bombay, and embarked on the 29th of March, 1838, on board the Buckinghamshire, with our friend and preceptor, Dorabjee Mun- cherjee, and two servants of our own caste. We xii have spent a large sum of money upon our main- tenance and education, and we humbly hope that our residence in this country has been attended with the desired result. We had the opportunity of daily visiting Chatham dock yard, where large steamers were being built, by the kind permission of the Lords of the Admiralty, to whom we feel most grateful. We have availed ourselves of the able instruc- tion of John Fincham, Esq., the talented master shipwright of Chatham dock yard, who was for many years the superintendent of the school of naval architecture at Portsmouth, and who is also the author of several works on ship building ; to him we feel particularly indebted for the in- formation that he imparted to us. We have also to acknowledge the uniform kind disposition shown to us by all the officers of that as well as other royal yards that we have visited. We more particularly allude to Richard Blake, Esq., master shipwright of Portsmouth yard, and T. Hawkes, Esq., master shipwright of Plymouth yard. It would be invidious to name others, as we here publicly acknowledge our thanks to all from whom we asked for infor- mation, and we may state without vanity that we have made such progress as to enable several of our professional friends to give us testimonials so strongly worded as amply to compensate for our xiii long separation from our families, friends, and country. Language will not express the gratitude we owe to the Honourable Court of Directors of the East India Company, particularly their two late, and the present Honourable Chairman, Sir James Law Lushington, Sir Richard Jenkins, and William Butterworth Bayley, Esq., also the worthy Secretary, James Cosmo Melville, Esq., and J. C. Mason, Esq., of the Marine department, for the uniform kindness, patronage, and liberal encouragement w^e received from them officially, and the zeal and disinterestedness which they evinced for our welfare, in return for which we can only offer the assurance of earnest and in- defatigable attention to our duties in Lidia. To our worthy patron. Sir Charles Forbes, we feel highly obliged, and w^e cannot sufficiently ej^press ourselves in acknowledging his nu- merous acts of patronage, sound advice, and real friendship, not only tow^ards us, but to the family to which w e belong, and the paternal care with which he watched over our studies, move- ments, comforts, &c., during our residence here, and we must take the liberty of referring our readers to that part of our work where we have expressed our gratitude to him and his family, but which we consider not at all adequate to the good-will he entertains towards our countrymen xiv generally, and his unceasing exertions for pro- moting their welfare and happiness. We must not forget our worthy and able in- structor, the Rev. George Hopkins, of Egham, in whom, during our stay of twelve months under his superintendence, we found not only an in- structor, but a very sincere and disinterested friend, alike anxious for our acquirements, health, and comfort, and it is justice to him that we must with pleasure state, that though himself a clergy- man of the Church of England, he never upon any one occasion condemned or ridiculed that;, to us dearest of all, the religion of our forefathers ; on the contrary, he, to his honour be it spoken, evinced considerable anxiety that we should per- severe and act up to what we firmly thought and believed to be true. It is to him that we are mainly indebted for the success we have had in studying our profession at Chatham, as we read the writers on naval architecture with ease and pro- fit, in consequence of the preparatory instructions we received from him. It is also due to the sound knowledge he imparted to us in the limited time of twelve months that we have been able to com- pile this volume, we shall, therefore, always recol- lect him with feelings of respect, esteem, and admiration. To our kind friend. Captain Robert Cogan, of the Indian navy, we are much indebted for the XV assistance and advice he cheerfully afforded us when we needed them, we therefore convey our thanks to him. From Sir WiUiam Symonds, the Chief Sur- veyor of the Navy, and his assistant, John Edye, Esq., we have received much kindness and at- tention, which we shall ever gratefully recollect. It would indeed be an endless task to enume- rate here all from whom we have received courtesy in England, but the above-named gen- tlemen we could not consistently pass over, and we candidly acknowledge that we return to our native land deeply impressed with the hospitable and affable character of the British people, and the civilities we have experienced during our short sojourn will never be obhterated from our memory. With regard to our observations upon the dif- ferent scenes in England, we cannot imagine that they will afford either instruction or amusement to Europeans, but we do think that to the natives of India who may be about to visit Eng- land, they will prove useful, they will point out to them such things as are worth inspection, they will give them a faint idea of what those places are about which they have heard so much, and our remarks may teach them that although worshipping their Creator through a different medium, that they will in England receive much xvi of kindness and of courtesy, that they will see manufactories of almost every description of articles ; they will see glass made, cotton manu- factured, and^ congregated together for exhibi- tion^ models for performing every possible opera- tion. With these views, we have noted down those things, and although we may be deemed pre- sumptuous for putting our ideas in print, we have only to hope all who read our little work will make due allowances for our want of correct English phraseology 3 and we state that if upon any subject our remarks appear of erroneous construction, it must have been from want of knowing better, as we have no prejudice against any one, or no feeling that could in any way lead us to personalities. We must also request indulgence for any errors, typographical or otherwise, that the reader may meet with, as the work has been hurried through the press to get it out before our departure. In conclusion, we hope, that should our humble efforts promote and increase the existing kindly feehng towards the natives of the East in the breast of the British public, our highest ambition will be gratified, and we shall indeed think that toe have not travelled, studied, and written in vain. CONTENTS. CHAPTER I.— p. 1. VOYAGE FROM BOMBAY TO ENGLAND. Cannanore — Cochin — Canoes — Heavy Gale off the Cape — Sy- monds' Bay — Cape Town — St. Helena — Strange Sail — Dover — Gravesend. CHAPTER n.— p. 26. ARRIVAL AT GRAVESEND, AND PASSAGE TO LONDON. Steam Boat Accommodations — Traffic on the Thames — Bustle of London. CHAPTER HI.— p. 30. INTRODUCTION TO SIR CHARLES FORBES. THE DIORAMA AND THE ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. xviii CHAPTER IV.— p. 35. INTRODUCTION AND RECEPTION AT THE EAST INDIA HOUSE. Sir James Rivett Carnac, Bart., Earl of Minto, &c. CHAPTER v.— p. 39. PUBLIC CONVEYANCES AND BRIDGES. Fares — Cruelty to Half Starved Horses — Job Carriages and Horses — Suggestion for Omnibus System at Bombay — View of London, from the Bridges, at Night and at Sunrise — Riches of England — Corn Laws. CHAPTER VI.— p. 64. WAX-WORK. MADAME TUSSAUD. Her Majesty — ^The Royal Family — Archbishop of Canterbury — Duke of Wellington — O'Connell — Lord Brougham — Cobbett — Pitt— Fox— Voltaire, &c. CHAPTER VII.— p. 76. RAILROADS. EGHAM. WINDSOR. Locomotive Engines — Travelling — Post Office — Maidenhead — Windsor — Great Park — Egham. CHAPTER VIIL— p. 93. BRITISH MUSEUM. xix CHAPTER IX.— p. 98. THE PARKS. CHAPTER X.— p. 101. THEATRES. Her Majesty at the Opera — Extravagant Pay to Dancers — Drury Lane — Van Amburgh — Promenade Concert — Covent Garden — Madame Vestris — Saloon — Unhappy Females — Astley's — Carter and his Wild Beasts — Victoria — Blanchard performs a Monkey — Power of Money — Rudeness of the Lower Orders. CHAPTER XL— p. 111. SCIENTIFIC INSTITUTIONS. Adelaide Gallery — Steam-Gun — Daguerreotype — Polytechnic In- stitution — Its numerous and highly interesting contents-r Blessings to England, in Coal and Iron — Hall's Water Elevator recommended to India — Benefits arising to Science from the former pursuit of Astrology, &c. — Mechanics' Institutes. CHAPTER XII.— p. US. BAZAARS. LAYCOCK^S DAIRY. — MARKETS. CHAPTER XIII.— p. 150. NATIONAL AND CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS. Greenwich Hospital — Guy's Hospital — Christ's Hospital — Na- tional Schools. XX CHAPTER XIV.— p. 164. HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT. Constitution of the Commons — Reform Bill — House of Lords — Debate in the Commons, 25th Feb. 1841 — Visit to the House of Lords, 26th Feb. 1841.— Westminster Hall. CHAPTER XV.— p. 186. POLICE AND CRIMINAL COURTS. Guildhall — Grand Jury — Trial — Story of Sir William Garrow — Obstinate Jurymen. CHAPTER XVI.— p. 195. EXHIBITIONS OF THE FINE ARTS. f oliseum — (Observations on London, occasioned by the Picture of the View from St. Paul's — Size — Wealth — Cheap Shops — Adulterated Tea — Tricks of Trade — Jews — Bankrupt Stocks — Quacks — Citizens, their Country Houses — Expensive Establish- ments and Education of their Children — Numerous places of Worship — Streets and Squares) — National Gallery — Royal Academy, &c. — Miss Linwood — Panorama of Acre. CHAPTER XVIL— p. 216. PUBLIC BUILDINGS, &C. St. Paul's — The Monument — The Thames Tunnel — xVdmiralty — Somerset House — Surveyor of the Navy's Model Room — The Tower— Bank— Post Office. XXI CHAPTER XVIIL— p. 232. RESIDENCE AT EGIIAM AND VISITS TO WINDSOR AND FROGMORE LODGE. The Queen on the Terrace — The Authors' Names and Country enquired after — Egham,^ — Runimead — St. Ann's Hill — Mrs. Fox — Frogmore — Affability of the late Princess Augusta — Disappointed in English Gardens, not equal in arrangement, &c., to those at Bombay — Fruit — Virginia Water. CHAPTER XIX.— p. 246. CHATHAM DOCK YARD. Description of the Yard, Buildings, &c. — Preparations for Launch- ing the Maeander Frigate — Launch — Expences of the Yard — Consequent Taxation — Launch of the London, 92 guns* — Sea- man's Song CHAPTER XX.— p. 288. CHATHAM^ ROCHESTER^ AND MAIDSTONE. Almshouses — Theatre — Aylesford — Wateringbury — Hop Picking — Brewing — Apples — Curiosity of the People. CHAPTER XXL— p. 300. SHEERNESS DOCK YARD. Curious Model of the Yard— Roman Cement — Organic Remains in the Isle of Sheppy. xxii CHAPTER XXII.— p. 307. WOOLWICH YARD AND ARSENAL. CHAPTER XXIII.— p. 312. THE CUSTOM HOUSE AND THE DOCKS OF LONDON. Houses in Frame for Australia — Emigrants — Blackwaii Railway. CHAPTER XXIV.— p. 317. VAUXHALL GARDENS. CHAPTER XXV.— p. 319. ILLUMINATION OF LONDON. Homage of the People to the Queen — Aspirations for her welfare — Political Popularity uncertain. CHAPTER XXVI.— p. 324. WINDSOR CASTLE. Splendour and Taste of George IV. — Private Apartments — State Apartments — Grandeur and Magnificence of St, George's Chapel — Immense value of the Plate Room. CHAPTER XXVII.— p. 342. THE EAST INDIA HOUSE. External Architecture — Short Account of the Company — Interior — Museum— Encouragement to Talent and Genius in the Na- tives of the East. xxiii CHAPTER XXVIIL— p. 358. STEAM MANUFACTORIES IN LONDON. CHAPTER XXIX.— p. 362. THE ROYAL INSTITUTION. Evening Lecture, by Mr. Goddard — Daguerreotype Portraits. CHAPTER XXX.— p. 365. NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS. Adoption of their opinions, laughable — Valuable as Journals of Historical Facts — Changes in Politics — Inflammatory Language — Expenses — Opinions on diflferent Papers — Advantages to So- ciety — Anonymous Slander — Annuals — Reviews — Edinburgh — Quarterly, &c. CHAPTER XXXI.— p. 385. TOUR TO THE NAVAL ARSENALS AND PRINCIPAL SEAPORTS. Southampton Railway — Southampton — Portsmouth — Dock Yard — Plymouth — Devonport — Bristol — Great Western Steam Ship Company — Gloucester — Birmingham — Liverpool — Niger Expe- dition — Glasgow — Pottery — Asylum for the Blind — Greenock — Return to London and Expense of Tour in Time and Money. CHAPTER XXXII.— p. 451. CUSTOMS, AND MANNERS, EDUCATION, &C. xxiv CHAPTER XXXIIL— p. 465. ALBUMS. EPITAPHS. CHAPTER XXXIV.— p. 479. CLIMATE OF ENGLAND. Salutations indicative of the Climate — Ice — Beautiful appearance of Snow — Tulips— Fruits — Harvest — Christmas — Advice on Preservation of Health. CHAPTER XXXV.— p. 487- CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. CHAPTER I. VOYAGE FROM BOMBAY TO ENGLAND. On the twenty-ninth of March the Buckingham- shire was announced to leave^ and as the time drew near^ we began to feel uneasy. The idea of leaving our homes^ the happy island which gave us birth ^ the sacrifice of comforts we were about to make^ and three years' absence from our wives^ our parents^ and relatives^ made us very melancholy ; however hope animated us and we reflected with what pleasure we should see them all on our return^ and moreover what advantage our countrymen in Bombay would derive by our being acquainted with the resources of a country on w^hich their life and property depended^ and we hoped that it would be paving the way for them^ and that by our communicating to them what we had seen of England^ and her inha- bitants, they would be actuated to visit her, and that by the frequent interchange of ideas and feelings much benefit would result to both. B 2 On the morning of the twenty-ninth we bade adieu to our families and friends, and many were the tears of sorrow that flowed from all eyes at that critical hour. All were melancholy and sad ; many came on board the ship with us and re- mained there as long as they could, but oh ! what words can paint the grief when we thus severed from each other ? The Captain gave orders to weigh the anchor, and the wide sails were now spread, and the noble ship stood out for sea. Every soul on board except ourselves, and some native seamen, were full of joy, with the antici- pated pleasure of seeing their native land and the associates of their younger days. Our case indeed was different, we were leaving our birth place for a strange country, and had exchanged homely com- forts for the troubles of a long sea voyage. We gazed on the happy land we had just left till we could see it no longer. We soon became reconciled to . our lot and contrived means to amuse ourselves as well as we could. For three days and three nights we saw nothing but the wide ocean before, and the sky over, us. Our fellow passengers were mostly public ser- vants, whose names would be of very little interest, suffice it to say, that there were upwards of sixty including the children, who were about fifteen in number. 3 Many of the passengers were sea sick, but to the great astonishment of all, the whole of us escaped it and were totally free from the slightest symptoms of its approach ; this we attribute to be caused by the abstemious mode of living we adopted at sea. We here beg to suggest to all those, who wish to escape the unpleasant effects of sea sickness, to refrain from taking any wine or spirits, and to be moderate in their meals for the first few days, as we have found it of advantage in keeping our health, though out of us five, only one of our attendants had been to sea before. On the fourth of April we saw the land about Cannanore, from which place we had to take some soldiers and a young officer of the Army as passengers in the ship ; in the morning of the following day we came into the Bay of Cannanore, which is said to be the best on the coast of Malabar. The Town is defended by a fortress, and has, we were informed, some very good houses. As our ship was expected to leave the place in a few hours none of the passengers went on shore ; we saw some very neat bungalows belonging to the English, close to the beach with gardens sur- rounding them. A boat was sent on shore with the second officer and the purser, with whom we had the opportunity of sending some letters to Bombay by the post. 4 Soon after the ship entered the Bay we were surrounded by the natives^ who came with their canoes loaded with all sorts of fruit, cocoa nuts, and vegetables, which was very acceptable to us, and we purchased them with great eagerness. The boat returned in the afternoon with the passengers, and we once more made for sea. We had to take some more passengers from Cochin, as well as our living stock, such as fowls, geese, &c., with which the coast of Malabar abounds; we sailed along the coast keeping it in view all the time. The coast between Canna- nore and Cochin, is of uniform height and thickly covered with cocoa nut trees, and had altogether a very beautiful appearance. On the morning of the tenth of April we reached Cochin, there were several small vessels in the harbour and the steamer Semiramis/^ belonging to the Honourable Company. Appre- hensions were entertained about her safety at Bombay when we left, because she had been more than three months on her passage from England, but we here understood that she was detained at many places on her way to take in fresh supplies of coals. We did not come to anchor at this place, because we expected to start again in the evening; the captain fired guns to warn the passengers on shore of his arrival, in order that they might come on board during the day. Here the ship was 5 again hemmed in by the native canoes, contain- ing great quantity of fruit and vegetables, in addition to which they had brought numerous parrots, and mungooses, which the sailors were very desirous to buy, and to take them to their friends as the living curiosities of this side of India, and such was the bustle and noise which prevailed in making the bargains, and so many of the crew were willing to purchase the birds, that a momentary suspension of their duties took place, and the accommodation of the ship^s company was likely to become a menagerie of birds, but the Captain issued peremptory orders for the owners to leave the ship. After breakfast we took a small canoe and went on shore ; we immediately repaired to the house of a Parsee, who was a merchant and had a building yard of his own ; we were very hand- somely treated by his domestics, and though he was not at home, he left orders always to shew hospitality to any one of his own caste, who may happen to come there. Having taken dinner we went to our host^s dock-yard to pay our respects to him and to thank him for his hospitality, but to our great regret he was not there. The town of Cochin is not very extensive and from its prox- imity to the Teak wood forests many building yards have been established by private individuals, and some very good ships have been built here. Cochin was ceded to the British, in the year 1814, 6 by the Dutch^ wlio captured it from the Portuguese* We saw some ruins of buildings which formerly must have had an air of grandeur. Dutch, Portu- guese and Jews are to be found in great numbers here. The trade is considerable in Sandal wood^ Cardamums, Pepper, Cocoa nut, and Teak wood, and ample supplies of poultry can be procured at a very cheap rate, consequently ships bound for long voyages take their living stock at this place. Fowls are procurable at two rupees a dozen. Ducks three rupees per dozen. Geese from two to two rupees and a half a couple, and Turkies from two rupees and a half to three rupees a couple. The streets in the Town are very irregular, and the houses have a very indifferent external appearance, though many of them are commodious within. At four in the afternoon we came to the land- ing place, and we saw the ship^s boat, with the second mate and the purser loaded with poultry, return to the ship; they advised us to follow them as soon as possible as the ship was waiting for them. It was more than half an hour before we could procure a boat to carry us, all of them being em- ployed in conveying coals to the steamer ; how- ever we succeeded in getting a miserable small craft, with two men to row her ; we began to be very apprehensive that the ship would have to 7 wait for us^ but our boatmen pledged themselves to take us on board in an hour. The canoe^ as these crafts are called, was an indifferent one ; they are scooped out of a solid log of wood, and are round bottomed so that the least overbalance will upset it; there were two men on the oars and one at the rudder, the wind was blowing fresh, and tide against us, so that they had hard work to pull the canoe. The sea was very high and the boat was tossed about a great deal, and we were very much frightened, and were in danger of upsetting, however we persevered in keeping our balance and in an hour reached the ship. The passengers being all on board the Captain was anxious to avail him- self of the fresh breeze, and we set sail, but within an hour it was ascertained that nearly a third part of the live stock, which came on board, was dead from the effects of the salt water and by the tossing about of the gig while coming to the ship. We were consequently forced to put back for the place, and cast anchor in the road on account of a heavy squall that came on. Early next morning the gig was sent ashore with the purser and second officer to procure a further supply, and they returned to the ship at three in the afternoon. By this time the Semiramis having taken in all her coals, got her steam up and weighed anchor to leave for Bombay; she spoke to us as she passed by and we had the satisfac- 8 tion of sending a favourable report of all on board by her to Bombay. At five in the afternoon we weighed anchor, and set sail^ with the hope of making a speedy passage to the Cape, which was the next place we wanted to go to for replenishing provisions and water for the rest of our passage. We were gazing on the shore till it was quite dark, and bade adieu to the fair land of Hindostan for some time to come. Before we reached the Cape we fell in with a great many ships, exchanged colours with some, and spoke to many of them ; but it would be te- dious and unnecessary to enumerate them all here, however on the eighteenth of May we fell in with the barque Earl of Liverpool, we exchanged colours, and she came alongside at six in the evening ; she had left Bombay a few days after us, and the news she gave us of that place was of very little importance. The following morning we saw her within a hundred yards of us, and it being a perfect calm the commanders of both ships found it an excellent opportunity of comparing their chronometers. The Commander of the Liverpool in conse- quence came on board our ship after breakfast, and left after dinner ; it was indeed pleasing to all on board to see a stranger at sea^ which was a change from the monotony of our passage^ and served as a topic of conversation. 9 On the 22nd of May we were between the Fish Bay and the cape Lagullas, on the southern coast of the continent of Africa, and were now expecting to encounter a heavy north-western gale, which commences blowing here from May till August; the barometer was going down rapidly, and all were in apprehension. The Captain had ordered every thing to be prepared to meet the expected gale, when, on the afternoon of the same day, it began to blow hard ; all the sails were taken in immediately, except the fore- topsail, which was double reefed; the gun deck ports were shut, and our cabin presented a most gloomy appearance ; the ship began to roll and pitch a great deal, and we had to give additional security to ovir things in the cabin for fear of any giving way ; this was the very first time we were in such a sea, and here we felt the necessity of warm clothing. We had hitherto had a favorable passage on the whole, considering the season of the year^ but we began to feel uneasy when we were told that the gale would not subside at least for a fortnight, and we very much regretted not having left Bombay by the overland route, because we should have been very near the place of our destination by this time. On the morning of the following day, we were informed that the jib- boom and the sprit-sail yard were carried away during the night. The gale kept on blowing very hard, the sea ran mountains high, and the ship B 2 10 rolled and pitched to that degree that we could hardly stand on our legs ; our cabin was so dark and gloomy that we could not bear sitting for an hour in it. The dim light admitted from a bull's-eye^ and a small scuttle through the side^ was not sufficient to read a book, and when we endeavoured to do so, we found it a difficult task because of the motion of the vessel. You are obliged to hold anything that is a fixture with one hand to keep yourself steady, and your book in the other ; but then how are you to turn the leaves as you read them? If you loose your hold the next lurch will throw you off your seat, and you are in the danger of breaking your neck. On the deck the wind was so cold and blowing so hard, that it was no pleasure or enjoyment to pass a few hours there ; thus we were sadly in want of amusement^ and not we only, but we believe all the passengers on board. It was also a difficult task for our servants to prepare our victuals, as they could hardly keep the cooking utensils steady on the fire. Though the Captain had allowed us a separate caboose, which was placed between the foremast and the riding bits^ in a portable house built for the purpose, our cook dared not move from it, because close to it was stowed a quantity of hay, for a fine Arabian steed and two cows which were on board. The things on the cuddy table were 11 often carried away, and we found much difficulty in taking our meals ; the plan we adopted was that of holding the plate in our hand and eating out of it, but the most laborious task was that of taking tea; we were obliged to hold the cup in our hands, and pour out the liquid and drink it off as fast we could. Such was the difficulty we had to encounter during this gale : here we were strongly reminded of the comforts of home, and we lamented undertaking the voyage by sea ; and, indeed, had there not been the number of happy innocent children on board, whose playful tricks and smiles amused us, it would have proved an extremely tedious passage. We, therefore, strongly recommend those who leave England or India for either country, by all means to go by the overland route if they can possibly affi^rd it. It may appear presumptuous of us to recommend a route we have not travelled by, but we have heard a great deal from those who have had experience in it, and by comparing them to the narrative of our voyage, we have drawn a conclu- sion in its favor, and have resolved to return to Bombay by the same conveyance. We hear that the track is so completely beaten, that there is very little fatigue attending it, except crossing the desert of Suez, but you are amply repaid for it by reaching to your destination much sooner, and seeing the countries which you traverse. How- ever, with all the inconveniences here cited, we 12 had reason to be thankful to the AUwise Provi- dence for landing us safely on the shores of England. The contrast in the appearance of the ship \vas remarkable ; hitherto she had carried many large and wide sails, but now a triangular one (called storm-sail) was her lot, and she was as it were deprived of her beautiful clothing. It was quite depressing to see her in that state. We continued on thus till the 4th of June, and, unfortunately, much of the live stock which we had taken at Cochin died every day during this tedious gale, and there were only two sheep on board ; and it was the opinion of all, that the wind would not change its direction for a fortnight, at least there was every appearance of its conti- nuing to blow from the same quarter ; and as we were taking tea in our cabin our kind friend Mr. Stuart, the purser, came in and said that he had an unpleasant message from the Captain to deliver ; it was this, — we had hitherto been allowed mutton and fowls, but as there were no fowls on board, and only two sheep, the Captain regretted he could not supply us with any meat after they were consumed, and as it was uncer- tain when we should reach the Cape, we were requested to subsist upon rice, peas, &c. till then. There was a great quantity of salt beef and ham on board, but we could not as Parsees partake of them from our religious scruples. 13 This was no unpleasant message" to us^ be- cause there were many other things upon which we could live for weeks together ; and moreover we had a quantity of preserved meat with us, which was very little consumed^ and proved of the greatest use and convenience to us, as it only required warming a little and it was fit to eat. But we were extremely sorry to hear that we should have to endure the discomfort^ as much again as we had already experienced. It was very fortunate that the ship did not sustain any other injury or loss than that of her jib-boom and the sprit-sail yard^ and much of it is to be attributed to the excellent management of Captain Hopkins and his officers. The boom and the yard were soon replaced^ but the poop and the upper deck now became very leaky ; by the constant rolling of the ship the caulking became loose, and there was every passenger complaining about it ; no remedy however could be done to it before the gale subsided. On the morning of the 5th the wind moderated^ and we were able to set sail. Oh ! how de- lightful was it, every body was full of joy^ and every heart forgot all the past trouble, and looked forward with pleasure to reach Simon's Bay the day after the following. In the evening there was only a slight breeze and the sea considerably smoother, and we made towards False Bay. On the morning of the 6th we fairly entered the 14 Bay^ but the wind being against us we had to tack about^ or beat to the windward^ to enter that safe, long- wished haven — Simon's Bay. There are very high mountains on both sides of False Bay, and there was Uttle verdure on them on account of its being winter, but they appeared destitute of wood. The ship^s company and the officer had a hard work to tack the ship about the whole of the day, and at three o'clock on the morning of the 7th, we fairly cast anchor at Simon's Bay. Simon^s Bay is about twenty-two miles north- east of Cape Town ; it is much frequented by ships during the north-westerly gales for which the Cape is celebrated ; it is entirely sheltered from the winds by high mountains with which it is surrounded ; many of them are more than three thousand feet in height from the level cf the sea. We saw her Majesty^s ship Melville, 74 guns, bearing the flag of Admiral Honorable George Elliot, and two or three other ships of the navy. Simon^s Town is situated opposite the bay at the foot of the hills, and is much warmer and pleasanter than Cape Town, which lies exposed to the wind. The view of the town from the harbour is very good. The houses are principally one story high, detached from each other, and facing the bay. We were anxious to see Cape Town, and as our friend Mr. Stuart was going there, we wanted 15 to accompany him, but he informed us that there was only one carriage by which he was going, and as he had other friends with him it could not take us all, and we must consequently wait till the same carriage should return back, to which we agreed, and, upon our request, he promised to arrange about our lodgings at that place. Many of the passengers proceeded on horse- back to Cape Town and some of them were content to spend a few days at Simon^s Town. We were very much tired of the ship, and our friend assured us that the carriage would come for us on the 11th and we were to proceed by it at once to Cape Town. Accordingly we went on shore at the appointed hour, but to our great surprise there was no carriage, and we were told that it might possibly arrive in the evening but not before. We consequently took up our abode at a place called ^' Clarence Hotel the only one of the kind. The houses in Simon's Town are mostly built of stone and whitewashed, with flat roofs. The inhabitants are principally the Dutch and the Hottentots. Here is a naval yard with storehouses, &c. to supply the Queen^s ships, and a beautiful building appropriated for the residence of the Admiral and his suite. Shops are very few here and the place from its lonely position is very dear, no provisions are to be got in any quantity ; the ships are supplied from Cape Town, from whence things are conveyed to this place by 16 waggons drawn by horses and bullocks. Water is very plentiful here and exceedingly good ; here the houses are supplied by pipes leading from the very many beautiful springs that flow from the mountain in every direction. Evening came but no carriage arrived^ nor was there any intelligence about it, we were therefore compelled to remain at our present quarters till the next morning. At length after a great deal of anxiety on our part, at seven in the evening we saw a chariot with six horses coming towards our Hotel, and we concluded it was for us ; it brought one of the lady passengers of our ship, and we had a note from our friend stating, that he did not reach Cape Town before the evening of the 11th, in consequence of his carriage coming in contact with a waggon on the road which disabled it from proceeding onwards and which accounted for the delay. At six o^clock on the following morning we started by the coach, and we were very much astonished with the driver, who sitting on the coach box drove six horses at a very rapid pace. It must be a very difficult task for one to hold and manage six horses in hand, and driving furiously. There was another man with a long whip in his hand by the side of the driver, who kept urging the horses. Cape horses though not possessing the beauty and the speed of the Arabian are very strong, and capable of standing a great deal of fatigue. The 17 first three or four miles of the road from Simon^s Town is very bad and irregular, but the rest is good and even. We passed through a beautiful part of the country and saw many beautiful cottages, farms and woods, the scenery altogether was very lively and romantic. We were driven to the George's Hotel, a large and respectable place where arrangements were made for our reception, and we found every comfort at this place. We here found our friend Colonel Henderson* late Clothing Agent at Bom- bay, who having heard of our arrival was kind enough to come and see us. We remained three days at this place, and were favored with a call from John Warden Esq. the Chief Magistrate of Bombay, and we were introduced to two mer- chants of some note, Mr. Burnie and Mr. Ruther- foord, from whom we received much kindness and attention. The colony of the Cape of Good Hope was taken from the Dutch by the British in the year 1802, and its capital is Cape Town. This celebra- ted Cape was first doubled by a celebrated Portuguese navigator, Vasco de Gama in 1494, and who was the very first European that came to Hindostan, and the first place that he landed at was Calicut on the coast of Malabar; thus he opened the way for other adventurers, and many discoveries were made by the Portuguese after- 18 wards^ the Dutch followed their example, and reaped a rich harvest by trading with India, and subsequently the Enghsh, who are now rulers of the country. Cape Town is very neat and well built^ and stands on a gentle declivity towards the sea^ the streets are very wide and straight^ and intersect each other at right angles, which adds considerably to its beauty ; the houses are principally two stories high. Canals of water run through many of the streets and fine shady trees are to be found in some of them. The Town is watered by a stream that issues from the Table Mountain. The inhabitants are the Dutch, English and Hottentots, or the natives of the colony. There are batteries, many forts and a castle to defend the town. Mr. Burnie kindly took us to see the Botanical Garden, where all sorts of plants and shrubs were reared and taken care of for experiments; it was not very large, but well conducted, and in good order. The celebrated Table Mountain is in the view of the town, and the land at the summit of this mountain, called Table Land, is 3582 feet above the level of the sea, and is very flat. The climate of the Cape is very healthy and salubrious ; it neither has the extreme cold of England, nor the oppressive heat of India ; and from the equality of the seasons and the pecu- liarity of the soil, vegetation, both of Europe and 19 Asia^ thrives very well. Here we saw pomegranate trees, plantain trees, and others of Indian produc- tion, and we were told that much of English fruit and vegetables were to be had in their proper seasons. On the whole we were highly delighted with what w^e saw of the place; and we returned to Simon^s Town in the same carriage and six, in three hours : the cost of the conveyance was 12/. By the 21st of June, having completed our water and provisions, and having caulked the deck, and repaired or replaced every thing that had suffered from the gale, we weighed anchor, and put to sea with a favorable breezCo We should have mentioned, that False Bay abounds with plenty of fish, mackerel especially, of which the ship^s company caught a great many, and it was a very great treat to us for some days. At 10 A. M., on the morning of the 6th of July, we descried the Island of St. Helena. It appeared as a huge rock standing in the midst of the wide ocean, and the same evening we were so close to it that we might have thrown a biscuit on shore. This island may be conceived to be a stupendous rock rising out of the bosom of the sea, quite inaccessible except at one place ; it is situated in the Atlantic ocean, and about 1200 miles distant from the West coast of Africa. The whole area of it is, we understand, about 30,000 acres, a greater part of which is unfit to be 20 cultivated. The cliffs, on all sides, are from 700 to 1200 feet in height, and it is so well defended by fortifications, as to be considered invincible in the hands of the British. As night came on, we hove to on the other side of the island ; and on the following morning we came opposite James' Town ; a boat was sent on shore, which returned in a few hours, and we set sail with the hope of touching at nowhere else but England. The only town on the island of St. Helena is James^ Town, and the population is said to be up- wards of four thousand. Thisbarren and lonely place became the scene of great interest, from being the confinement of that extraordinary man Napoleon Buonaparte, who having for a series of years dis- turbed the peace of Europe, became an exile to this place in 1816, where he ended his earthly career on the 5th day of May, 1821, and was interred with all the honors due to him as a great military man. We have since read, that his remains were conveyed to Paris by the French, and buried in that country. On the afternoon of the 10th of July we passed Ascension Island ; and on the 26th of the same month, about the parallel of the Azores, or the Western Islands, we descried a sail early in the morning, right ahead of us. We hoisted colours at seven, when she was sufficiently near ; but she did not do so ; and after repeated attempts, 21 we could not learn what she was : it was^ there- fore^ thought that she must be a pirate ship, and we were informed that these latitudes were much frequented by this description of vessels formerly, and they took shelter among the islands when chased. There was only a slight breeze, and the captain took the precaution to give her the best possible reception he could. Accordingly, the poop ladders were removed, and the deck cleared for action. We had only six guns on board, which were kept in readiness — the gunner was called upon to do his best in case of action. The cap- tain, in the meantime, kept watching her move- ments by the aid of his glass. A dead calm now succeeded the wind ; and as we and many others were looking at our suspected enemy from the poop, and forming all sorts of conjectures about her, one of the midshipmen cried out, she is shortening the sails. " What ?" exclaimed the captain. She is shortening the sails, sir,'^ was the answer. He looked through the glass, and found that it was the fact ; and our suspicions were the more enhanced that she was really a pirate ship, and there were many opinions expressed about her superiority over us in force, and how ill-prepared we were to meet her. How- ever, there was a great deal of anxiety and activity on board.. The captain being sensible of his inferior force as a merchantman, very prudently did not allow the sails to be taken in, lest he should excite the 22 attention of the Pirate, but made every possible effort in defensive preparations. An hour elapsed, but there was no further symptoms of hostihty on her part, and we could not make out what she was about. She was now within two miles ahead of us, and the captain again ordered the colours to be hoisted, and we were rather surprised to see that she exhibited in return the American flag. It was now concluded that she was a trading ship, and we could, by the aid of our glasses, see that her deck was quite destitute of guns; and the few hands that we saw, convinced us of her being far from what we had suspected her to be. A boat was immediately sent on board, in order to learn what news she had brought from America. Our friend the purser, the second officer, with three other passengers, went with it, and the account they brought was, that she was an Ame- rican barque, bound for the African coast, for the purpose of seal fishery: she had no later news than what we had had at St. Helena, and her con- dition was not worth noticing, and having mis- taken us at first for a ship of war, she purposely concealed her colours. A breeze having sprung up at night, we lost sight of her the next morning. We entered the English Channel with a favor- able wind, and on the 20th of August, at five in the afternoon, we descried the land, and in the evening saw the light of the Eddystone light- house ; and the joy, evinced by all the people on 23 board on seeing the shores of their native land after such a long and monotonous passage^ and the anticipated pleasure of seeing their friends and families after a long privation^ may be more readily conceived than described. We arrived at Dover with a favourable and fresh westerly gale, and it was a beautiful sight to see the ship move at the rate of eight knots an hour with double-reefed topsails ; a great many of the passengers left the ship; our friend Mr. Stuart also went on shore to proceed to London, and from thence to send two steamers to tow us into the Thames River. From here we took a pilot on board, and came to anchor at the Nore, with the assistance of a steamer that arrived to tow us. We should have mentioned, the cliffs at Dover are high and chalky, and the celebrated castle called Dover Castle, is seen standing on the highest part ; immediately below it, to the west, is situated the town of Dover. This place is considered of the greatest importance in a mili- tary point of view, as it defends the entrance to the rivers Thames and Medway ; the fortifi- cations have received many improvements during the last French revolution, and it was made a mili- tary station. It has extensive excavated barracks, which would contain upwards of three thousand men. The strait of Dover divides England and 24 France^ and the castle is about 21 miles distant from the coast of France, which is in sight. Here we were greatly surprised to see the amazing number of ships going out and pour- ing into the Thames^ and steamers every now and then running backwards and forwards; we cannot convey to our countrymen any idea of this immense number of vessels^ and the beauty of the sight. You will see colliers, timber ships, merchantmen, steamers, and many other crafts, from all parts of the world, hastening, as it were, to seek refuge in a river, which is but a stream compared to the Ganges and the Indus, or the still larger rivers of America. We thought it a great wonder that such a small and insignificant a speck as England appears on the map of the world, can thus attract so many nations of the world towards her ; and we asked ourselves, why should not those mighty rivers and countries, which have naturally much better accommoda- tions for commerce than England, be not fre- quented as much. But a moment's reflection satisfied us on this point — the answer presented itself — and we will tell our countrymen that it is the persevering habits of the English, it is the labour and skill of that people, that is the cause of such attraction. They are never satisfied with any one thing unless it is brought to perfection, it does not matter at what sacrifice. They are ever ready to receive improvements, and thus they have 25 attained that celebrity in their manufactures that countries which grow materials bring them here to be converted into useful things, which are distributed all over the world; and while other countries were satisfied with what they had, England was eager to augment her resources. And how has she effected this ? What has been the principal means of her doing it ? Why, by knowledge or science put in practice, because knowledge is power ; and it is by the power of knowledge alone^ and not by the power of arms, that she has so many means of attracting the world to her^ and extending the spread of her manufactures : however, this is a digression — we will speak of it another time, and now return to our voyage. Another steamer arrived the next day, and we were taken to Gravesend by their joint efforts. Thus ended our voyage, and we returned thanks to our Creator in thus conducting us safely through the numerous perils of the ocean. Before we take leave of the subject, we have to acknowledge the uniform kindness and attention we received from our good friend Cap- tain Hopkins, as well as the trouble he always took in studying our comforts during the voyage ; and we feel equally sensible of the civility we received from his officers, to all of whom we would wish to return our sincere thanks. 26 CHAPTER 11. ARRIVAL AT GRAVESEND, AND PASSAGE TO LONDON. On the 27th of August^ 1838^ the Buckingham- shire arrived at Gravesend^ at five o'clock in the afternoon^ and we immediately went on board a commodious steam-vessel belonging to the " Dia- mond^' Company, in order to proceed to London ; the distance between these two places is thirty miles. This was the first time we were ever on board a steam-vessel going from one place to another^ and we were very much struck with the good accommodations for so short a passage. There are three cabins^ or saloons ; the one nearest the stern is appropriated to the female passengers (who pay 2^. each for their passage), fitted all round with handsome sofas ; and there is also a large cabin adjoining, called the grand saloon, where both males and females, who pay 2s», are mingled together. This is elegantly fitted up ; handsome couches all around. A large mirror is over the fire-place, and a number of mahogany tables are distributed about the saloon, which has a most beautiful appearance. There is also a very 27 large cabin in the fore-part of the vessel^ where all persons who pay Is. 6d. each for their passage resort ; and upon the deck, abaft the paddle-boxes^ there are several cabins for those who pay the same fare as the after cabin : any person who passes to the sternward of the funnel pays the higher rate of passage money. In the principal saloon, you can have either breakfast, dinner, or any refreshments you re- quire, consisting of tea, coffee, and cold meats, ale, porter, or wine, at very moderate charges. One shilling and sixpence for a hot dinner, exclu- sive of wine, or any spirit ; one shilling for either breakfast in the morning, or tea in the afternoon, with butter, and good new bread. A very large proportion of the passengers take a meal on board to save time, thus eating as they travel. These boats have carried as many as twelve hundred passengers at one time, and one of the vessels carried fourteen hundred on the day King William IV. was buried. There were many people on board, and we were the objects of great attraction, and many were anxious to know where we came from, and who we were ; and our friend Captain Hopkins, who w^as with us, satisfied their curiosity on these points. It was a beautiful clear evening, and the wind being favourable to us made it very agreeable. The steamer was going at the rate of 11 miles an hour, and the music playing on board was really 28 delightful. The river Thames is the largest river in England ; and when we came within about five miles of London^ we were surprised at the amazing number of vessels, from the humble barge to the more beautiful ships and steamers of all descrip- tions. The colliers were the most numerous, and vessels were anchored close to each other, and the river seemed to be almost covered with ves- sels ; and the masts and yards give it the appear- ance of a forest at a distance. Indeed, there were to be found ships from all parts of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America ; and a great number of steamers ply about, in all directions, filled with passengers. None of our countrymen can form an idea of this noble river, and the shipping on it. The English may well be proud of it, though a small stream, compared to some of the largest rivers of the world. The traffic that is carried on, is, we may say, not to be surpassed by any. London is said to be at present the metropolis of the commercial world, and we never can doubt the assertion, because we have had opportunities of seeing the extensive trade carried on, and the means the English have of supplying the world with the produce of their labour and industry. It was nearly dusk when we arrived at London Bridge, notwithstanding which, an immense num- l3er of persons flocked round us to view our cos- tume ; for in addition to our two selves, we were 29 accompanied by a friend, and also by two of our domestics^ and five individuals in the Parsee costume^ collected quite a mob^ through which it was difficult to pass to our carriage ; we think quite a thousand persons were congregated together. We proceeded through the city of London to the Portland Hotel^ where arrangements for our re- ception had been j)reviously made. And from the immense number of people^ and vehicles of every description^ that we saw hurrying along, aj^parently in great haste, and from the increasing noise, we were apprehensive that some public commotion had taken place, or that there was some grand spectacle to be witnessed, towards wliich they were thus hastening. But yet it appeared so odd, that there was as much haste and desire to get forward in those who moved eastward, as well as in those who were progressing westward. Every street down which we looked, appeared to be pouring out countless multitudes to swell the throng. And we w^ere lost in conjec- ture as to what this bustle could possibly mean. But when we were afterwards informed that this constant tide of human beings was to be witnessed every day for twelve or fourteen hours, we were, indeed, lost in amazement, at the myriads that must exist in London, to furnish out of doors such an exhibition of people. 30 CHAPTER III. INTRODUCTION TO SIR CHARLES FORBES. — THE DIORAMA AND THE ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. We were honored by being called upon by our kind and worthy friend Sir Charles Forbes^ Bart, his son George Forbes^ Esq. and Captain Cogan. Sir Charles Forbes very kindly took us to the Regent^s Park, where John Romer Esq. late Councellor and acting Governor at Bombay^ re- sided, and to whom we had letters of introduction ; we were handsomely received by him. Sir Charles then took us to see an exhibition called the Diorama, situated in the Park. It is a most extraordinary optical illusion. Upon our entering we beheld as we believed the interior of a spacious buildings intended to represent the in- terior of a church at Florence ; most beautiful v/ere its fittings^ and its style of architecture was magnificent ; whilst we were looking on in wonder and surprise, it became enveloped in flames, and we much regretted to see so beautiful a place thus destroyed. The fire continued to rage until all the decorations and fittings disappeared, one after the other, and in a short time we saw only 31 a mass of ruins, where we had just previously been gazing upon that beautiful building. We have since learned that the mode adopted to pro- duce this imposing spectacle is a modification of an exhibition called the Phantasmagoria, which some forty years ago used to fill crowded audiences with much terror. Spectral figures appearing to approach, and retire ; appearing sometimes as small as a rupee and gradually assuming a colossal stature, and then again gradually becoming less and less until finally disappearing. It is managed with a magic lanthorn prepared especially with lenses of great power, and the shadow is caught and embodied upon very fine muslin, which is drawn across between the lanthorn and the be- holders, and the light is judiciously admitted from above and at the sides, and the fire of course is merely chemical or false fire, — at all events it w^as to us a very great treat. The terms of admission is two shillings. Sir Charles Forbes in the afternoon of the same day, took us in his carriage to a most lovely spot in the Park, called the Zoological Gardens ; on our way thither we saw a great number of very elegant carriages, drawn by beautiful spirited horses, with harness of superior description, and the coachmen and servants behind the carriages dressed in liveries of every known colour ; with- in the carriages as they swiftly rolled by, we saw many women, fair and with light hair, many 32 of them appeared to us most beautiful. All of them appeared to have mild blue eyes^ and very sweet expression of countenance^ and we saw more of female beauty in a few hours^ than we had ever beheld in all our lives. The buildings within the Park are magni- ficent. This establishment is kept up by annual subscription and every subscriber has an un- limited number of tickets, which admit themselves and the resident members of their families gra- tuitously, and any other person who may present them upon payment of one shilling each. Within this garden, in appropriate buildings, are congregated almost every description of foreign and domestic animals and birds. From the lordly half reasoning Elephant down to Mice, and from the Ostrich and Cassowary down to the Humming Bird. There are Lions, Tigers, Panthers, Bears, Wolves, Hyenas, Jackalls, Wild Boars, Zebras, and indeed all and every known animal. Of the monkey tribe there were hundreds, from the Ourang-Otang to the little Marmoset no longer than a Rat. And to see their antics and freaks perpetually in motion, squeaking, grinning, making all sorts of grimaces is very amusing. The birds were of all sorts ; of the Parrot and Macaw sort, there were several score. And oh ! how beautiful were they, scarlet, green, gray? white, all the colours of the rainbow. Eagles of every known sort. Owls a great number. Hawks 33 an immense variety, and the Water Fowl from the graceful Swan to the minute little Teal and Dabchick. We were very much delighted. The Elephant was so extremely docile and obedient to his keeper that he took a small piece of money and handed to a person who sold cakes to receive some of them in exchange for his money. The Bears too amused us very much, they were in a deep pit in the centre of which there was fixed a straight pole of wood, up which they kept crawling to receive from the spectators a cake upon a stick, when clasping the pole with their claw^s, down they slid just like a sailor with a rope. Some of the monkeys appeared to be quite de- lighted to be taken notice of. Every thing connected with the animals is kept perfectly clean by the keepers, a large number of whom are con- stantly employed. The expences of this establish- ment must be enormous, if we take into con- sideration the first cost of the animals; the Rhinoceros only we were told cost one thousand guineas, which in round numbers is equal to eleven thousand rupees, the daily consumption of food, the wages paid to the servants, and the keeping in constant order the buildings necessary for the safety and preservation of so large a collection. This place is always resorted to by those w^ho can afford to pay for admission in the evening, especially in summer, and here while they amuse themselves they gain information. 34 During the whole time we were in the Garden, we attracted a very great number around us from the pecuharity of our dress, and we w^ere objects of very great curiosity to the visitors, — as much so perhaps as the winged and four footed inmates of the place. It was amusing to hear one call us Chinese, they are Turks says another ; no they are Spanish, vociferates a third ; thus they were labouring under mistakes, and taking inhabitants of British India for natives of Europe. We have also seen the Surrey Zoological Gardens, which lie about a mile and a half above the Blackfriars Bridge on the Surrey side of the Thames, but with the exception of a conservatory of beautiful plants upwards of three hundred feet in circumference, it has so near a resemblance in its inmates to that in the Regent^s Park, that no particular description is necessar)^ The plants are principally rare climbers, and and will Avell repay the florist for his trouble in visiting this place. Here is a better collection of wild beasts ; and an order of a subscriber and the payment of one shilling admits you. 35 CHAPTER IV. INTRODUCTION AND RECEPTION AT THE EAST INDIA HOUSE. Shortly after our arrival in England, we were taken by our friend, Mr. George Forbes, to the East India House in Leadenhall Street, and we had the honor of being introduced to the then Chairman of the Honorable East India Company, Sir James Law Lushington, and the Deputy Chair- man, Richard Jenkins, Esq. (now Sir Richard Jenkins). We were received with great conde- scension by them, and were assured of our re- ceiving every encouragement during the prosecu- tion of our studies in Great Britain. We were very much struck with the appearance of the India House, and we could not help re- marking how much of the future happiness or the misery of the countless millions of India depended on the transactions carried on within the walls of this building, and as we thought that our country- men would like to know something about this celebrated place, we have, in another part of this little work, annexed a brief account of it, as well 36 as the origin and the history of the Company, which we hope will prove acceptable. We subsequently waited upon several members of the Honorable Court of Directors, and their worthy Secretary, James Cosmo Melvill, Esq., and J. C. Mason, Esq. (Marine Branch), from all of whom we met with the kindest reception, and subsequently experienced many favors, which we have acknowledged in our preface. We had brought a letter from one of our native friends, to our present worthy governor, Sir James Rivett Carnac, Bart., and it would be impossible for us to express our gratitude in terms strong enough for the numerous favors conferred on us by that excellent and w^orthy personage. We had the high honor of being introduced to the Right Honorable Earl of Minto, First Lord of the Admiralty, the Right Honorable Lord Glenelg, the then Colonial Secretary, Sir John Barrow, Bart., Secretary to the Admiralty, and Sir WiUiam Symonds, Sur- . veyor of Her Majesty's Navy, by the means of letters which Sir James honored us with, and the reception and civility we met with from these noblemen and gentlemen, far exceeded all our expectations. We hailed his Excellency's appoint- ment (which very shortly took place), as Governor of Bombay, with much pleasure and satisfaction, as we knew the regard he had for the natives of India : and on our waiting upon His Excellency a 37 few weeks before his departure, he most kindly and condescendingly expressed a desire for us to come from Egham to pay our respects just before he left England. We did not fail to do so; and on our taking leave, we sincerely prayed to our God for health and happiness to himself and his family, and we deeply regret the indifferent ac- counts, that have reached us since his Excel- lency's arrival at Bombay, concerning his health, but trust that Providence will, ere long, restore him to strength and vigor, and that he may long enjoy all the blessings in this world. The anxiety His Excellency evinced for our improvement was very great; it was now three months since we had commenced our studies, and had made a little progress in them, with which His Excellency was much pleased, and suggested the propriety of sending out the book we had written to our friends, in order that they may know what we have been doing, at the same time he condescendingly undertook to take them out and deliver them to our friends at Bombay. This we considered a very great favor, and we very much admired the affability and kindness with which His Excellency treated us, who were so much inferior to himself in station of life, rank, and fortune ; but we concluded that it is by good be- haviour that one secures kindness and esteem of great men in England, and not by wealth and 38 fortune. We also had the honor of being mtro- duced to one of the Misses Carnac, We beg the indulgence of our readers for occu- pying so much of their time in enumerating all we have said, but we feel that we should be w^anting in gratitude did we not inform our countrymen of the attention we met with in England, in order that they may be actuated to visit the country for the purpose of educating and enlightening them- selves, and that by their seeing the wonderful -pro- gress the English have made in the arts and sciences, they may excite the energy of their fel- low-brethren in India, and impress them the more with the great importance of knowledge, and of which we are so much in need. 89 CHAPTER V. PUBLIC CONVEYANCES AND BRIDGES. One of the first things that struck us with asto- nishment was the immense number of carriages of different descriptions^ that are to be made use of in London for conveyance of passengers from one part to another, and the largest^ which are called Omnibusses^ first claim our attention; a carriage of this description is in the possession of Framjee Cowasjee, Esq., at Bombay, which, we believe, he ordered to be made in England, for his own use, a few years ago. Where they all come from, where they are going, where the people could be found to fill them; how the owners, drivers, and conductors were to be paid seemed a mystery to us, and we diligently sought for in- formation upon this subject. We hear that nearly seven hundred are running in all directions every day; and as some of them perform their jour- neys four times each day, they pass a given spot each day eight times, thus making above five thousand trips a-day. They cost from £100 to ^140 each, and are so constructed as to carry twelve or fourteen 40 persons inside^ with their faces to each other, and three or four on the top. They are mostly fitted up very nicely inside^ lined principally with a kind of plushy something like velvet, either red or green ; many of them have a lamp at the end ; and to the great mass of London population are a very great comfort. The price charged is six- pence for each person, and for this sum you may ride from below Islington to Charing Cross, about five miles, and from the East India Docks to Ox- ford Street, which is about six miles, for the same. But although you may ride this distance, and many do, yet the greater proportion only ride about half the distance ; and the calculation is made by the proprietor, that they will in a journey of that length have two separate loadings. It is quite amusing sometimes to see a stranger get into one of these vehicles, and desire to be set down at a named place, which perhaps is not more than a quarter of a mile from the spot where he got in. The better plan for a stranger to pursue is to ascertain that the Omnibus he gets into is nearly full, then will he be sure, if there is no accident, to reach his desired object rapidly. But should he get into one nearly empty, he will be annoyed by finding that his journey will be indeed a long one; for, although there is a heavy penalty against their stopping at any except particular places, or to take up a passenger ; still they evade the law by not indeed 41 Stopping, but moving at such a pace that one could with ease get on twice as fast by walking. The greatest number that run in any direction are from Paddington to the Bank^ which is quite five miles^ and a very bad road to travel^ as there are steep hills. They run about one in every three minutes^ from soon after eight in the morn- ing until after ten at night. In addition to the first cost of the Omnibus and harness^ we must add that of the horses ; and, although the Omni- bus is only drawn by two horses^ every proprietor of two Omnibusses is obliged to keep at least seven horses^ so as to give the proper rest to enable them to drag these heavy loads. The Om- nibus weighs about 17 cwt. of 112 Ibs.^ and eigh- teen passengers^ a driver and a conductor^ would weigh more than a ton ; so that they have, a great portion of their journeys, to drag nearly two tons Aveight, at an average speed of more than six miles an hour. The cost, then, of two Omni- busses, and their harness for horses, would be at least £250; the seven horses would cost quite £25 each ; there are the daily wages of the driver and conductor (the latter receives 4^. a day). Then there is the keep of each horse, which at least, to keep them in good condition, would amount to 1^. 6d, a day each. There is the constant wear and tear of machines and harness, the shoeing of the horses, the mileage duty which they pay for running, the turnpikes, the accidents, 42 the occasional fines for breaches of law ; and it is wonderful how^ with sixpenny fares^ they can make it pay them. But although a doubtful spe- culation to the owners, to the public they are a very great accommodation; from every place within four miles of London they are constantly run- ning, and at several periods of the day they have quite different classes of customers. At about a quarter before nine you will see all the Omni- busses approaching the neighbourhood of the Bank with sober-looking business-hke persons, who are principally clerks in the Bank of England, the numerous private banking houses, or some of the thousand mercantile firms in that vicinity. At first sight it appears extravagant that you should daily see the same persons, at the same hour, alight from the same vehicle, and you think it a lavish daily expenditure ; but most of them are married men with large families, who reside in a neighbourhood where they can have a com- modious house in an airy situation at a moderate rent, which enables them to add the six shillings per week which they pay for riding to the article of rent, and even then they can get a house at nearly half what they would pay for one in a con- fined situation nearer to their business. At about ten, or half past, you see men a little gayer in their attire, a great deal stilFer in their manners, and who seem to think themselves very great men ; these are the upper clerks and cashiers of 43 banking houses. About this time^ too, you will see smirking^ priggish-looking men arriving in great numbers, many of them, if not Jews, looking to have a cross of the Israelite in their blood : should you happen to be in the same Omnibus with them^ you can immediately detect them ; should an intimate friend get into the Omnibus, they will play some quiet practical joke upon him as he passes, either by putting out their feet to cause him to stumble, pulling his coat tail, or some boyish freak to get their hands in for their child- ish play, when they get to kicking each other^s hats to pieces in their room for business. Some of these are members of the Stock Exchange, where money operations are transacted. The next lot consists of the principals of firms, who ride up in the Omnibus to their house of busi- ness in the morning, and their wives and daughters come about two or three in the afternoon, in their own carriages, to fetch them for a drive in their way home. Most of these persons are daily taken up at their own doors ; and at the several hours of three, four, five and six, may be seen progressing to the side of the Bank to re-enter their vehicles, upon their return to spend a plea- sant evening in the bosom of their families. Ver)^ few ladies are to be met with in Omnibusses ; they do occasionally ride in them, but only in or out of town. To travellers in quest of orders, visitors to London who wish to see all they can as 44 soon as time will admits and at as cheap a rate as possible, Omnibusses are of very great advan- tage. We were also much surprised to see standing in the middle of the principal streets a very great number of carriages drawn by two, and smaller ones by a single horse, all of which are for hire ; and for very small sums you can go to any dis- tance you please. The larger ones are called Hackney-coaches, and the little ones are called Cabs. Their drivers are very apt to impose, and the law has fixed what they are to charge ; and they are heavily fined if they demand more than they ought to do. Their rates are as fol- lows : — For Hackney-coaches, any distance not exceeding one mile, one shilling; and for any distance exceeding one mile after the rate of six- pence for every half mile, or any fractional part of half-a-mile. But as many persons who hire them wish to call upon their friends, and pay a visit, and prefer the coach to wait for them, the following is their fares computed by time : — Not exceeding s. d. Not exceeding s. d. 30 minutes .... 1 0 4 0 45 „ .... 1 6 2 hours and a quarter 4 6 1 hour .... 2 0 2 hours and a half . 5 0 1 hour and quarter . 2 6 2 hours and 3 quarters 5 6 1 hour and half 3 0 G 0 i hour and 3 quarters 3 6 and go on, for any time not exceeding three 45 hours^ after the rate of sixpence for every fif- teen minutes^ or a fractional part of fifteen mi- nutes. The driver has the power to charge by distance or time; cabriolets (or cabs) are one third less than the above. Strangers^ who have boxes or any luggage, should always say to the driver^ before they get into either a hackney-coach or a cab^ Remember, you are not to charge anything for my luggage/^ when they will always agree to make no extra charge for that; else, when they put you down, they will always try to make you pay for it. You should always take the number, which is painted outside coaches and cabs, or shewn on a metal plate with raised figures hung inside the carriages ; because, if the drivers are insolent, or overcharge you, or if you leave anything in them, you have only to apply to the office in Somerset House, where they are registered, to get justice done you. The number of hackney-coaches which are about London streets is from six to seven hundred; a very great proportion of them are large, and will carry six persons ; and although they are only licensed to carry four, the coachman will not object to as many riding as wish to get in, but he claims an extra fare for every person above four that he may be required to carry. A great many of them, perhaps ninety out of every hun- dred of them, have formerly been carriages be- 46 longing to the nobility and gentry: the coach builders have taken them in exchange for more modern ones, and after being fresh painted and varnished, they are purchased by the pro- prietors of hackney coaches. There are a con- siderable number of chariots, to carry three persons inside, most of them also were built and first used by gentlemen, and when they began to get soiled and to look shabby they got into their present occupation. The cabriolets (or cabs) as they are most commonly called are small light two wheeled carriages to carry two persons drawn by one horse — although there are some modern ones with four wheels which shut uj) and you get in at a door at the side. Omnibusses answer the purpose very well for all persons in London who are going to any place close to the street through which they pass, and where saving of money is an object, as for the small charge of sixpence, you can ride for many miles as previously shewn. But if you are going to any of the squares, at the west end, and are not in a great hurry, for one shilling per mile you can have an hackney coach or chariot, but if you want to go only one hun- dred yards it is still a shilling. The great advantage to strangers is that the drivers of hackney coaches and cabs know every place, and you have only to name where you wish to go to, when they drive forthwith to the spot, and know- ing all the bye streets they are enabled to get 47 quicker to their journey^s end, than if they kept in the principal thoroughfares^ where there are frequently long stoppages. But before you get in^ ask of some respectable shopkeeper or of a policeman^ how far it is to where you wish to go, and then tell the coachman that you under- stand it is so far, and if he will take you and your luggage for such a sum you will go, and not otherwise, then you will be secure from imposi- tion ; or tell him to drive you two, three, or four miles in the direction of the place to which you wish to go. It is supposed there are about fifteen hundred cabs and their charge is eight pence per mile, and if you are in haste to get any where, you can readily select one with a good horse, which will get you over the ground at more than eight miles an hour ; it is wonderful they are not crushed to pieces ; you will see them fly through an opening between an omnibus and a heavy waggon with not more than an inch to spare on either side, and it is quite fearful to a stranger to see them thus braving all risks to gain time. It is very amusing to those who know London well to see how cunning and knowing the drivers of these vehicles look, when a stranger directs them to drive to any place not more than a few yards distance. Their thumb is placed to their nose and a twirl of their out- stretched fingers announces to their brethren that they have caught a flat,^^ to use their own words. 48 Mr. Austin the master Rigger of Chatham Yard was Boatswain to Admiral Nelson and after one of his great victories had occasion to visit the Admiralty, he knew little of London^ and having been stopping at the Golden Cross, Charing Cross, which is in sight_, and within a few yards, of the Admiralty, he called a coach and ordered to be driven there. He was shut into his vehicle driven round by Spring Garden, instead of cross- ing the road direct to it, and in a few seconds was set down and paid his shilling. He often now laughs heartily at his short ride. Coaches and Cabriolets with their horses are to be found with their drivers night and day, rain or shine, upon tbeir stands; the horse has his food in his nosebag, a man to w^ater them is upon each stand, and the horses and drivers appear to be of that description of animals that no weather can hurt, no disease reach, and in fact weather proof. It is said that, the expenditure upon a hackney coach for the duty, licenses and feeding of their horses is up- wards of thirty shillings per week, there is then the driver to keep, an occasional new horse, and repairs to their carriages, so . that these also, although a great comfort and convenience to the public, must be a speculation not paying largely for the capital employed, including risks. We may as well at this part state that private vehicles of every description may be hired in London, and on the evening of Sunday it is 49 curious to see the thousands of various carriages and horses which are coming from all points into. London, You will see Stanhopes^ Dennetts and Cabs of high finish and good horses ; you will see Gigs and Pony Chaises, Taxed Carts and every other description of known vehicle into which a horse can be placed ; the poor horses dragging along their heavy loads^ as if every body was resolved to get as much work out of them as they possibly can. You will see many hundreds of four wheeled open chaises drawn by one horse, with seven or eight heavy persons behind a poor worn out animal^ and generally the lash of the whip worn off, and part of the leather thong un- twisted by thrashing the wretched creature to make him increase his speed. You will see poor miserable undersized donkeys drawing a cart full of people and the driver with a stout stick constantly beating the poor half starved animal ; all this may be seen at any of the principal entrances, such as Hyde Park Corner, Elephant and Castle, or Shoreditch Church. Yet perhaps no where can such really elegant carriages and good horses be procured, as may be had for hire in London by those to whom money is no object ; you can at some of the Mews in London procure for about two pounds for the day of sixteen hours, a carriage that cannot be distinguished from the undeqorated carriage of a nobleman, with horses as good as are D 50 driven by any gentleman, and you may be driven (as far as the strength of the horses will enable them to draw a carriage) by a decent dressed coachman^ whom nobody would know from a servant out of livery. Very many persons who have houses with- out the convenience of stables for their horses^ or being without a coach house, contract at perhaps £300. a year for a man and pair of handsome horses with a beautiful carriage to come to their houses every day, and in fact use them exactly as if they were their own, having this additional advantage that whereas sometimes their own horses would be unwell, and they would be unable to use them, the parties agreeing to furnish the horses and carriages, have to provide horses every day in the year by substituting fresh horses when necessary : Physicians and Surgeons do this sort of thing very often. There are other persons who wish to ride three times in every week upon fixed days at certain hours, and these persons for riding four or five hours each day in a similar vehicle pay about £lOO. a year. There are others who always have a good vehicle on the Sunday for four or five hours, and pay about £6*0. a year, all the above named terms are for first rate carriages and horses ; others from which the first gloss has been worn off and horses of second rate quality are to be had for much less money, perhaps about half 51 the sums named. Another mode is for persons who keep their own carriage hiring by the year from the Livery Stable keepers, horses which are groomed, and driven by the gentleman^s own servants, the person constantly agreeing to furnish them continually with good handsome horses. A large proportion of travelling in England, is by what are called post horses and post chaises. These are carriages like chariots, and are drawn by two horses most usually, but four when required. The carriages are very good and easy to travel in, but in a conspicuous situation upon all of them is placed the owner^s name and place of abode, so that they cannot be mistaken for private carriages. For a chaise with a pair of horses you pay fifteen pence per mile, and at about every eight or ten miles you have fresh horses, and post boy, to whom about two shillings and six pence per stage of eight or ten miles is given. If you add to this the payment of turnpikes to keep the roads good, it will amount to about one shilling and ten pence per mile. If you have four horses you have two post boys to pay, and then there is thirty pence a mile for chaise and horses to pay. You can travel from seven to eleven miles per hour at your discretion by either of these modes. But for travelling expeditiously and pleasantly there is nothing like a well horsed stage coach^ where four, or in some coaches six ride inside, and ten or twelve on the top. These stage coaches are many 52 of tliem beautifully built and tastefully decorated, with high bred blood horses that only require to be guided and scarcely touched with the whip. The coachmen are many of them in appearaace quite gentlemen, indeed we believe there is one noble- man, there certainly is one Baronet, and many of the sons of gentlemen who drive stage coaches. These travel at upwards of ten miles an hour, they have fresh horses every eight or ten miles^ and to those who wish to see scenery and to enjoy a rapid travel through the country, let them some fine summer^s morning get upon a coach box, alongside of the coachman, who knows every place and every thing connected with it, and we are quite sure they will be amply repaid for their trouble ; the rate of travelling is about threepence per mile outside, and about fourpence halfpenny per mile in the inside, added to which every time you change your coachman, which in long journies is about every thirty miles, the outside passengers give the coachman one shilling each, and the inside passengers two shillings each. Having given the description of the public and private conveyances of London, we cannot con- clude the subject without suggesting to our countrymen and proposing a plan for adopting the omnibus system at Bombay. We know that there are thousands of persons residing out of Fort, and who hold appointments in Town, at the numerous mercantile houses and at 53 the public offices as clerks^ cash-keepers and others employed in various duties, and many of them are not in a position to keep a horse and gig, they in consequence make up generally a party of three or four and engage a bullock or horse carriage for a sum of about 15 or 20 rupees per month to convey them to and from the scene of their business ; besides there are many who in very hot sultry days or in wet weather prefer hiring a conveyance to the fatigue of walking ; we are therefore of opinion that if a company was formed, and a sum sufficient to answer the cost of carriages, horses, harness, &c. were raised, and were these vehicles to leave town and the places where those who thus daily come there reside, at certain and convenient hours of the day they would be sure to find a great number of passengers, who would be glad to prefer it to the uncomfortable and slow mode of locomotion we have at present. A sum of 15000 rupees will be we think sufficient for providing a dozen of omnibuses, (which need not in the first instance be quite so expensive as in England^ yet capable of carrying as many passengers,) the horses and other furni- ture, the keeping of them with the wages of the driver and conductor and other expences including the interest of the capital invested would come to about one thousand rupees a month. Now sup- pose we calculate each carriage to make daily journies, conveying, at an average, twelve people 54 backwards and forwards at the very moderate charge of two annas each^ the daily income would be six rupees^ and at that rate the whole of them would bring 2160 rupees per month, which after deducting the expences would leave a profit of 1160 rupees to the proprietors. Thus we have shown on a rough calculation that it is not an unprofitable speculation, and we most sincerely trust that some of our countrymen will weigh and consider the subject, and we are confident that this mode of conveyance would add a great deal to the physical comforts of the inhabitants of Bombay. Indeed the undertaking is within the reach of a single individual, and we must observe that should our suggestion be put in practice, it will be necessary to obtain the sanction of the proper authorities for it, as well as their protection to the parties for the first few years against com- petition, as a reward for the first enterprise. BRIDGES. We went to look frequently at the several bridges of London, and beautiful structures they are ; we cannot but regret that we could not insert plates of them, but we can give all particulars about them. 55 Length. Width. j Height. Number of Arches. Span of Centre Arch. Materials. | i 1 Commenced. Opened. feet feet feet feet Old London Bridge . . 930 20 40 19 70 Stone and 1176 1209 Rubbish. Altered by Sir R. Taylor >> 48 t> 20 »» >» New London Bridge 928 56 55 5 150 Granite. March 15, Aug. 1, 1824 1831 Westminster Bridge 1066 42 58 15 76 Portland January, 1/50 Stone. 1739 Blackfriars Bridge . . 1000 42 69 9 100 Portland June, 1770 Stone. 1760 Vauxhall Bridge . . . 809 36 >> 9 78 Iron and May, July, Granite. 1811 1816 Waterloo Bridge . . . 1326 42 54 9 120 Cornish October, March, Granite. 1811 I817 South wark Bridge , . 700 42 53 3 240 Iron. September! 1819 1814 London Bridge, it will be found above, has five arches ; they are what architects call semi-elliptic^ and they are by far the largest of this description of arch ever previously erected. The middle arch has a span of 152 feet, and is 29 feet 6 inches above high water mark. The arches, on either side next to the centre arch, have each 1 40 feet span. The roadway is 53 feet wide between the parapets ; and each of the footpaths occupy nine feet out of that quantity. The rise in the road is only 1 in 132. The bridge is all composed of granite, and there were 120,000 tons of that stone used in building it. To help the Corporation of London to defray the expense of building it, they are allowed, for 26 years, to charge a tax of lOd. per chaldron of 36 bushels, upon all coals enter- 56 ing the port of London. It was opened by the King in person^ on the 1st of August, 1831, with a very grand procession. It cost very nearly, wdth the ground and houses they were obhged to purchase for the approaches, two milhons of pounds, or sixteen milhons of rupees. Some of the piles of English oak, which were driven in in the year 117^, were taken up in 1832, and Sir Edward Banks, who was the contractor for build- ing new London Bridge, finding them as sound as when they were first driven, had several pieces of handsome furniture, tables, &c., made from them, which are now in the possession of his son Delamarck Banks, Esq., of the Isle of Sheppy, who is now, in 1841, the High Sheriff of Kent, We ourselves have a box presented to us by Mr. Baldock, the receiver of Chatham Dock Yard, made from one of the piles, and which was given to him by Mr. D, Banks. Westminster Bridge is built of huge masses of Portland stone ; few of them weigh less than a ton, while many are two, three, four, and some as much as five, tons each. The span of the middle arch is seventy-six feet. The bridge, and its approaches, cost £387,500. Government paid the whole of this. ^197,500 was raised by lot- teries, and the remainder was voted by parlia- ment. There is supposed to have been twice as much stone used in this bridge as in building St. Paul's Cathedral. 57 Waterloo Bridge^ which it will be seen^ is the longest of the bridges, being one thousand three hundred and twenty-six feet long, was built by private individuals, but we know not the cost ; it was thought that the toll of a penny for each person passing, and a small sum to be paid for each horse or carriage passing, would well repay the proprietors, but it has not done so; even this small payment has induced the crowd to pass over the bridges where there is nothing to pay. At this bridge there is an ingenious contrivance by means of a turning stile, which registers the number of individuals that pass the bridge, and it is a great protection to the company against any impropriety on the part of the toll gatherers, who are answerable for the money received from the public, and which must be equal to the registered number. We have learnt that the proprietors have re- solved to reduce the toll to a halfpenny, instead of a penny, which is paid at present. SouTHWARK Bridge has also a toll, and be- longs to a private company ; it consists of three very large arches of cast iron; the span of the centre arch is two hundred and forty feet, and of the side ones two hundred and ten feet; the lower part is of masonry. This bridge also, we hear, does not repay the proprietors for the capital advanced. During the years 1839 and 1840 there have been public meetings in London D 5 58 to petition parliament to vote a sum of money to give to the proprietors of these bridges^ and to throw them open to the pubhc free of toU^ or faiUng in that, to raise by subscription, or by a local tax upon some article, a sufficient sum for the purpose. It would be a great convenience if these bridges were free of toll ; for London and Blackfriars bridge are, at certain times of the day, almost blocked up with carts, omnibuses, and other carriages, a great many of which would go over Southwark and Waterloo bridges, but for the payment of toll. Vauxhall Bridge was the first iron bridge erected over the Thames; it cost upwards of £300,000. We have thus described at length all the history of the bridges, as we were very much struck with their beauty and their magnifi- cence. On a very dark night, to stand upon Southwark or Waterloo bridge, and to look on both sides at the beautifully lighted up bridges, is a grand sight. And upon a fine summer^s morning, to stand upon the centre of either of them to behold the glorious sun rise, and to see the gilding of the top of St. PauFs, and of the numerous high buildings that are visible from hence, is a sight that has been witnessed by few perhaps of the inhabitants of London, except those whose occupations require them to be up at that early hour. But we would advise those who wish to see London to advantage, to rise at four 59 o^clock some summer^s morning, and they will see a beautiful view^ there being then scarcely any smoke ; and the great luminary of light will beam upon and illuminate every thing, and it will kindle in the human heart feelings of thanksgiving and praise to the great author of the universe. We could not refrain from asking ourselves where all the money could come from to build these bridges, and we were wondering what number of people London, and indeed, if it could be ascer- tained, all England, consisted of, to raise these immense sums. We therefore asked of a friend, if he could guess the number of living beings in England. He told us, that from 1801 parliament had directed every ten years an account of the population to be taken in every parish in England, Scotland, and Wales, by competent persons, and that they made a return of the same, which par- liament printed, with their ages, and whether males or females, also the number of houses ; and we find that the following are the numbers given for England and Wales in the years 1730, 5,796,000 1760, 6,736,000 1790, 8,675,000 1821, 11,978,075 1740, 6,064,000 1770, 7,428,000 1801, 8,872,980 1831, 13,894,574. 1750, 6,167,000 1780, 7,953,000 1811, 10,163,676 60 No actual dependence is to be placed on any except the last four; viz.^, 1801, 1811, 1821, 1831, as previous to this, there was no accurate mode of taking the census, as it is called. The following table shews the population of the principal towns of England. 1801 1811 1821 1831 864,845 1,009,546 1,255,694 1,474,069 Manchester, Salford and Suburbs 94,876 115,874 161,635 237,832 79,722 100,240 131,801 189,244 Birmingham and Suburbs . 73,670 85,753 106,721 142,251 Bristol and Suburbs .... 63,645 76,433 87,779 103,886 53,162 62,534 83,796 123,393 Plymouth, Devonport, and Stonehouse 43,194 56,060 61,212 75,534 Portsmouth, withPortsea andGosport 43,461 52,769 56,620 63,026 36,832 37,256 50,288 61,116 Newcastle on Tyne, with Gateshead . 36,963 36,369 46,948 59,937 When we see this immense population up to 1831, and which will be much greater when the population for this year (1841) is taken, we could not wonder at seeing bridges, churches, hospitals^ or any thing else built, as a few shillings from every one would raise a sum of money of large amount. The following number of acres of ground is the probable quantity in England and Wales, as stated in the third report of the Emigration Committee laid before the parliament. 61 Cultivated Acres. Uncultivated, but capable of Cultivation. Unprofit- able. Total. England . 25,632,000 3,454,000 3,256,400 32,342,400 Wales 3,117,000 530,000 1,005,000 4,752,000 Total . . 37,094,400 So that if it were requisite to lay a direct tax immediately to raise a large sum of money upon any sudden occasion, it might be readily done in two ways^ either by calling upon every living human being in England to pay one or two shillings per year each, or to let the owner of land pay a shilling or two for every acre per year ; at the first appearance it would seem a hardship to tax the owners of the land but it would not in fact be a tax upon them but upon all the people who consume the produce of the land. For if a man now is about to hire a farm of land^he calcu- lates so much for rent, so much for poor rate, so much for church rate, and then sells all his corn, or bullocks or sheep at prices to bring him his outlay back, with profit to live upon. And as it is necessary to raise a great deal of money in England for taxes, and for revenue in a duty paid upon timber, cotton, and every thing that comes into England, which is expensive in the collec- tion, we think as much as could be laid upon land should be, as it is easy to collect, the produce would be certain, and but little expence to receive 62 ity and as wheat and other corn is not allowed to come into England from abroad without paying a very high duty to protect , as it is said^ the English Landowner from the competition of the Land- owners of Poland^ Prussia^ and America^ it is no more than right that the Landowner should bear a great proportion of taxation ; yet we see that upon looking at tables, that wheat has varied very much in price notwithstanding they have a fluctuating duty, in 1792 a quarter of eight bushels of wheat sold for 435., in 1800 for 113^., in 1801 for 118^., in 1803 for 56^., in 1810 for 106^., in 1812 for 125^., in 1822 for 43^., in 1827 for 56^., in 1840 for 80^., and this variation in the price of wheat, has no doubt been produced by the fluctuating duty to be paid for all wheat im- ported into England, which is as follows ; Whenever wheat is 62s, per quarter of eight bushels and under 63^. in the markets as declared by an average of the prices of all sold at all the markets in England Whenever 63^. and under 64^. per qr. The duty to be paid for every quarter ■ shall be £. s. d. 14 8 64^. 65s. 66s. 67s. 6Ss. 69s. 70s. 65s. 66s. 67s, 68s. 69s. 70s. 71s. 3 2 1 0 8 8 8 8 18 8 16 8 13 8 10 8 63 7ls. „ 72s. 6 8 72s. „ 73^. 2 8 And whenever above 73s. per quarter 1 0 Now as by this mode of paying duty great inducements were held out to persons to speculate largely^ and by selling from one to another on each market day large quantities of wheat at a nominal high py^ice^ to be purchased back again on the next market day^ at a much higher nominal price ^ the loheat in fact never being really sold at all, the average prices which govern the duty are got up to above 7^s. per quarter^ and then hundreds of thousands of quarters of foreign wheat are liberated from bond at only one shilling per quarter duty- The revenue of the country is not ma- terially benefited^ and the growers of corn are seriously injured, as the holders of foreign corn^ their speculation having been carried out, sell their corn which is very fine, and prevent the English grower from selling his, until prices have fallen by so much corn being in the market. If therefore it is necessary to protect the English wheat grower by any duty, it should be a permanent fixed duty of a few shillings per quarter ; and then it will not be worth while for the rich capitalists to speculate in buying up corn, and the prices would be more equal at all times. 64 CHAPTER VL WAX WORK MADAME TUSSAUD. Soon after our arrival in England we went to pay a visit to an exhibition of Wax-work Figures, in what was formerly a great horse and carriage bazaar in Baker Street, Portman Square, where there are a great many figures as large as life, dressed exactly in the costume that they are, or were, in the daily habit of wearing, and in all respects so exactly resembling living men, that when the room is crowded with visitors it is very difficult, at a very small distance, to distinguish the living real man from his waxen representative. Queen Vic- toria had been crowned as queen of England on the 28th of June, 1838, and in the centre of the room there was an exact representation of the group that actually surrounded her Majesty at the time. We have, since that time, had the honor and pleasure of seeing her Majesty, and we can bear testimony to the very strong likeness. A very venerable and good-looking old man, the Archbishop of Canterbury, who is the head of the English Church, is just about to place the 65 crown upon the head of the Queen. We are told his grace is a most correct hkeness ; and if we are any judges of human countenances he is and must be a very good man. He looks so placid^ so humble^ that if he is not one of the greatest of hypocrites^ he is a man who^ by ex- ample as well as precept^ would teach people to live properly that they may die happily, and after death go to that place where good men, whether Parsees, Christians, Hindoos or Mahometans, will all be in a state of happiness superior to any- thing which we can have upon earth. Surround- ing the Queen are — her good mother the Duchess of Kent ; and if ever any individual ought to feel proud of a mother, Queen Victoria has reason to love, venerate and respect her mother. Although there did not appear much chance of her ever being sovereign, her prudent mother would not allow her to be made the stalking horse of any faction. She kept her aloof from every inter- ference with public affairs, gave her a sound good practical education, directed her attention to a proper course of reading, and through her care and her sound discretion she was enabled, at eighteen years of age, to assume the sovereignty of England with a well informed and vigorous mind, and bids fair to prove the most popular individual that ever sat upon the British throne. How much, then, do the subjects of Queen Vic- toria owe to the Duchess of Kent for her wisdom 66 in thus rearing, thus fitting her daughter to assume with dignity, with discretion, and, better than all, with good sound common sense, the attributes and duties of a queen. Bearing the sword of state, near her Majesty^s right hand, was her prime minister. Lord Melbourne; an exact representation of a good humoured- looking, kind English gentleman, possessing, perhaps, a countenance more representing frankness and candour than dignity. In the group is the Duke of Devonshire, one of the richest and most benevolent of the Enghsh nobi- lity. The Queen's uncle, the Duke of Sussex, is also near her. He is very popular, mixing much in society, and presiding over meetings cal- culated to diffuse happiness and to encourage science. He was for many years President of the Royal Society, and is always happy when Tie can promote benevolent objects. The Duke of Wellington is also there; there is no mistaking his likeness; it is the very man himself. Yes, there stands — the hero — the general — the com- mander, who, with his master mind and high courage, marched triumphantly even to the very capital of his renowned enemy, Napoleon Buona- parte ; and who, in the quiet times of peace, has immortalized himself by removing from the people of Ireland that mark of degradation, which had previously been imprinted upon every man who chose to worship his God as a Roman Ca- 67 tholic. To the Duke of Wellington belongs the high honor of having removed all those foul stains ; and a Catholic now is eligible to sit in parliament^ to hold offices of trusty and^ in nearly every position^ to possess the rights and privileges of his Protestant brethren. In another group we were shewn Alexander, the Emperor of Russia; Frederick William the Third, King of Prussia; that extraordinary man and great general, Napoleon, late Emperor of France; Bernadotte, King of Sweden; Lord Nelson, the brave British admiral, who was killed at the battle of Trafalgar; Blucher and PlatofF, Prussian and Russian generals ; Marshal Ney, the celebrated French general, who was shot for his devotion to his unfortunate master. Napoleon and several others of great note. At the upper end of the room we saw George the Fourth, his queen, Caroline, and she who was once the nation^s hope, the Princess Charlotte of Wales, daughter of George the Fourth and Queen Caroline ; she married Prince Leopold of Saxe Coburg, uncle to the present Queen and brother of the Duchess of Kent, and now King of the Belgians. She unfortunately died in giving birtli to a child, who also died at the same time. William the Fourth and his queen, Ade- laide, are also there. He looks the very picture of good nature, and in after time he will fill an important niche in British history from having 68 passed the Reform Bill. Previous to his being King he was for some time Lord High Admiral of England, or, in other words, he filled the highest office at the head of the naval administra- tion of affairs, commonly called the Admiralty. He was brought up a sailor, having at an early age gone to sea as a midshipman and as a lieute- nant. He had a large family prior to his marriage^ having lived for many years with Mrs. Jordan, a first-rate actress, who performed on the London stage several years, whilst living under his roof. Standing close by each other were Lord John Rus- sell and Sir Robert Peel; admirable likenesses of the two great men, who are the leaders in the House of Commons of the political parties called Whigs and Tories. We also saw a first-rate likeness of Mr. Daniel O^Connell, a member of parliament, and the man who has attracted much attention by the conspicuous part which he always takes in any matters connected with Ireland, which he constantly describes as being harshly dealt with. He is paid very largely for his exertions by an Irish contribution called " Rent^'' to remunerate him for having given up his practice as a barrister. Lord Brougham is also here. He is the man, who, as plain Henry Brougham, member of par- liament, was always the advocate for the diffusion of useful knowledge, and who has immortalized himself, if he had never done anything else, by writing the introductory pamphlet to the Library 69 of Useful Knowledge. It is called the Objects^ Ad- vantages^ and Pleasures of Science it shows how gigantic is his mind, and the general knowledge that he possesses. He was the Queen^s (Caro- line) counsel when she was tried in the House of Peers^ and in conducting her defence made use of such strong remarks upon the conduct of her husband^ George the Fourth^ then the reigning sovereign, that the King never forgave him ; not- withstanding which his talents and popularity were such^ that in the next reign he became the Lord Chancellor, the highest dignity that any individual can arrive at, being the keeper of the King's conscience^ and the head of the law. Since he has been a peer he has not been so popular as when he was plain Mr. Brougham. He has not held any office for a number of years, and by his friends it has been a source of regret that he ever was made Lord Chancellor. Wilberforce is there; who has not heard of Wilberforce ? he was the champion of the poor slave. He it was who for a series of years de- nounced the slave trade, and told of the horrors of West Indian slavery; and who, by his assi- duity and dauntless zeal, first annihilated the slave trade, and at length knocked off the fetters of the wretched slave. There are two wretched- looking men, named Hare and Burke, whose vil- lainous looks cause you to shudder. They gained a livelihood for a long period by decoying persons 70 to their residence, giving them opium in their drink and then smothering them, to sell their bodies to surgeons for dissection ; they were ap- prehended, and were put out of this world by hanging. Close by the entrance is a likeness of that extraordinary individual, Fieschi, with the machine with which he attempted to destroy Louis Philippe, the present King of the French. The machine consists of a number of barrels, twenty perhaps, all of which he loaded with gun- powder and bullets, and fired as the King was just passing his residence ; an accidental stoppage of the procession saved the life of the King ; several of the nobility and soldiers who were accompanying him, and who were close to his person at the time were severely wounded. There was, opposite to him, a very laughable representation of a very favorite actor of comical characters, Mr. Liston, in a character called Paul Pry, which amused us much. We should have mentioned that Fieschi, who is represented as standing up and looking at the machine, is so constructed as to gradually keep his head in motion, as if he were very minutely examining the barrels ; and so much is he like a living man, that several persons have enquired of him the nature and intent of that which seems so much to occupy his attention. Seated on one of the long forms placed for the accommodation of the visitors, is a wax representation of that extraor- 71 dinary man, William Cobbett, a great political writer. He, Cobbett, is one of the numerous instances of which we have heard, of men from the humblest rank in society rising by talent alone and unaided, to wealth and distinction. Cobbett was the son of poor parents, and had but a very indifferent education, and was induced by poverty to enlist as a common soldier. He, however, took great pains with his education, and became the writer and printer of a weekly political period- ical (the Register), which was constantly attacking the acts of government. He published an Eng- lish and French grammar^ said to be the best of its kind, wrote a history of England, and many other volumes of books, and at last became a member of parliament. To prove how very closely he is in appearance to an animated being, a gentleman with whom we became very intimate told us that he went with a friend to see the exhibition, and being himself at first deceived, thinking Cobbett was alive, he sat himself down alongside of the figure (which also keeps his head constantly moving, as if looking at the group of foreign princes in front). He, of course, preserved his gravity, and kept his features quite still. He wore spectacles, and endeavoured to imitate the motions of the figure. He had not sat long before a gentleman and lady took their seat by Cobbett^s figure, and the gentleman asked of it, who the persons were in the inclosure in 72 front ; upon receiving no answer he whispered to his companion^ It is not a man^ it is a figure f she said, " Oh, yes, I knew that, and so is the next to him immediately upon which, to test her judgment, the gentleman asked a question of our friend, and upon not receiving an answer, went to some of the spectators, and asked who those two figures were. This drew the attention of several of the spectators to them, and after they had looked for a few minutes, our friend put his hand suddenly in his pocket, took out his cata- logue, got up and walked away as if he was inno- cent of the deception, and a loud and unusual burst of laughter was produced. The best time to see the exhibition is when it is lighted up in the evening, as the countenances look more na- tural then. The music which is played here is very pleasing, and generally there is a very great concourse of people. The dresses are very good. We paid a second visit, after the marriage of the Queen, and we then saw a group of figures, repre- senting those who were present on the 10th of February, 1840, when her Majesty was married to her cousin. Prince Albert of Saxe Cobourg and Gotha. He would not be twenty-one years of age until the 26th of August in that year, and she would be twenty-one on the 24th of May in that year. His Royal Highness' likeness is very good ; they are both looking very happy ; he has every appearance of being a good kind-hearted 73 man. He has a very small moustache, which is very becoming to him. Queen Adelaide is in the group, and Prince Albert's father and brother. The Queen^s favorite uncle, the Duke of Sussex, is also there, in capacity of father, to give her away ; there are several beautiful women of her household about her person, but the Queen and Prince Albert of course engage the attention of spectators. There is scarcely any body who has attracted the attention of the public, but what is to be found here. It may, perhaps, amuse some of our own countrywomen to know how the Queen was dressed : she wore on her head a wreath of orange blossoms and a lace veil, with diamond ear-rings and necklace. Her gown was of white satin, with a great deal of beautiful lace, and with orange blossoms all over the body and train. The cost of the lace alone was £1000; the satin was made in London in Spitalfields, where a great number of silk weavers live. As the Queen could not wear, so as to exhibit it, the order of the Garter, where it is usually worn by males, she wore it upon her arm, with its motto of " Evil be to him who evil thinks and she also wore the star of the order. We saw at this exhibition William Pitt and Charles James Fox, whose names are familiar to every one who knows anything about the political history of England ; they having, for very many years, been the leaders of the parties known as E 74 Whigs and Tories. There is a group which seems most attractive to young people^ which is Louis the Sixteenth of France^ Marie Antoinette^ his queen^ and their young son^ commonly called the Dauphin^ or next heir to the throne. The King and Queen, it is well known, were beheaded by their subjects in the Revolution at the end of the last century. There is also a representation of a very beautiful woman, w^ho is lying at full length on a bench, and who is represented as being sleeping, and who, from her chest heaving, and the apparent actions of a person whilst slum- bering, is often taken for reality. There is also Voltaire, the French political writer, and a man who thought very differently from many of his neighbours with regard to religion, and who was called an Atheist, because he promulgated opinions which w^ere opposed to the Catholic Religion. In India we have heard much of him, and we are informed he worshipped one God, and his revilers three, or what they call Trinity, and that they should have named him Deist instead of Atheist. He is an extraordinary looking man, dressed so oddly too, with little pinched-up features, and his hair so curiously arranged. We looked much at him, thinking he must have had much courage, and have thought himself quite right in his belief to have stood opposed to all the existing religious systems of his native land. He, however, and those who 75 th ought differently from him^ have long since, in another worlds experienced that if men onhj act up to what they believe to be right, that the Maker of the Deist^ the Christian, and the Parsee, will receive them into his presence ; and that it is the professor of religion, who is nothing but a pro* fessor, let his creed be what it may, that will meet with the greatest punishment from Him who ruleth all things. We have said much about Madame Tussaud's Wax-work, because we were very much pleased; and we know of no exhibition (where a person has read about people) that will afford him so much pleasure, always recollecting that it is only one shilling, and for this you may stop just as long as you feel an inclination. We saw a wax-work figure of Madame Tussaud herself in the exhibi- tion, and when we saw her alive upon leaving the room, we could scarce discover the real from the imitation. 76 CHAPTER VII. RAILROADS. EGHAM. WINDSOR. We were apprehensive upon our voyage that we should have had some difficulties in retaining our customs^ which our religion as Parsees call upon us to do. We are accustomed to have our food cooked by one of our own caste, and we require private apartments to perform our devotional duties, and we thought we should have met with some trouble to carry on these things, but in the Portland Hotel, and every other inn and lodging house, where we subsequently lodged, we found every convenience, every comfort, and we and our servants w^ere allowed unmolested to do every thing we required. Neither did we in the course of our residence in England among our numerous acquaintances, find one who condemned our religion or ridiculed its ceremonies ; on the contrary, many of them who knew that we could not partake of their hospi- 77 tality for reasons above alluded to, took great pleasure in entertaining us in every way conforma- bly to our manners and feelings. We came to England by the Buckingham- shire" Captain Hopkins, we were now desirous to procure a thorough knowledge of the English and mathematics, and were anxious to place ourselves under a tutor who would instruct us, and a brother of Captain Hopkins, a clergyman, who preached at a small village called Wraysbury, in the county of Buckinghamshire, and who lived at Egham, undertaking to instruct us, we went by the railroad to see him, and to look at a house which it was thought would suit us. And if we had been astonished at the several description of carriages that we had seen^ how shall we describe our very great astonishment at what we saw" on the railroad ? It was called the Great Western, and it leaves London at Paddington, opening a way to the western coast of England, and is intended to run to Bath, Bristol, Gloucester and Cheltenham. We travelled to a place called Slough, twenty- five miles, in fifty minutes. Only think, within an hour, seated quietly in a beautiful carriage, w^e were twenty-five miles from London ! We did not feel that we were passing so rapidly through the country when we looked at distant objects, but when we looked upon anything near to us, we but saw it and it vanished, and when the other train of carriages passed us, it was almost as if a flash 78 of lightning had gone by, we could not dis- tinguish any one of the carriages. But what is the train ? And how is it moved ? We will endeavour to explain all this ; — we have read. When railroads were in their infancy, it was a puzzle how to contrive means, not to make the wheels of the carriage turn round but to make them move onwards ; for it was imagined that the smoothness of the rails, would permit the wheels " to slip, and that thus though they would revolve, they would not go on. Many ingenious con- trivances were made to overcome this imaginary difficulty, amongst others a most ingenious pair " of metal legs were to push the carriage onwards. But at last it was found out that rails and " wheels were not so smooth faced to one another, and there was friction enough between " them to let the carriages run. Then came the question of how are the carriages to be moved ? " Shall we pull them by horses ? Or build stationary engine houses and haul away with ropes ? Or drag by locomotives ? The decision on the Manchester and Liverpool Railway, the earliest of the great railroads, was in favor of locomotives, and so locomotives have become the prime moving power on railroads.^^ Locomotive engines are so named, because they possess the power of moving from place to place. They consist of a strong iron frame supported on four wheels, and a cylindrical boiler made of 79 wrought iron plates, which is fixed to this car- riage ; the chimney is in the front and the furnace at the hinder end; the smoke and hot air pass through a number of brass tubes which traverse the lower half of the boiler^ on their way to the chimney, and which at the same time com- municate additional heat to the boiler, to generate steam ; the cylinder in these engines is placed almost in every variety of position, as vertical, horizontal, and inclined. The engineer stands on the hinder part of the carriage and by a long rod moves the throttle valve for admitting the steam into the cylinder, which regulates the motion and consequently the speed of the carriage, to prevent ignited fuel escaping into the air and doing mis- chief, a wire netting is placed on the top of the chimney. A carriage called the tender with coke or welsh coal, and water, is following the engine or the steam carriage ; this supplies the furnace and boiler with their necessary food ; this engine will take twenty carriages, loaded with passengers with their luggage, at the rate of thirty miles an hour, if required, and with only common caution there is little fear of accident. The carriages for passengers are of two kinds, those for the first class are fitted up beautifully with cushions and glass windows, they hold three persons on each side, and the seats are detached from each other, and on some railroads they have a lamp inside for night travelling. The second class carriages are 80 fitted with benches and are only covered at the top. The place from where the train started, is covered with a magnificent and commodious roof with suitable apartments for passengers. The iron rails on this line are placed at the distance of seven feet apart (while the distance in other lines is four feet eight inches) and are laid lengthways on continuous bearings of wood^ which we are told is a deviation from other railroads, and for which innovation Mr. Brunei, the chief engineer met with a great deal of opposition. In going from Paddington to Slough, we saw more than fifty bridges, either over or under the line ; the distance between London and Bristol is one hundred and twenty miles, and this gigantic work will cost about 50,000,000 of rupees when completed ; the train carries more than six hun- dred passengers daily, but the number since has increased to three thousand, and the w^eekly receipt at present amounts to £2000 sterling. In a commercial point of view, this railway will bring Ireland and London nearer each other, in- dependent of the facility it will afford in conveying colonial produce from Bristol to the metropolis. A writer in speaking of railroads, thus describes them in the London Saturday Journal : — " You " bid your friend good night and fancy that like yourself he will go to supper, and to bed, " and that next day he will revisit his accustomed haunts, with beard neatly trimmed, and a clean 81 sweet neckcloth round his neck^ but he^ after coolly giving you the countersign for the nighty " walks to Euston Square, throws himself into a " carriage, and in the morning has tea and a kidney " at Liverpool ; and while you have been slumber- ^^ing on that faithful bed, which has nightly received your precious body for half a century, " he has been sweeping through hills, under bridges, over rivers, along valleys, in fact, quietly going through adventures which exceed the wildest of your dreams, now ploughing his way in the darkness of a tunnel — now rushing be- tween walls of chalk, while high above aerial bridges look like the perches of fairy land — now rattling along a viaduct, while the placid stream below still wanders at its own sweet will — now " toiling onwards in a delightful valley, startling the cattle asleep in the field, and almost scaring away the quiet church of the hamlet ; the day after your friend, who has been floated some five or eight hundred, or even a thousand miles of " hill and dale, takes his seat at his desk with a provoking equanimity which would not have been tolerated a few years ago if one had only taken a half holiday and gone to Hornsey Wood House ; time was indeed, when the public were " used more frequently to walk, and Islington or Primrose Hill constituted an excursion worth talking about ; time was when coaches had no springs, and roads were full of ruts, and my Lord E 2 82 Mayor's lumbering machine was the pink of elegance and grandeur ; time was when fair ladies were carried in sedan chairs and could ^' modestly draw the curtains^ lest the torches of the link boys should glare too rudely on their beauty ; time was when the mail hobbled on a sorry nag^ " and a miserable post boy was at once carrier and guardian ; time was when hackney coaches were few^ and the Thames watermen flourished^ and cabriolets were unknown^ and omnibuses were " not. Aye_, and time was^ and that but yesterday, when our level roads, our picturesque mail coaches, and our country inns were thought the " summit of perfection, and made us the envy of surrounding nations, and the admiration of the world, but all that is passed or passing, for the inspiring blast of the guard^s horn we have the shrill whistle of the locomotive ; for change of horses, we have merely a supply of coke and water, and for John^^ the ostler, and Mary^^ the chambermaid, and William^' the waiter, ^' with cold beef, bread and cheese, and glasses of ale ; we have policemen and porters all as like ^' one another as peas, while the stomach has to be stayed by a hasty stare at a station house, " above all, one sadly misses the driver, at once so conceited and so cool, now praising his team, or ^' quizzing a passenger — now touching his hat for " the expected half crown, and sneering when it proves only a shilling. As for the scarlet 83 " coated mail guards he was always too important " to get very familiar with^ the man felt that he had a post office time piece in his pockety and was serving his king at the rate of ten miles an ^* horn*. Ten years ago^ railroads as a means of general transit for passengers and goods were " almost untried^ now they are spreading over the country like a net work ; about one hundred and fifty railroads are already in use in Great Britain and Ireland, and upwards of sixty millions of money are invested in them ; they are upsetting all our former notion s, and altering our social condition — they are pouring the country into " London, and spreading London over the coun- " try ; Northward, we are carried as far as Lancaster, a distance of two hundred and forty- one miles from London, in eleven or twelve " hours by the London and Birmingham, the Grand Junction, and the continuation to Pres- ton and Lancaster ; where though for the pre- sent it stops, there will probably be a con- tinuation to Penrith, to Carlisle, and Glasgow ; the same lines, the London and Birmingham, and the Grand Junction, link with Liverpool and Manchester, at Rugby, eighty-three miles ^' from London, on the London and Birmingham " railway. The Midland Counties Railway carries " us to Nottingham and Derby, and at Derby, we " can get by the North Midland and its Junctions, to Chesterfield, Sheffield, Leeds and York, or 84 ^' instead of going on to York, we may double like " a hunted hare, turn olF to Hull by Selby, or " from Selby to Leeds. At York, the Great North of England Railway now in progress, will " carry us on to Durham and Newcastle, and at Newcastle we can cross the Island to Carlisle. " Returning to London, we find the Great " Western Railway opening to us the western coast, and by it and its junctions, not only enabling London citizens to spend a day com- " fortably at Windsor, but joining Bristol and Bath, Gloucester and Cheltenham, either now or shortly. The south coast again is almost free " to us by the Southampton and the Brighton railways, along with the Greenwich and its adjuncts, to Croydon and Dover, all either made or making. Again, the north east coast is " accessible by the Eastern Counties railway, to " Ipswich or Norwich, and all who wish to avoid the intricacies of the London portion of the Thames, called the pool, or who are in a hurry to reach a dinner of white bait, can be whirled " from the city to Blackwall by the Blackwall railroad. The locomotive steam engines are high pressure engines, no vacuum is produced in the Cylinder, and therefore the whole of the con- densing apparatus, the cold water cistern, con- " denser, air pump, cold water pump, &c. are dispensed with, and nothing is retained except 85 the boiler^ cylinder, piston and valves ; by this ^' means, the locomotive is rendered light and portable, but at the same time there is required " the action of an intense heating power within a small compass. The railroad from the City of London to Blackwall, though a short one, is an interesting one, from the admirable system adopted, no locomotive engines are used, the " trains being pulled by ropes, moved by sta- tionary engines, at each end of the line. Though the line is a short one, there are several inter- mediate stations where passengers get out and in, and when a train starts from London it pro- ceeds in the following order, each station having its own carriage and each carriage its driver. The carriage for Blackwall goes first, then the one " for Poplar, the one for the West India Docks, Stepney, &c. the carriage for Stepney being the nearest station to London goes last, and as the train approaches the Stepney station, the driver turns his carriage off, while the rest of the train " goes on without stopping, thus carriage by car- riage is turned off, the rest proceeding unchecked, and the intermediate stations being all passed, the Blackwall carriage arrives alone, and with as " much rapidity as if it started singly, danger of collision is thus rendered impossible, and a " whole train of carriages is not placed at the " discretion of a single man, as in the case with " trains drawn by locomotives. There is also an 86 electric telegraphy by which constant and almost instantaneous communication is maintained be- tween the termini^ and a casual question being ^' asked in the London station house will have an answer in a few seconds from Blackwall^ the " length of the railroad being nearly four miles/' It may not be amiss here to mention that upon the great railroads^ the London and Lancaster for instance^, there is a travelling post office in which the bags of letters are received from the several post towns and are sorted immediately by one or more clerks and the several bags of letters sealed up and delivered as they pass along : the post office travelling upon the Birmingham railroad cost £600. it is fifteen feet^ three inches long, seven feet^ seven inches wide^ and is six feet ten inches in height, the carriage is fitted internally with nests of pigeon holes to receive the letters as sorted, with drawers, desks and pegs and is divided in the middle by a partition, and the guard and mail bags that are to go through are in the hindermost part, the clerks keep on sorting and arranging the letters during the journey, and the guards tie up and exchange the mail bags. A Mr. J. Ramsay contrived the following ingenious process, by which the bags of letters are received and given out, without stopping the train or slack- ening the speed, for this purpose attached to the near side of the office is an iron frame with a piece of net^ which is expanded as they approach 87 a post office station to receive a bag from the arm of a standard at the side of the road^ at the same moment that a bag is delivered into the net, another is let down from the office by the machine; and thus an exchange of bags is in- stantly effected. The speed of the mail trains on the Birmingham railway, is as follows, from London to Birmingham five hours, a stoppage of eight minutes is allowed at Tring, ten minutes at Wolverton, three minutes at Weedon and nine minutes at Coventry ; making a total of twenty-five minutes occupied by the stoppages, and only four hours and thirty-five minutes in performing the journey of one hundred and twelve miles and a quarter ; according to the Parliamentary report the price for conveying the mails on the London and Birmingham railway, is settled by arbitration, namely from the first of May, 1839, at £24. 4^. and 4d, per day, or ^6 10,340. per year, for a day mail up and down, and a night mail up and down, for this the contractors provide the post office carriages and convey each trip a guard and two clerks ; the contract is for three years and the weight carried nearly ten tons. We have written a long article upon rail- roads and we have only got as far as Slough in our way down to Egham. We walked with our friend Captain Hopkins to his residence at Maidenhead, is was a neat small cottage, ^ and which we should call a Bungalow, with the 88 River Thames on one side and a beautiful piece of garden on the other. The situation was very lonely but pleasant^ the English are particu- larly fond of such quiet and rural habitations, and here they generally contrive to amuse themselves by gardening, growing vegetables, and fruits for their own use, and flowers to adorn and beautify the place, and render it cheerful by their various and beautiful colours ; many, even as gentlemen living independently, dig the ground with their own hands, and in fact go through all the duties of a gardener merely to pass away their time. Having taken some refreshments at our friend's house we had a post chaise and went to Windsor ; the castle has for very many centuries been the residence of the Kings and Queens of England. It is in Berk- shire, twenty-one miles west of London. Windsor Forest is fifty-six miles in circumference, the Great Park contains near four thousand acres and the Little Park about five hundred acres of ground. The castle is upon an eminence com- manding a fine view of the Thames, and is sur- rounded by a terrace extending nearly two thou- sand yards, it has within the last twenty years had immense sums expended upon its alterations, and is now a palace which has no equal in the world for magnificence and convenience. The long walk in the Park is considered the most beautiful thing of its sort in Europe, a perfectly straight road runs from the principal entrance of the 89 castle to the top of a commanding hill in the Great Park^ called Snow Hill, a distance of more than three miles ; upon each side of this walk or road is a double row of fine old elm trees but they are passed their prime and in a fev/ years will decay and be blown down. It will no doubt strike the mind of those whose business it is to attend to this matter, at once to plant others, that when in the course of nature these trees have disappeared others will spring up and take their places. It is very beautiful to look along this immense straight road with its beauti- ful fringe of vegetation ; and upon the hill, at the end of the walk, the prospect is of vast extent, and embraces a highly interesting district. Windsor Castle is at the feet of the beholder; on the left is beautiful forest scenery ; to the right runs the Thames towards Richmond; on whose surface you will see the light pleasure boats gliding along with parties, who have quitted London, and its smoke and noise, to have a little pure air — to unbend the mind — to behold the varied and beautiful scenery which is to be so much admired all the way from London. And oh, how diversified is that which meets the eye from the summit of this hill ! We can, in the different glimpses which we catch of the Thames, see the small steam boats which are constructed for passing through the numerous bridges, deco- rated with their gaily floating flags with which they 90 are dressed, and bearing hundreds of happy beings to have a day's pleasure. Previous to Gravesend becoming the place of resort which it has done within the last few years, in consequence of the cheap and excellent accommodation afforded by the steam vessels, all these parts used to be weekly inundated by' visitors; but now it is the quieter resort of many happy groups, who, with their provision in their boat and with a few chosen friends and the Inembers of their families, thus rationally contrive to have a day of recreation and of happiness. About the year 1831, a very large equestrian statue of the King on horseback (George the Third) has been erected on the highest part of this hill ; it is at the end of the long road from the Castle, and is to be clearly seen all the way ; it is placed upon stone work like a huge rock, of twenty-four feet high, and the horse and man are twenty-six feet high, thus being fifty feet above the road. We are told by those who knew George the Third, that it is very much like him ; he is not, however, dressed as an Englishman, and we, as foreigners, should have taken him for some Roman figure, similar to those in the British Museum. We understand the sculptor, Mr. Westmacott, thought it would make a better figure than if in the uniform, cocked hat, and large boots, which King George the Third wore. It may look better, perhaps, to the eye; but the 91 grand object, of handing down the name and memory, the likeness, and the costume of the age in which he hved, is thus quite lost. We then proceeded to Egham, saw the house selected for us by our tutor, which we ap- proved of; and having arranged about what we should require, we looked out at the quiet little unobtrusive village, which was to be our residence, until we should feel that we knew enough of mathematics and English benefi- cially to study the writers upon ship-building and the displacement of bodies, so that we mightL advantageously judge from theory, and combine with practice, all that we should see, hear, and read upon the noble science of constructing a ship. Our arrival in this quiet spot with our Eastern costume created quite a sensation; all the people were gazing from their doors and windows at us ; and, for a short period, we were looked upon quite as curiosities. Our tutor, the Reverend Mr. Hopkins, gave us always whilst we were with him^ valuable assistance and advice; we received much kindness from him, and we thus express our entire satisfaction of the treatment we always received, and the information we gained, from him. Having settled ourselves down at Egham on the 28th of September, 1838, where we studied very regularly for a twelvemonth, it is not our intention to treat of anything that we saw in the order in which we viewed it, but we shall endeavour to describe all and every thing 92 that we have seen at different periods, when we gave ourselves a httle recreation ; and our readers must bear in mind that we did not go by chance to see this thing or that, but whenever we read a description of places worth seeing, or if any of our friends hinted that it was proper for us to visit certain places, we endeavoured so to do. We cannot for one moment imagine that our impressions, or description of what we saw and felt, will either instruct or amuse English people ; but we do think many of our own countrymen, both Parsees and Hindoos, will be amused at hearing of what we saw in England ; we may as well state here that we have confined ourselves strictly to truth ; and if we have put a wrong con- struction upon anything that we have described, it has been for want of knowing better. We hope, in our little journal, any remarks we may make, may not be of that nature to give pain to any one. We have endeavoured to avoid all per- sonal remarks ; and when we speak of any sect, we mean our observations to apply generally, and not to individuals. We have, in our long stay in England, had much to make us attached to it. We have received friendly kindness from many, and have formed some friendships that on our side will cease but with our lives; we have received courtesy from a still greater number, and we shall ever think of England with sentiments of esteem and admiration. % 93 CHAPTER VIIL BRITISH MUSEUM. We paid a visit to the British Museum, in Monta- gue House, Great Russell Street, near Russell Square, it was opened to the public in 1759. It appears that a celebrated physician. Sir Hans Sloane, had collected an immense quantity of books, manuscripts, and objects of curiosity, and in his will after his death, it was directed, that all these things should be offered to the British government for £20,000 to form a public Museum. This offer was acceded to^ and thus was com- menced this grand collection of books, specimens of minerals of all descriptions, of stuffed animals and curiosities from all parts of the world. There was soon added a large library, called the Cot- tonian manuscripts collected by Sir Robert Cotton, and then a library belonging to Major Edwards. George the Second presented a library of books, which the kings of England, from Henry the Seventh, had collected; and King George the Fourth, in 1823, gave all the books belonging to 94 his late father George the Third, supposed to have cost £200,000. There are also the Lansdowne, and the Burney, and the Macintosh manuscripts, and by the law of publishing, a copy of every new book is obliged to be given ; so, that, as a library, there never was in the world any place where so much information was collected together. And any person may obtain admission, either to read or to copy out anything he may wish. Any individual wishing to become a reader has to apply in writing to the chief librarian, and must have his application signed by some known person. If the person recommending the party is known, immediate admission is granted, otherwise they have to wait a few days until enquiries are made^ and this is done to prevent disreputable persons from getting in. When the person is admitted he receives a ticket for six months, and at the end of that time it must be renewed. General visitors to the Museum are not admitted to the library or reading rooms as they would merely see the out- sides of an immense number of books, and would only disturb those persons who come to study or to copy out such matters as they may require. In the Museum^ there is every thing that is curious; there are several Mummies, specimens of Hindoo sculpture^ Burmese Idols, several Arabic inscriptions on columns, there are large Egyptian statues brought home by Belzoni the 95 traveller^ particularly Memnon's head. There are Obelisks from Cairo^ covered with Hieroglyphic characters. There are also fine specimens of stuffed animals^ there are two Giraffes or Cameleo- pards of immense size being eighteen feet high, and a Musk Ox ; there are also a collection of the Marble sculptures from Athens, brought home by Lord Elgin and bought for £35,000, in 1816. One of the most beautiful things is the beautiful Portland or Barberini Vase, its height is ten, and its diameter six inches, the material is a dark but transparent blue substance, upon this the figures are formed of a white substance ; it is difficult to say how they are united ; it was discovered about the middle of the sixteenth century enclosed in a marble sarcophagus, supposed to have held the remains of the Emperor Alexander Severus, near Rome. The Duke of Portland bought it of Sir William Hamilton. On the first floor the room is surrounded with glass cases, with curiosities from the South Sea Islands, and the dresses of the Esquimaux who live near the North Pole. Here are rude spears, arrows, and harpoons ; in the centre of the room are glass cases with magnificent shells, beautiful, and arranged in nice order. In another room collections of dried plants of nearly all known sorts, and then a collection of English fossils, and in another room, carefully preserved in cabinets, are specimens of nearly all 96 known sorts of insects ; then there is a large collection of Seals^ Vases, and Hindoo Bonzes^ then there are several rooms full of all sorts of animals^ birds^ beasts, fishes^ stuffed so as to look just as if they were alive, very large Bats, Monkeys of all sorts ; there is a curious animal called Ornithorhyncus paradoxus, which has the bill of a Duck upon the hairy body of a four- footed animal, it is half beast, half bird, from New Holland ; where things are quite unlike any other place, they have animals, half bird and half beast, and they have timber half Fir and half Beach, called Cowdie. There are beautiful specimens of Goats, Deer, Antelopes, immense Serpents called Boa Con- strictors, Eagles and Hawks of all sorts and sizes, and then all the British Birds, the Lark, Bulfinch, Thrush, Goldfinch, Titmouse, and great numbers of other Birds of England. It is neither our wish or intention to offer a catalogue description of any of the sights of London, we only wish to inform our countrymen of what is to be seen in this mighty city, and if we had seen nothing else but the British Museum, we should have said how happy is the country possessing such an establishment ; for here poor as well as rich are constantly admitted. Every thing is so well described, there is no charge allowed to be made for seeing it, and here are to be found books treating upon every possible subject, shells and 97 geological specimens of every description^ ores and stones from all parts of the world^ dresses and costumes of all the rude natives, and their imple- ments of war, &c. &c., birds and beasts stuffed so as to resemble life, and we could have spent whole days in examining the several objects contained herein. The Enghsh may well pride themselves in possessing this magnificent Institution ; it re- flects great credit on them for here is laid open a most extensive field of learning, where every lover of knowledge has access without any expense, and thousands of books before him, to store his mind with information — in fact he can here satisfy his curiosity in every natural, and artificial object. F 98 CHAPTER IX. THE PARKS. The extent and beauty of the Parks of London^ at once struck us and impressed us with the mag- nificence of the city, said to be the first in the world. St. James's Park. — The oldest in the Metro- polis, was so called from St. James's Palace being at its north side. Henry the Eighth found a rude marsh here, caused it to be drained, pulled down an ancient Hospital called St. Jameses and built the Palace of St. James's; Charles the Second caused the trees to be planted and had aviaries for birds in that part now called Bird Cage Walk* You can enter by the Horse Guards in Whitehall Street, there are entrances also by Hyde Park Corner, — in all we believe eight entrances where sentinels are on duty, the public who are freely admitted have only this restriction not to pull the trees ; the Treasury, Admiralty, and Horse Guard's look into this park ; you may walk many miles in it ; Glueen Victoria lives here in a fine house originally old Buckingham House, but which has been nearly rebuilt and is now called Buckingham 99 Palace. A large statue on a high pillar of the late Duke of York looks into this park; it is near where the Palace of George the Fourth stood^ called Carlton House, now pulled down. The Gkeen Park goes up to Piccadilly, it is all surrounded by iron railings and a great number of the houses of the nobility look into this park on the western side ; there is a large sheet of water in it and upon a high part called Constitution Hill there is a good view of Buckingham Palace, St. Jameses Park, Westminster Abbey and the hills of the counties of Surrey and Kent, you may every day see a great number of beautiful car- riages, handsome horses and persons of all sorts in large numbers walking, Hyde Park contains four hundred acres^, and as you enter it from the upper end of Piccadilly, at the south east corner, close to the house of the Duke of Wellington, is a large figure called Achilles, put up in honour of the Duke of Wellington and those who fought with him ; it weighs thirty tons and was cast from cannons taken at the battles of Salamanca and Waterloo. There is a small river called the Serpentine, which is very pretty for London, it adjoins Kensington Gardens, which is also a park laid out in flower gardens ; in Hyde Park the . soldiers are reviewed and they have sham fights. No stage coaches are admitted in Hyde Park, the road through this park towards Kensington is called Rotten Row, and here on most days from three until five o^-clock, 100 Iler Majesty with her suite and all the fashionable people in London, including the nobility, are to be seen either on handsome horses or in magnifi- cent carriages moving steadily along and nodding to each other, and on Sundays from two until five in addition to all the carriages and horses, thou- sands of well dressed people of both sexes may be seen walking : there are five entrances open from sun -rise until nine at night. The Regent^s Park is considerably more to the northward and has enclosed about four hundred and fifty acres. This park has all around it magnificent houses looking* into it, built in every varied style of architecture. At the south end is an immense building called the Coliseum which we visited and will describe at length as it deserves ; at the end of the park is the Diorama, which we have described, and the Zoological Gardens are also in Regent^s Park which we have before noticed ; we consider these parks as most condu- cive to the health of the inhabitants of London. All these parks are inclosed in by iron railings with handsome gateways and they are infinitely superior to the Esplanade at Bombay, the only place of resort for the public near that city ; here is to be found pure air, healthful exercise can be taken, and here at certain hours every day, more wealth, more respectability, more beauty, is to be seen collected in one spot than is to be found congregated in any other part of the world. 101 CHAPTER X. THEATRES. The Italian Opera. — We were sent by our kind friend^ Sir Charles Forbes^ to the Italian Opera House, called the Queen^s Theatre. It is situated at the corner of the Haymarket and Pal! Mall, and is considered the most splendid of all the London Theatres ; and the richest and most fashionable of the inhabitants of London are to be seen within its walls. The boxes will hold nine hundred persons, and the pit and gallery eight hundred each, thus two thousand five hun- dred persons can be accommodated. The stage is sixty feet deep and eighty feet longj thus afford- ing plenty of room for the beautiful dancing. This is one of the best and most respectable places of amusement, patronised by the Queen and the nobility, many of whom have boxes hired for the season, entirely for their own use, and for which they pay a large sum of money. The Queen's box is easily distinguished from the others by the richness of its fittings. It is on the first tier, and the first from the stage on the left 102 hand side. We were highly dehghted with it, and the number of people that were congregated. It is indeed always fully crowded when her Majesty honours it with her presence^ which she very frequently does. On the evening that we were there, part of the performance was " William Tell/^ who had struggled in former times for the liberty of Switzerland, and who^ being an expert marksman, had to shoot with an arrow by a tyrant^s command, an apple from the head of his son, which he did. The Queen was present, and from our situation we had an excellent opportunity of the honour of seeing her. She was elegantly but simply dressed in white, and looked as happy as a queen could look surrounded by wealth, beauty, and by people who dearly loved her. Upon the stage we saw a great many females dressed exactly alike, all very handsome, dancing and performing difficult evolutions, standing upon one leg, and whirling rapidly round, with the other stretched straight out. It was the last evening upon which Taglioni, the favorite French dancer, was to dance in England, and an English friend who accompanied us very frequently asked us how we liked her dancing. He, for his part, was very much delighted with it, but to us it appeared of very little interest ; and we were very much surprised to hear that for every night that she had appeared upon the stage she had been paid one hundred and fifty guineas ! ! ! 103 Only think, — one hundred and fifty guineas every night to be paid in England to a woman to stand for a long time like a goose upon one leg, then to throw one leg straight out, twirl round three or four times with the leg thus extended, to curtsey so low as to nearly seat herself upon the ground, to spring occasionally from one side of the stage to another; all of which jumping about did not, on her part, occupy an hour; and to get more money for that hour every evening, than six weavers in Spitalfields (who produce beautiful silk for dresses) could earn all of them, working four- teen hours every day, in twelve months ! It does appear so absurd that a dancing woman should thus take out of English pockets every night, for an hour's jumping, more than would keep six weavers of silk, their wives and families, for a whole year. Had we not seen instances that con- vinced us the English were clever people, we should have thought them very foolish indeed thus to pay a dancing puppet. This, together with the elegant and fashionable dresses of the ladies in the boxes, of a variety of colours ; the chaste and appropriate decoration of the interior of the house; the brilliancy of the gas lights, and the multitude of wax candles ; the soft and melodious harmony of the music; afforded us the most magnificent and grand spectacle we had ever beheld. Improper persons are not allowed to enter this place, and we saw one man 101 expelled without any ceremony^ on account of some improper liberties he had taken. There is also a large and handsomely fitted-up refreshment room attached to this house, where refreshments, such as pastry^ fruit, and the favorite beverages of the seasons^ are to be procured. The visitors, at least many of them, resort to this place in the intervals of the different acts. The expenses of this establishment must be enormous, as they pay the singers many thousands a year^ at least the principal ones, and some of the best dancers are paid very largely; and there are such beautiful performers on the musical instruments^ that they and the swarm of dancers must cost much money. The boxes are, most of them, subscribed for the season ; but boxes and stalls may be engaged by going to booksellers' at the west end of London, at fourteen shillings and sixpence, pit tickets are eight shillings and sixpence each, and the admis- sion to the gallery is five shillings, Drury Lane Theatre.— This is a very large place, with a noble external appearance ; it is 131 feet by 237 feet. There are boxes, pit, and two galleries ; admission one shilling and two shillings to the different galleries, three shillings and sixpence to the pit, and five shillings to the boxes. There is a box for the queen, and several private boxes ; the lower tier of boxes is called the dress circle, where none are admitted except the well dressed. It was full, but of quite a different 105 class of persons from the Opera House. The persons in the gallery made much noise, whisthni^ and yeUing. There is a beautiful chandelier, lighted with gas, hung from the centre of the roof, or dome. We saw here Van Amburgh with his lions ; it was most wonderful to see the state of subjection he had these fierce beasts in. We were much surprised to see the boldness with which he entered their den^ putting his head between their teeth, and treating them as if they were quiet dogs. Although a wonderful perform- ance, it was not pleasing ; for we thought if their savage nature should return to them the man must die, and then people would reproach them- selves for going to encovirage him in putting his life in danger. We again visited Drury Lane Theatre^ and found it much altered : a boarded floor had been laid over the pit level with the stage, and there were many hundred persons walking about to hear a beautiful concert of instruments ; some of the finest music and best performers were to be heard here for only one shilling each. CovENT Garden Theatre — We went to see Covent Garden Theatre^ the prices of admis- sion were the samxC as at Drury Lane ; the theatre appears to us much in the same style as Drury Lane, but smaller. We saw performed the Critic: we saw Madame Vestris (or Mrs. Charles Ma- thews), who is the manager of this place; we F 2 106 should not have taken her for more than twenty- six years of age^ and we are told she is near fifty ; we forget the name of the second piece in which she performed, but we were much amused. The English, when they are pleased with anything in a theatre, clap their hands and stamp their feet ; and if they wish a dance or a song repeated, they do both clap and stamp and whistle; and thus they keep on until the person comes back and does over again what they require. Attached to the great theatres, is the saloon, where refresh- ments of all kinds are to be procured, but virtuous females could not be seen here ; for here, at the half price, are to be found swarms of well-dressed, highly-painted, but unhappy females, who, having lost their virtue, resort, as a means of mainte- nance, to the saloons of theatres, and with much wantonness endeavour to draw young men into the snares of vice and misery of which they them- selves have been the victims. We do think this very discreditable to be allowed ; and we also think that much of the dissipation, and many of the robberies committed by young men, may be traced to an intimacy with improper females, which com- menced within the saloon of a theatre. The saloons of those theatres that are allowed to be infested with such characters, are, instead of being an accommodation to the public, harbours of vice, at which a virtuous man would frown with disgust. 107 Astley's Amphitheatre. — This theatre is situated a little beyond Westminster Bridge^ on the Surrey side of the Thames. Here is to be seen some capital horsemanship. We saw a man ride and manage four horses at the same time; and a little girl danced upon the horse^s back whilst it was galloping ; she also danced upon the tight rope. Some men took most extraordinary leaps over a great many people's heads^ and ponies jumped through hoops, and did many feats quite like dogs ; we felt much pleased with these things. The horses are admirably trained, they rise up and lie down at the word of command ; they lie as if dead at the bidding of the rider; and when the tune is played they dance with their feet as if they were human beings. At this place a man of the name of Carter exhibits his collection of wild beasts, consisting of a noble Bengal tiger, a large African lion and lioness, and about five or six other small tigers ; and he has so completely tamed these wild animals, that a description of it would be almost incredible to those who have not seen them personally. We saw one of the tigers seize him by the neck, while he feigned to be asleep in a forest, and drag him down a flight of stairs as if really to devour him ; the scenery so well resembled a wild jungle that a stranger will take it for reality, and think the man to be really a victim to the fury and rapacity of the beast : he, however, 108 after a short struggle, completely overpowers the animal. He next drove the African lion in a car on the stage, and it was curious to see the animal harnessed and dragging the car with the driver, who whipped him as if he was a waggon horse ; he then entered the den in which all the animals were kept together, and began boldly to thrash them and make them obey his commands. He made a bed of one, a pillow of another, and bol- ster of a third, to take, as it were, his nightly rest, while a fourth animal played all manner of tricks with him ; and there he was, composed and fearless, as if he had been bred and born amongst the ferocious and greedy children of a wild and dreary forest. The terms of admission are — Boxes, four shillings ; Pit, two shillings ; Gallery, one shilling. Victoria Theatre. — This is a beautiful little theatre, situated on the Southwark side of Water- loo Bridge. We saw here Paul the Rover,^^ in which we saw Mademoiselle Goodesham dance ; she is the Taglioni of this place ; she is a pretty little woman, and a very nice dancer. But here we saw the Incredibles/^ in which Monsieur Laroche and Monsieur Noel, two Frenchmen, performed some extraordinary feats of strength. They were bound to a whirling pole, and, sus- pended by one leg, lifted several persons. A bridge with sixteen persons was lifted, and a car, 109 with an immense number of peojjle in it, was lifted. Suspended by their feet, they drew up several persons to the ceihng of the stage, and exhibited various proofs of their great strength and muscular power ; they were both fine made and powerful men. In another very amusing piece, called the ^^Dumb Savoyard," a Mr. Blanchard performed a monkey, and it was almost impossible to distinguish him from a real monkey. He ran rapidly on his hands and feet about the stage, played all manner of tricks, ran up the side of the house to the ceiling, and all round the gallery, descending on the other side. Every body w^as in constant laughter at his freaks. We w^ere much pleased with our evening's entertainment. The English are decidedly a wonderful people, and money in England can do every thing ; it makes Horses dance, Lions work as Horses, and men assume the appearance of Monkeys. Besides these there are a great many other Theatres in London, where we have not heen to, such as the Haymarket Theatre, the Surry Theatre, the Adelphi in the Strand, the Princess Theatre in King Street St. James's, and others, the whole of them are about twenty in London, but as they are minor ones to what we had seen we did not deem it prudent to waste our time by visiting all of them. In concluding our description of the Theatres of London, we have to recommend to our country- 110 men, should any of them on their visit to England desire to see the Theatres in London, always to go to the boxes, which are frequented by a res- pectable class of people, and there they will receive much civility and attention, but never for the sake of economy go either to the pit or gallery of any of them, (except the Italian Opera) because these places are always resorted to by the humbler classes, as well as by rogues, thieves, and pick- pockets, and should a stranger happen to be there, he is often teased and insulted with gross and abusive language by these fellows, besides he could not see much of the performances ; we state this from the treatment we^ once experienced at Astley's Amphitheatre, but on our discovering the error, we immediately left the place. We therefore advise our readers, always to pay a little more and go to the boxes, rather than be in com- pany with a set of fellows, who derive pleasure at the expense of your comfort. And here we would inform our countrymen that the majority of the lower orders in England are very rude in their manners and behaviour to- wards strangers, whom they do not like to see in their own country. Ill CHAPTER XL SCIENTIFIC INSTITUTIONS. The Gallery of Practical Science is situated in the Lowther Arcade, near Charing Cross, in the Strand, which is kept for the exhibi- tion of models of all kinds of machinery ; there is to be seen the Steam-Gun of Perkins, which showers forth bullets, more than one hundred and sixty every minute, and we could not help think- ing, if universally adopted, the Steam-Gun would go far towards putting an end to war. For when the inventions of man have so far improved the numerous instruments of destruction ; so that men marching to a breach in a fortress, go to certain death, no word of command will urge them for- ward. And the strong man will then no longer be able to tyrannize over the weak. For provided any fortress is but provided with a few steam- guns, throwing out bullets made of iron instead of lead, column after column would be mown down. Ships, which at present attack forts, almost with a certainty of success, would by a well 112 pointed steam-gun, have their decks swept of their men and they themselves would be perforated through and through and be sunk. We can also conceive there would be no difficulty if the balls were of iron in firing them red hot. And then the trifling expence of the machine required for the steam-gun, places it within reach of every body^s pocket. We saw here very beautiful models of locomotives, and of engines, and machines of all descriptions. And we also saw the Daguerreo- type which is the most extraordinary production of modern times. We know not how better to describe it than to say, that it is embodying a shadow, or, in other words, that it permanently fixes upon a plate previously prepared for the purpose, the reflection of houses, trees, &c., and the picture is more perfect than any painter can make it. The French government purchased the discovery of Monsieur Daguerre, and very kindly made it known to the public. In a room fitted up as a Theatre, w^ith shutters by which the light can be totally excluded, M. Dele Croix, a French gentleman, explains all the process. Five distinct processes are required to perfect a drawing by means of the Daguerreotype. The plate which is of thin copper silvered over, must be carefully polished^ an operation requiring much care and nicety of hand, very fine pumice stone is applied in the first instance with cotton and oil. It is then applied with dried cotton, after which, a small quantity of 113 diluted nitric acid is carefully dropped on the plate^ and accurately distributed over the surface, another light polishing succeeds, after which, the plate is heated over a spirit lamp, which must be moved beneath by the hand so as to distribute the heat equally; or, which is preferable over char- coal, until its surface is evenly covered with a white appearance like a veil spread over it, when it must be suddenly cooled by laying it on a cold stone or a marble table ; after this process, the operation of the acid is repeated three times, but the plates are generally put by after it has been twice applied, that the operation may not be too long delayed ; the third and last application must be made immediately before the plate is used. This polishing is the only part of the operation that can be said to be seen : for in all the others, except placing the plate in the Camera, which in the Adelaide Gallery was done out of the room, the day light must be excluded, and the light of a small taper is alone allowable. As soon as the plate is polished, the shutters are closed and the operator places the plate in a close box to under- go the second process — The application of a sensi- tive coating. This is done by fixing the plate face downwards in a box contrived for the purpose, in the bottom of wiiich stands a cup with Iodine, broken into small pieces and covered with gauze. The fumes of the Iodine rise, and being evenly distributed by the gauze, spread themselves over 114 the plate^ which^ within half an hour is covered with a fine coating of a yellow gold colour. The moment it has acquired a sufficient coat- ing of the Iodine, it is removed to a box, and being closed up, the third process is, preparing the Camera Obscura and placing the plate in it. In order to judge of the effect of the object to be represented, the focus is regulated through a powerful lens, on a plate of ground glass occupying the position in which the prepared plate is to be placed. When every thing is properly ad- justed, the box containing the plate is introduced and exposed to the focus of the Camera. The time necessary to complete an impression varies according to the power of the sun^s rays, some- times in about twenty-five minutes a representa- tion is formed on the plate, or speaking otherwise, the shadow is then embodied. The fourth operation is bringing out the image. To do this, the board with the plate is removed from the box and adjusted face downwards, at an angle of forty-five, in an iron box contrived for the purpose, in the bottom of which is a cup of mercury which is heated by a spirit lamp placed beneath ; after it has remained here some time, it is replaced in the case with folding doors until the fifth and last process (removing the sensitive coating) is performed. This operation is to remove a portion of the Iodine when a solution of common salt is made use of. The plate is first dipped in common 115 water, and is then plunged into the salt and water and carefully moved round with a copper hoop ; when the yellow colour has departed, the plate is placed on a desk at an angle of forty-five, and dis- tilled water warm, but not boiling, is carefully poured over the surface. As soon as the moisture has evaporated, the operation is completed, and the drawing may be safely exposed to the full light of day. The appearance of these drawings is very peculiar. The shadows are a dull grey, varying until they become almost blacky and though the pictures they delineate are accurate in the extreme, they are not pleasing. They appear unnatural and look somewhat Hke a moonlight scene. The Daguerreotype, with all its necessary apparatus, is maimfactured and sold in Paris, for about £20. In Bombay, where the sun is always powerful^ pictures of scenery could daily be produced. And one great advantage is, that for copying, their fidelity to nature will strongly recommend them. We cannot take leave of the Adelaide Gallery without expressing our admira- tion of the usefulness of such an institution. There is a powerful microscope and lectures upon several subjects are delivered, and for all tkis^ the admission is only one shilling. Polytechnic Institution. — We often went to see this Institution, 309^ Regent Street, it was established in 1838, upon the same principle as the Gallery of Practical Science, in the 116 Lowther Arcade, but having had the advan- tage of seeing the working of that institution^ it started with pecuhar advantages over its predecessor, and we are quite sure that there is not in any country to be procured so much intellectual amusement for a shilling, as is to be had at the Polytechnic Institution ; for you can be constantly amused and your mind improved, from half-past ten in the morning until half-past four, and only pay one shilling, or you can go from seven until nearly eleven at night, for a similar sum. A band of music plays daily from three to five o'clock^ and in the evening from about eight until the exhibition closes. There are thirty different rooms connected with the institution. The whole building is three hundred and twenty feet in length. The first apartment you enter, is a hall forty- five feet long and forty feet wide, devoted to ma- chinery and manufactures. All the machines in this hall are worked by steam j)ower. There is a lathe for turning ivory, hard woods, brass, &c., with all the apparatus, for the most beautiful of ornamental turning. A loom for weaving ribbons, a loom for weaving checks, a braiding machine, a twisting machine, a warping mill, and a beautiful four horse power steam engine. On the opposite side is a gem engraver at work, a copper plate print- ing press at work, steel and copper plates en- graving, also a manufactory for optical instruments, 117 and for grinding and preparing lenses for tele- scopes and glasses for spectacles^ &c. You then proceed to the great hall^ one hun- dred and twenty-feet long, forty feet wide, and forty feet high ; in the centre are two canals with a surface of seven hundred feet of water, attached to which are all the appurtenances of a dock yard, constructed by the government engineers^ the models deposited by permission of the lords of the admiralty, with a great many locks to keep up a head of water upon canals^ and a series of w^ater wheels in motion, to illustrate lectures on naval architecture and hydrostatics. At the end of the canal is a deep reservoir of water into which a diving bell capable of containing four or five per- sons is lowered to a considerable depth under water, air being supplied by two powerful air pumps, so that visitors may descend with con- venience, and whilst we were there w^e saw several persons go down, among whom were some ladies^ the only inconvenience experienced whilst under the water is a great pressure upon the inside of the ears, which to stout persons of a full habit of body becomes very painfully troublesome. We know several persons who have descended and they have felt no ill effects from it. A diver, clothed in a patent water and air tight diving dress, goes doAvn a ladder to the bottom of the reservoir of water, being supplied from the air pump with air through a tube that enters into his 118 dress ; he is when prepared to descend^ the oddest looking creature ever seen, he has an immense helmet of white metal over his head, and in front of his eyes are two large thick pieces of glass protected by bars of metal, this helmet is strongly strapped to his water proof dress, and he then presents a most laughable appearance ; he is obliged to load himself with heavy weights before • he gets into the water, otherwise his buoyancy would cause him to float on the surface, but thus loaded down he goes, and will pick up money or any small thing thrown down to him, walking about the bottom of the clear water as uncon- cerned as possible ; a model of a ship containing a small charge of gunpowder is sunk some depth under the water, to which the diver attaches wires, communicating at a considerable distance with a Voltaic battery which when connected instantly explodes the powder and the vessel is shattered to pieces, thus illustrating Colonel Pasley^s clever method of destroying the wreck of the Royal George at Spithead. An illustration of the patented plan for prevent- ing ships from sinking and for raising them when sunk without injury is also exhibited. The diving bell is made of cast iron, open at the bottom with seats all around, and is of the weight of three tons; the interior for the divers is lighted by openings in the crown of thick plate glass, which are firmly secured by brass frames screwed to the 119 bell : it is suspended by a massive chain to a large swing crane, with a powerful. crab, the windlass of which grooved spirally and the chain passes four times over it into the well beneath, to which chain is suspended the compensation weights, and it is so accurately arranged, that the weight of the bell is at all depths counterpoised by the weight acting upon the spiral shaft ; the bell is put into action ^several times a day, and visitors may safely descend a considerable depth into the tank, which with canals, hplds nearly a thousand gallons of water, the whole of which if required, can be emptied in less than one minute. The diver's dress, helmet^ air-tubes, &c., are patented articles, having been introduced by Mr. Deane. With the diving bell and the diver's dress, every thing almost can now be performed under water ; the tops of piles can be sawn off, an eye bolt can be driven into a sunken vessel to make purchases fast to, in order that she may be hove up. Rocks can be blasted by the introduction into them, at any depth under water, of charges of powder, which can be exploded through water proof tubes, or by a galvanic battery by wires. A gallery runs all round this hall, which is thickly studded with models and curiosities of all kinds. At each end of the gallery is placed large metallic circular reflectors, about twelve feet in diameter; they must be quite one hundred feet apart from each other, — and yet, although there is 120 a constant noise from the operations of the several working models^ and of the number of persons who are talking, a person whispering to one, is distinctly heard by his friend at the opposite side in front of the other shield. The effect in looking down from this gallery upon the several things in constant motion, is quite enchanting, and we do not hesitate to say^ that if we had seen nothing else in England besides the Adelaide Gallery and the Polytechnic Institu- tion, we should have thought ourselves amply repaid for our voyage from India to England. There can be nothing conceived more interest- ing to persons like ourselves, who having from an early age been taught to believe that next to our duty of thankfulness and praise to our God and Creator, that it is the duty of every man to do all that he can to make all mankind happy; we were early instructed that the man who devoted his energies to the works of science and of art de- served well of his fellow men. To us then brought up in India for scientific pursuits^ and longing ardently to acquire practical information, connected with modern improvements^ more par- ticularly with naval architecture, steam engines, steam boats, and steam navigation, these two Galleries of practical science seemed to us to embrace all that we had come over to England to make ourselves acquainted with, and it was with gratitude to the original projectors of these insti- 121 tiitions that we gazed upon the soul exciting scene before us^ we thought of the enchantments as re- lated in the Arabian nights entertainments^ and they faded away into nothingness compared with what we then saw. Here within this limited space were miniature steam ships, with every possible variety of improved machinery^ gliding upon the water ; here were exhibited all and every description of paddle wheels for propelling them through the water. There was a ship upon the stays ready to be launched upon the removal of the dog shores ; here was every possible variety of lock gates for entrances to wet docks, calculated to open with facility and to resist the pressure of a great weight of water when the ship was in dock ; here you could learn how safely to descend into the sea with diiferent contrivances and here you were taught how you might best ascend into the air in a Balloon. Here the scientific man for hours and days may acquire valuable inform- ation and here the man in quest of pleasure and amusement may day after day gaze upon pleasing inventions and beautiful models of a light nature to please the eye whilst his ear would be charmed with good music. It is not our intention to describe all we saw at the Polytechnic, or to follow any particular rule or order with them, but we must point out a few of those things which most delighted us. We should speak first of models ; steam boats, life boats, &c. G 122 invented by Captain George Smith, R. N. a tem- porary rudder fitted with chain rings^ a lower mast fitted with iron fishes to preserve it if wounded or injured^ paddle wheels fitted with grooved and cogged w^heels for the application of manual labour at the capstan and winches in case of accident to the steam engine or to be used before the steam can be got up, an alarum to be used on board steam vessels in a fog, the gong or bell to be con- stantly kept striking by the machinery, a life boat formed of the upper section of the paddle box of steam vessels, the ends are made with two air tight cases or tanks, and the model is intended to shew the practicability of every steam vessel carrying two large boats for the purpose of saving the lives of the passengers and crew in the event of the vessel being burnt, wrecked, or sunk by coming in collision with other vessels. The model is fitted to shew an easy method of getting the boats into the water when required, this plan has been adopted and fitted to Her Majesty's steam vessels Carron and Firefly and to the Pacific company's vessels, Chili and Peru, and ordered for those of the Royal Mail company and of the Niger expedition ; there are also plans of his for propelling steam vessels by propellers in the shape of feathered wheels astern the vessels, instead of having paddle wheels at the side; all these things look very pretty in models, and many persons think if they perform correctly 123 upon these small scales they must answer, but the fact is otherwise. It is from its great weight absolutely necessary to have the boiler and steam engine near the centre of all vessels and the great awkwardness about having wheels astern is that a very large shaft is required to pass from the engine to the stern in order to have the power of giving motion to the wheels, which is very in- convenient, inasmuch as it interferes with the internal arrangements of the vessel^ and there is always danger of the shaft becoming out of order; it also gives a great tremor to the stern of the ship, and is very likely to strain that part. We know it is very desirable to keep the wheels out of the way of shot in action but we think much consideration is required before it is decided to abandon the present paddle wheels, as they can and do propel ships through the water under all the action of rough sea, contrary winds and powerful tides. Look at the extraordinary quick passages made by the Great Western and the British Queen and more recently by Mr. Cunard's Halifax Mail packets. We hope these new fangled things will be well tried before our good old well- working paddle wheels are laid by. The safety boats over the paddle wheels is a most important improvement, and every steam vessel should be obliged to have them, as they are no inconvenience and are beautifully arranged for quickly being lowered for use. 124 There is a Lecture Room capable of containing five hundred persons and in the course of the day the following different lectures, are delivered; Electro-Magnetic and Electrical demonstration, Coining Press and Electro-Magnetic Motive Machine^ Aerostation^ in which balloons are infla- ted and liberated. Chemical Lecture, Electrical Lecture, and Microscope, also on the Electro- type, method of protecting ships from Lightning and several other branches of Natural Philosophy, and all this recollect for one shilHng only. The Electrotype is the most extraordinary dis- covery of modern days. A copper plate engraving of a finished picture, that has taken an artist months to complete^ can here by chemical solu- tions and an electric shock produce a duplicate plate so exact that the print taken from the one or the other cannot be distinguished. A wax impression of a seal can in a few hours be so admirably taken in copper by the Electrotype that impressions exactly resembling the wax im- pression may be produced without any person telling the copy from the original. Every stamp or any raised figure may be copied exactly. It is an important discovery, but it is a very dangerous one. All stamps to deeds can be produced ex- actly like the Government ones, the raised em- bossed Queen^s head intended as the Government postage stamp, we have heard, is about to be with- drawn, irom the ease with which any body can 125 make a die to produce them. And dies for mak- ing counterfeit money can be produced without any trouble. These are the evils^ on the other hand the cheapness with which endless facsimiles may be made of wood and other engravings will materially lessen the price at which books with good pictures can be sold, and there is no saying where this thing is to end ; dies for embossing plate can be multiplied^ and every thing that has a raised surface can be copied exactly. We saw in the lecture room numerous living animalculse in water, exhibited through Cary^s Oxyhydrogen Microscope, upon a screen con- taining four hundred and twenty-five square feet, and to see the hundreds of monsters of horrid shapes in a drop of loater magnified so as to ap- pear several feet long, and to see a flea made to look as large almost as an Elephant, and the myriads of live eels in a bit of sour paste no bigger than a pin's head filled us with wonder and awe of that Being, who has created the most minute living thing with all the air vessels and all the functions of life similar to the larger objects of his creation ; and when we remembered to have heard it said, that there were men who say there is no God, we could only wish that such men, if any such there be^ could be brought here to see these things, and then surely if they were not devoid of all reason they would say these things cannot be the effect of chance ; there must have 126 been, and now is a great, a good God who created all things for some wise and good purpose, and if we cannot penetrate all his designs, if there are some things for which we cannot account, let us bow with awe before our Creator, and acknow- ledge that all his productions are good, and let all human beings upon the face of the earth praise the Lord their God. There is a very complete laboratory under the Hall, where Mr. Maughan, Chemist of the Insti- tution, has a chemical glass, and where ores, minerals, earths, &c. are tested and their com- ponent parts made known. In a room under ground there was a beautiful picture of Canton by a Chinese Artist, twenty- five feet long, magnified very much by powerful glasses. And through them we looked upon two paintings on glass from pictures by the celebrated Mr. Martin, Joshua commanding the sun to stand still,'^and " the destruction of Nineveh,^^ and they were most beautiful. Opposite to these several drawings taken by the Daguerreotype were exhi- bited through powerful magnifying glasses, and we have to express our thanks to the gentleman who exhibited them, and who we understood to say that he had taken several of the views himself, for his kindness in changing the pictures several times whilst we were there, in order that we as inhabi- tants of another land might see as much as possible. We saw a view near Windsor, some 127 views taken from the front of the Institution and several views of places in and near Paris. We should not forget to mention that the temperature of the whole building is kept uniform and of a pleasing warmth byBramaVs hot water apparatus. We looked into an apartment where there was a remarkable model of a portion of the Isle of Wight, modelled according to a scale, by Captain Bosca- wen Ibbotson, and where every elevation or declivity, every hill, every thing upon it for nine miles is shewn with mathematical precision ; we were told it was the work of many years, and we should think that an individual, who was capable of producing so finished, so laborious a piece of art as this, could have been much more beneficially employed, for after all it is good for nothing, you peep through the glasses and see that it is there, and regret that so much valuable time should have been consumed in so valueless a production. We were much pleased to see a great many models of machines for cultivating the earth, agricultural instruments upon improved plans; of ploughs, harrows, rakes, threshing machines and bone crushers, and drills for sowing seeds instead of throwing them with the hand : a beau- tiful model of a shop front in Regent Street very much pleased us. We were also pleased with the twenty-three articles illustrating the English ma- nufacture of glass at Mr. Apsley Pellatt^s Glass 128 Works;, Bankside, London. Here were articles of all sorts of colours, beautifully cut ; in parti- cular the Queen^s portrait, and a decanter with equestrian figures from the Elgin Marbles in the British Museum : there were also beautiful speci- mens of the manufacture of English China-ware, being part of services executed for the royal castle at Windsor. We also saw a beautiful spe- cimen of ivory turning, being a bust of the Queen, and several small busts of the Queen, Prince Albert, and Duke of Wellington, in marble, and a beautiful specimen of cloth manu- factured from glass. We here saw a pneumatic telegraph (Crosley's) which, by means of air in a tube, will convey signals many miles; and Dr. Arnott's hydrostatic bed, upon which sick persons can move readily, and are not liable, if confined a length of time by illness, to become sore from lying in bed. We saw also a specimen of cloth four thousand years old, taken from a mummy ; a very ingenious weighing machine (of Marriott's) : you sit down in a chair, and a hand, like that of a clock, points out your weight. We observed a very curious Egyptian astronomical clock, made by Mr. T. Richards of Droitwich^ and it is an illustration of the Egyptian system of astronomy ; representing the eastern hemisphere of the earth as a fixed body, the tides in progressive motion round the earth, the moon, surrounded by stars, performing her diurnal motion round the earth, to 129 a second of time; exhibiting her phases, indi- cating her age, her position in the heavens, her proximity to the sun, her time of rising, setting, &c. The sun, as a body, is represented making his apparent diurnal revolution ; his situation in the heavens, together with the minute he rises and sets each day ; the relative duration of day and night ; the sun's meridian altitude ; the ebbing and flowing of the tide in the Thames is seen in a view of London, and the time of high water is pointed out ; the day and the name of the month are exhibited throughout the year^ with the number of days in each month. This clock has been in action two years, and fully realizes the expectations of the inventor; the mechanism and combinations being quite free from perplexity, its motions are not liable to derangement, and it requires no other attention than a common time -piece. There are two most amusing machines, called Phantasmascopes, one on each side the gallery on the l^rass rails. A large circular plate, called a disc, is perpetually revolving ; and when you look through the apertures in the one, the optical deception is so arranged that, from the quick revolution of the disc, all the figures appear to be rapidly playing on the fiddle, and in the other playing at leap frog/' that is jumping over each other's backs. There is a very ingenious model of an appa- 130 ratus to rescue persons from the upper windows of a house^ the lower part of which may be in flames; it is called a Fire-escape; it consists of a yard similar to that of a ship, made by quickly fitting together several pieces of wood, and a basket at one end; this is attached to the fire engine, by a windlass and very easy machinery it may be by two people thrust towards a window, ' to receive and rescue the persons within from the flames, and lower them safely to the ground. There was a glass case containing a series of objects illustrating the manufacture of Caoutchouc, or India Rubber, with specimens of the raw vege- table gum, in various forms, as it is imported, and likewise numerous articles manufactured from it, from the ropes for the breechings of a ship's gun, to the silk-like fabric of a lady^s dress. It is astonishing how extensively India Rubber is used in England ; the climate is so variable that it is at all times, if you go far from home, advis- able to be prepared for rain; it was therefore always considered right to possess an article of clothing that would resist v/et. Mr. Mackintosh discovered a mode of dissolving India Rubber in a cheap spirit, called Naptha, obtained extensively from the manufactories where coal gas is made ; and he applied this dissolved India Rubber to bringing together two pieces of cloth, and, passing them through heavy rollers, produced a good- looking material, from which he made most ex- 131 tensively cloaks^ coats, trousers, and divers other articles, perfectly water-j^roof. These articles, although now manufactured by several persons, still all go by the name of Mackintoshes. A Mr. Cording, three or four doors to the westward of Temple Bar, has manufactured a light cloak of water-proof muslin, very durable, and so port- able that you can with ease put it into a large pocket, whilst it keeps out the heaviest rain quite as well as the heaviest garment would. Tubes for various purposes are manufactured from India Rubber, and we have heard it can be used with iron wire so as to form a rope almost indestructible, and yet that it can be tied and spliced quite as readily as if it were made of hemp. There are elastic soles to boots and shoes, depo- sited in the Polytechnic, by Davie of Charing Cross, in which India Rubber largely enters. India Rubber is now used very extensively, in- stead of glass, for stoppers of decanters, and they are found highly serviceable, as they totally exclude the air. Here is to be seen Bramah's and Dickson's Rotatory Engine ; it consists of a cylinder having an inner cylinder whose axis is eccentric to tlie outer one, and which is furnished with four blades, or pistons, working freely through it; the steam acts^ on the outer edges of the blades and drives them round, thus producing a rota- tory motion. Here we also sav/ an ingenious 132 model of the Thames Tunnel. Here is also to be seen a mast-rigging model, with specimens of cordage made of wire. We are told that the Blackwall Railway has a rope more than ten miles in lengthy made of wire^ and that it has been in daily severe use for some weeks^ and that it is highly spoken of for pliability and durability. Should the manufacture of this description of rope be found to answer^ it will be a very grand thing for England. Iron is found most abundantly in England^ and of course in its manufacture gives employment to an immense number of persons, who all consume articles that bring in wealth to the Revenue^ such as Beer, Tea, Sugar and Coffee, and wear clothes made from cotton which pays a duty, whilst hemp is brought from Russia and is paid for in English money and the Russians do not take in return any of the manufactured articles of English make, so that if iron wire can produce ropes even as good only as hemp, all that money will spread itself usefully over England from the hand work- ing man through the shop-keepers and do much good. It is most extraordinary to see the multi- plicity of purposes to which iron is now applied, steam boats, and indeed steam ships, are built now of iron ; Mr. Waghorn has carriages on the desert on the overland route to India composed entirely of iron, lighter than they could be made of any other material and possessing this advan- 133 tage that hot weather will not cause them to shrink. Iron cables we have all seen and the strong prejudice that existed against them^ of their want of elasticity^ is dying away, for singular as it may appear, iron cables have in use, really more elasticity than hempen ones ; for a ship always rides with her hempen cable in a state of tension (that is drawn out in a line from the anchor to the ship's bow), but on the contrary from its weight the iron cable always hangs slack, (bellying as sailors term it,) and the fact is when the ship heaves the giving up of this bellying of the cable yields greater relief than the elasticity of a hempen cable can possibly do. We have chain used for standing rigging and for securing the bowsprit, we see it used most extensively for knees of ships^ we use it in ships for hawse holes, and for facings to bit heads, it has been used for boats, it is used by thousands of tons for Rail-roads. Within doors in England every domestic article may be met with in cast iron, it is used for stair-cases, for mantle-pieces and for cooking kettles^ and in the church yard it is used for monuments instead of tomb-stones, on the high road it is extensively used to supersede mile stones, and we hear that it is used even for coffins. How much does England owe to her inexhaust- ible mines of coal and of iron ; it is to them she is indebted for all her riches, gold and silver mines are not to be compared to those of coal and of 134 iron ; gold and silver would employ but few- persons and enrich but very few, but coals and iron in their processes afford employment to countless thousands, they are the parents of the steam engine, — no country, destitute of coal and iron, can compete with England in steam machi- nery, it would be an endless subject to treat upon. Coals and iron are the parents of the power loom, of the spinning jenny, of all the machinery in England. Oh ! happy England, possessing within yourself this source of employment, of manufac- ture, and of wealth, old happy England you are, and long will be, the wonder and envy of the world, you possess materials that enable you to work machinery, that allows you to bring cotton from India, thousands of miles, to manufacture it into fine muslin, and to send it back to India and to sell it there much cheaper than it can be made there, although a few pence per day will there keep those employed in manufactures ^ — it enables Englishmen in every market upon the Continent of Europe to offer cloths, cottons, stockings and silks at prices so much lower than they can be produced even in those places were labour is cheap^ that in many parts they prohibit EnglisJi goods in order that their manufactories may not be closed, from inability to produce such goods so cheap. What does not coal and iron do ? What is there in England that cannot be done by steam ? Car- riages fly upon iron rail roads heated by coal. 135 wood is sawn by steam, iron is hammered into anchors, and rolled into plates^ bars, and wire by steam. The very fires to get up all these powerful ma- chines are blown up by steam, water is pumped by steam^ butter is churned by steam, books are printed by steam, money is coined by steam, ships^ heedless of wind and tide, navigate the seas by steam, guns are fired by steam, flour is ground by steam, and every article of clothing from head to foot is made by steam. A very great improvement has taken place in the manufacture of steel from British iron by Messrs. Hollis, Solly and Son of Birmingham, specimens of which are deposited in the Poly- technic Institution. In this institution also is a complete mummy of a female, supposed to have been the wife of a priest in the reign of one of the Pharaohs, three thousand six hundred years since. Were we inclined to find fault with anything in this institution, we should say that the models of the ships are not sufficiently good in comparison with the other things. We think if it is necessary to exhibit any of them here they should be good and highly finished. Here is a model of a carriage to be put into motion by electro-magnetism, and also Taylor's electro-magnetic motive machine, and it is seri- ously thought either by this method or by forming a vacuum by an air pump^ vessels and 136 machinery may be set in motion without using steam. This however by most persons is laughed at^ but when we kno\^' how persons were ridiculed when steam boats were first talked of, we will not venture to say but that some propelling power may be found that may answer the same purpose ; certain it is that Brown^s vacuum machine has propelled a small boat, but then as we have said before, working models are one thing and working in reality is another. There is an ingenious plan of ^' battens for a compressor for checking and stopping chain cables when running out of a ship. There is a most ingenious method of raising water called " HalPs patent hydraulic belt or water elevator;" this entirely novel and important invention is one of the cheapest, simplest, and most powerful hydraulic machines ever known ; it consists of an endless woollen band or belt, passing over two plain rollers, one fixed at the top of the shaft, and another below the surface of the water, by moving the upper roller in such a way as to give the belt a velocity of one thousand feet per minute^ the adhesion of the water overcomes its gravity and a larger quantity than in the case of a common pump is raised and discharged in a uniform and continuous stream at the required elevation. The following testimony in favour of the hydraulic belt is extracted from the Polytech- nic Journal for the month of November, 1840^ 137 " For thousands of years the brains of philoso- phers have been racked in the pursuit of means " for lifting water^ wherein the greatest possible " amount of capacity, simplicity and economy ^' should be combined ; odd as it may appear^ and ^' it does appear odd, it was reserved for the present age to accomplish and bring forward an invention, which far surpasses in these important requisites any thing of the kind previously known, an invention which has withstood the test of experiment under every form and circum- stance of disadvantage to which new things brought for the first time into practical use^ without the aid of lengthened or indeed of any experience, are necessarily exposed^ the power which this water elevator posseses by nature is one of the most extraordinary and least easily explained things about it. A common pump will lift water thirty feet at an expenditure of one hundred to produce sixty, that is for every hun- dred pounds of mechanical force applied to the piston sixty pounds of water will be raised^ and this is the extent of its capacity under the most " favourable circumstances ; but in the case of a force or lift pump where water has to be carried above the height of thirty feet by the force of compression, this per centage will materially decrease in proportion to the height to which the water has to be elevated. This part of the subject appeared to us to be so all important 138 and absorbing, that we made a point of having an experiment tried in our own presence^ in " order to discover if the statement made by Mr, Hall^ that his belt would lift at great depths, eighty-five to ninety pounds of water for every hundred pounds of power employed^ was sub- stantially correct. The result of that experi- ment which was made at a well in the Portman " market, one hundred and thirty feet deep was, that steam power equal to one hundred and seven thousand eight hundred and ninety^two pounds, lifted ninety-six thousand four hundred and sixty pounds of water, or nearly ninety per " cent. Here then, we have the simplest hydraulic machine known, which shall do more work than the most complex can get through, and the cost of which, both in its original construction, and subsequent working shall be a great deal " less. Its portability too is another great feature " in the way of recommendation.'' We have taken much pains to give the pre- ceding report of this most economical and admi- rable mode of raising water, thinking that it may be very useful in some parts of India. It is as a large working model fully proved to be what it is represented, and we think it right to give this publicity to it. We have given a very long account of the visits we paid to the Polytechnic Institution, because we saw nothing in London, — nothing in 139 England, half so good. We should have men- tioned that the locks for holding water in canals^ shew the method of passing vessels up an inclined plane by the resistance of her own paddles, as is practised by those vessels that go up the American rapids. Here also are good and very correct models of a building slip, and of the launching slip, with the ship^s cradle, bilgeways, &c., and also a dry dock with improved gates for opening and shutting by improved machinery ; also of a graving slip, with the means of hauling ships up. There is also on a pier, a model of the masting sheers, by which a very few men could lift with compara- tive ease the largest ship^s masts, and put them in their places. Here is a powerful electric machine, and a powerful voltaic battery by which severe electrical shocks can be given. We could say much more of the many good things that we with so much pleasure saw here, but our time will not permit us. Oh, how much do we wish to see something of this kind commenced at Bombay. It must not be looked upon as a toy or as an idle lounge to kill time ; here every human being, let his taste be what it may, must be pleased, must be improved. And we consider the greatest advantage of such an institution, to be the saving of much valuable time. Many men have spent years of their lives in attempting to discover perpetual motion, and have sacrificed money and labour to make a machine to go for ever, without 140 stopping, when if they had had access to such a place as this, they would soon have learnt by inspect- ing good, correct, highly finished working models, that no such thing as perpetual motion can ever exist. And yet, perhaps, some of the most im- portant mechanical improvements that have been made_, have been discovered by chance, by in- dividuals who have been perseveringly engaged in pursuit of perpetual motion. And this is not the only idle pursuit that has been beneficial to man- kind, some two centuries since, very many of the cleverest of men had an idea that there was a way of making gold, and that certain chemical com- pounds would produce a substance to be called the philosopher's stone, and that this when founds would enable the possessor to produce gold at will. This idea induced people to go to very great expenses to endeavour to discover a thing that had no existence, but in trying to discover what was not, they made some of the most im- portant and grand discoveries in chemistry. Again, from a very early period of society, there were persons who pretended to judge of the influence of the stars, and to foretell coming events from the motion of them, and of the starts aspects to each other ; these people were called astrologers, and if they were told the moment precisely that an individual was born, they produced what they called his horoscope, and thus by their science, called astrology, they pretended to decide what his 141 propensities were to be, and what his future destiny. Ridiculous as this may appear, it was believed by the learned, the great, the good, and the wise. And what was the fact, whilst persons were devoting their whole time to an idle pursuit, they were doing very great good, for whilst they were themselves in the idlest of all idle chaces, they were making rapid strides in improving the most beautiful of all studies, the science of astrono- my. And thus we see how the great and good God produces from the follies of mankind, improve- ments to benefit the whole world. For what can be more beautiful than the idea, that poor man is enabled for three or four years before hand, to calculate to the very moment that such a star will be visible above the horizon, if the telescope is placed in such a direction. Mechanics^ Institution. — We should not forget to mention, that for the improvement of the working classes in almost every large town in the kingdom, there are mechanics^ institutions, where a large proportion of the respectable inhabitants unite with the day-labouring and subscribe sums not exceeding ten shillings a year, more usually two shillings per quarter, and hire or build a large room where lectures upon those subjects con- nected with mechanics, or the principles of nature, are delivered, very frequently, either by clever gentlemen in their neighbourhoods, or by pro- fessional lecturers hired from London. Geology, 142 Electricity, Hydraulics, Hydrostatics, Pneumatics, and the powers of the microscope thus become familiar to them all. Persons in the first instance present books, and as their funds allow, they make purchases, until in a very short time, they get extensive collections of first rate books. We have heard our friend John Fincham, Esq., who is a great encourager of these institutions, lecture to the Chatham Mechanics^ Institution, and we are perfectly satisfied that these institutions are calcu- lated to do much good, as working men here become acquainted with correct data, as regards moving powers, the steam engine_, &c., and many, very many will be enabled to carry out any little ex- perimental improvements from hints which they may hear at mechanics^ institutions. At all events, it will afford to such as wish to become clever men an opportunity to do so, as the books which they can get at these places could not be procured by them unless such institutions were in existence, and many a young working man is kept out of bad company by having the lecture room and the library of a mechanics' institution to resort to, in- stead of being the visitor of the drinking room of a public house. We heard there was much pre- judice against their being established, but the advantages of them have at last become so ap- parent and obvious, that nearly every one now thinks they are a blessing to the class of people for whom they were intended. 143 CHAPTER XII. BAZAARS. LAYCOCK^S DAIRY. — MARKETS. There are in London several bazaars for the sale of trinkets, cutlery^ artificial flowers, &C.5 there is an extensive one in Soho Square, King Street Bazaar, Portman Square, and the Pantheon in Ox- ford Street, they are very well conducted^ and as we consider the Pantheon in Oxford Street, to be superior to all the rest, we shall endeavour to describe it. You enter first a hall where there is sculpture and a great many vases for sale, and you then go up a wide stair case to a most extensive valuable and beautiful collection of oil painting ; here are to be found some very magnificent pictures occupying three spacious rooms, and in a very large gallery, as well as upon the ground floor, are to be purchased at stalls kept by well dressed and most orderly behaved young ladies, almost every fancy article that is to be procured in any of the shops in London. Here is to be found jewellery^ 144 music^ china work boxes, tastefully made chil- dren's frocks, all sorts of children's toys, and waxen flowers, so natural, you cannot tell them from nature — you are not importuned to purchase — you walk about as long as you please — look at every thing, and if you ask the prices, have a civil answer. Many of the young women who keep these stalls are very handsome. We should think there are nearly two hundred of them. There is here also a magnificent conservatory, where beautiful plants and nosegays of flowers may be purchased, and here flower seeds and flower roots may be obtained, and a person may be quite satisfied from the respectabihty of the proprietor, that all the things are good of their sorts. There is no charge made for admission. We spoke of the Adelaide Gallery being in the Lowther Arcade. It is a very beautiful erection. It is two hundred and forty-five feet long. It is twenty feet wide, and is thirty-five feet high. It is a covered paved promenade lighted by skylights in the roof, and the shops on either side, which are all uniform as to size, are well stocked with jewellery, millinery, cutlery, perfumery, toys and fancy articles. It is a very nice place to walk in in the heat of the day, and next to the bazaars, one of the prettiest sights of the sort in London ; when it is not much thronged with people, the perspec- tive from one end of the Arcade to the other is very beautiful. There is also an Arcade of a 145 similar nature in Piccadilly, called Burlington, which perhaps is frequented by more fashionable people for a lounge^ but it is in its nature so much like the Lowther Arcade, that a further description would be useless. Laycock's Dairy. — Accompanied by our friend Mr. Baldock, of Chatham, we paid a visit to Thomas Flighty Esq., of Highbury Terrace, who is the proprietor of Laycock^s dairy, Isling- ton, near London ; and which place we visited, and were shown and explained every part of it. It is certainly one of the curiosities of London, and is a most valuable and extensive property. There are fourteen acres surrounded by a high wall, and which is nearly covered with buildings for the several purposes required. And first there are upwards of four hundred cows^ which are kept for supplying milk, and twice in each day, viz. at three o^clock in the morning, and at noon they are milked by women. The whole of the cows are kept in stalls^ and the food is varied as much as possible. Mangel wurzel, a large species of beet root^ is their chief food, and then they have turnips^ cabbages^ carrots and clover, when they do not continue to give a large quantity of milk ; oil cake and other things are given to fatten them for sale at Smithfield market. All the cows were fine animals, sleek as race horses, and they are curried with a comb every day. As it is quite necessary to have four hundred cows to milk each H 146 day^ they are obliged to keep more than that number on the premises^ and there is a hospital for the cows to have their calves in^ and where any that are unwell have medical treatment. The milk is taken into a dairy as soon as milked, which place is kept most scrupulously clean, being scoured with hot w^ater, and every thing in it twice every day. It is supposed, in London, that more than eight million gallons of milk are used in a year. There are immense pits for the reception of grains, which is a great article of food for the cows. Grains are the refuse of malt after beer has been made from it, and we were surprised to learn, that if covered from the air, they would keep good, and fit for the cows to eat for seven years. There must be an immense capital locked up, as each of the cows are worth more than twenty pounds, and the proprietor is obliged to have four farms, to supply all the varied green food that is required. He has a great number of horses constantly fetching grains, and the daily food re- quired, and to cart away the manure. He has also numerous male and female servants about the premises to pay. Whilst inspecting the dairy, we were forcibly reminded of Bombay, for from a farm of Mr. Flight^s, at Enfield, a number of oxen arrived, bringing the turnips for daily consumption, and one of them requiring to have a shoe put on, we went to witness that operation, and here was a 147 great improvement upon the plan pursued at Bombay. The animal, instead of being thrown down^ was placed in a frame in which he stood upright, and in a few seconds^ he was secured therein by straps^ and he was shod quite as readily as a quiet horse. Attached to the dairy within the walls, are buildings appropriated as layers for cattle, and where when they have been driven some distance to market, they rest for a day or two before they are exposed for sale. A large proportion of the oxen that come by steam from Ireland and Scotland, are placed here for a few days, where they are rested, sheltered, fed, and abundantly supplied with good water. The charge " for sheltering and feeding is very moderate, and upon Sundays it is not unusual for upwards of two thousand animals to be within the walls, and upon some occasions, even two thousand five hundred have been here. We were much pleased with our visit to this place, never having seen cows in such numbers, and in such fine order before. When we name Sunday as the day when such numbers of sheep and oxen are to be found reposing here, — it is right we should explain why. It is that they may be ready for Smithfield market, which is held every Monday. It is as- serted that the carcases of different cattle consumed in one year in London, is as follows : — Oxen and cows, 110,000; sheep, 770,000; lambs, 250,000; calves, 50,000 pigs, 250,000, and that their in- 148 dividual average weight is as follows : — Oxen (each) 800 lbs.; calves^ 140 lbs. ; sheep, 80 lbs. ; lambs, 50 lbs. It may be as well for us to say here, that the cattle in Smithfield are all sold alive. There are daily, large markets for slaughtered animals in Newgate market and at Whitechapel. There is also daily, a large fish market at Billings- gate and Hungerford. At Billinsgate alone it is said, that 120,000 tons of fish are sold within the year, and of the following sorts : — Salmon, 45,446 ; turbot, 87,558 ; cod, 441,138 ; herrings, 3,366,400 ; maid, plaice, skate, sprats, and soles, 115,215 bushels; haddock, 90,604; mackerel, 482,492 ; lobsters, 3,076,700 ; whiting, 1,954,600 ; eels, 1,500 weight; crabs, 500,000. The great vegetable market of London, is situated in Covent Garden, and it amply repays any one for paying it a visit. It has forced vege- tables and fruit all the year round, and the prices that are paid for these forced things and early flowers exceed belief. All the fruits of England, when in their proper season, may be bought in London, cheaper than on the spot where grown. As from there being a certain sale in London, it is preferred to send it where it is sure to sell in pre- ference to selling it with difficulty and uncertainty in the country. The annual produce of the garden grounds, cultivated for supplying the London markets with vegetables and fruit, is said to amount to 149 £1^045,000. There are capital poultry markets in London^ of which Leadenhall and Newgate are the best. The quantity of poultry alone without game^ annually consumed in London, amounts to £80,000. The annual consumption of butter is 11,000 tons, and of cheese 13,000 tons. 150 CHAPTER XIII. NATIONAL AND CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS. Greenwich Hospital. — We paid a visit to this place^ which is about five miles east south- east from London. It has a royal park 3 and from One Tree Hill, on a clear day, the view of London and the river Thames is most command- ing. Here old worn-out sailors, called pensioners, are to be found with very good spying glasses, which they offer to visitors, who usually give them a few pence for their civility. Greenwich is the great resort of persons whose occupations will not allow them much time for recreation ; for every half-hour steam boats leave London and carry passengers at sixpence per head^ and the railroad carriages start every quarter of an hour, so that a very few minutes convey persons to a spot where pure air and a delightful park can be eiyoyed. Adjoining Greenwich Park is Blackheath, from which very beautiful views are to be seen. Black- heath is nearly surrounded by very beautiful houses belonging to the nobility and merchants ; 151 and Queen Caroline, the wife of George the Fourth^ had a house here. Morden College^ which was founded by Sir John Morden^ a Turkey merchant^ more than a century ago, is for decayed merchants, who receive a sum of money sufficient to maintain them, and have handsome apartments allowed them. But the great object of attraction at Greenwich is the Royal Naval Hospital for old worn-out and crippled sailors, who are all dressed in old-fashioned- cut blue coats and blue knee breeches with worsted stockings, and three-cor- nered cocked hats. They are here well fed, have lirst-rate medical attendance, and in their cabins, or wards, have good sleeping berths. The pen- sioners mess, as it is called, together ; that is, they take their meals at the same table. There are some hundreds of them ; and it is most gratifying to see these men, who have been fighting the battles of their country, some of whom have lost their arms, some their legs, and others an eye, thus bountifully provided for by their countrymen. In addition to the inmates there are a great num- ber of sailors, called out-pensioners, who receive quarterly a few pounds as a reward for their ser* vices at sea. On the site of the Royal Hospital was the residence of some of the British monarchs — Queen Ehzabeth lived here. It is a beautiful building ; the front, by the side of the river, is eight hundred and sixty-five feet long, and has two superb domes, which may be seen for 152 several miles. It was founded by William tlie Thirds in one thousand six hundred and ninety- four. In the Painted Hall is a capital collection of pictures connected with naval subjects, many of which were presented by George the Fourth, and represent the sea fights of the Nile, Trafalgar^ and others; and here are pictures of Nelson, Hardy, and of all the great admirals and captains connected with heroic actions. In Greenwich Park is the Royal Observatory, where astrono- mical observations are made, and where the calcu- lations are made for publishing the nautical alma- nacks, which are prepared for the three forth- coming years, and show the hour of the sun^s rising, the changes of the moon, and the position the stars will be in for the next three years ; and this is done for the purpose of enabling persons in command of ships to tell by observations, and these tables, which latitude they are in. This is a grand institution, most worthy of England ; and as correct time to an instant is of the utmost importance to these calculations, chronometers that keep most perfect time are kept here in great numbers, made by all persons who feel disposed to send them for competition, and the most cor- rect receive rewards every year. By observation, and by the best of watches and clocks, they here obtain correct mean time ; and, to enable all ships to have their chronometers exact in their time w^ith Greenwich time, at one o^clock precisely 153 every day an immense black ball, which has pre- viously been hoisted to the top of a building visible for a great distance is dropped, and all watches and clocks are thus proved in their rate of keeping time. To those who are unacquainted with navigation this appears to be a mere toy; but every man who is aware of the difficulties of working a ship in long nights, when they have no- thing but stars to guide them and tell them where they are, the value and importance of this obser- vatory will be appreciated. Yes, England is indeed a great nation; she publishes charts for every part of the known sea, where the shoals, the rocks, and the currents are pointed out, and the latitude and longitude are described ; and this Nautical Almanack completes the good work. Guy's Hospital. — We had an opportunity, through the kindness of a friend, of paying a visit to Guy's Hospital, one of those grand public institutions for the reception of the sick and hurt poor; and where all persons who have served their apprenticeship to learn the healing art, are allowed to attend to see the operations performed, to see the sick prescribed for, and to see anatomical operations performed upon the dead, to teach them how to do such things to the living ; and we also saw the anatomical museum in it. It is a splendid establishment. This noble charity has been conducted in such a manner as to restore health and freedom from pain to a H 2 151 large number of persons. The average quantity of in and out-patients is from four to five thou- sand annually. The wards for the patients are very neat and in beautiful order ; separate wards are of course provided for the males and females. All the inmates seemed^ as far as they could be, happy and comfortable, the number of whom varies from five hundred to five hundred and fifty. In a vault in the hospital are deposited the remains of Mr. Thomas Guy, the founder, who built it in the year 1722, at an expense of £18,493 16^., and about two years after he died, leaving for the purposes of this hospital the sum of £219,499. There was also the re- mains of a Mr. Hunt, who gave a large sum of money toward this institution. The building is in a quadrangular form, having a middle and two side wings and an excellent yard in the front, in the midst of which stands the monument of the benevolent founder. The hospital, the museum, and the buildings for the officers, &c., stand upon five and a half acres of ground. Oh, happy England ! possessing hospitals where the poorest persons receive as much, or more attention than even the rich can command when labouring under sickness, or meeting with accidents ; in London only there are several of these. There is St. Thomas's, which con- tains nineteen wards and four hundred and seventy-four beds for in- door patients ; St. 155 Bartholomew's Hospital, where three thousand seven hundred and twenty-five have been admit- ted^ cured and discharged in one year. There is also a large hospital at Charing Cross^, one in connexion mth the London University, one called London Hospital, another for the Jews; there is also one for small pox, another for fever^ and one for diseases of the eye, where the first-rate men of the medical profession give constant superintendance and advice ; one for women when in parturition ; and, in fact, an establishment for every species of disease. Christ's Hospital. — We had an opportunity of inspecting this excellent and useful institution through our kind friend Mr. Rice of Chatham Yard, who gave us a letter to the Rev. Dr. Rice, Master of the Grammatical School, who intro- duced us to Mr. Brooks, the Steward, and the latter gentleman conducted us through the esta- blishment and gave us all the information relating to it. This institution was founded in year 1552, by King Edward the Sixth, and the place where it now stands was a monastery called Greyfriars. Charles the Second founded the GrammarSchool and it has since been encreased by voluntary con- tributions, eight hundred boys are here lodged, fed, clothed, and liberally educated. The whole expence of the establishment is from fifty to sixty thousand pounds annually and the income is nearly the same. The management is under the 15G hands of a number of Governors and a Treasurer^ the latter is an important man, and is always a member of the Court of Aldermen. The Go- vernors have the privilege of recommending a boy to be admitted, once in three years, and any one might have that privilege by once paying a sum of five hundred pounds towards the insti- tution. The boys wear a sort of livery consisting of a long blue coat reaching to the ancles, and fastened round the waist with a leather strap, a yellow worsted petticoat worn underneath, yellow stockings, and a small black cap, which they very rarely wear, and we have often wondered when we saw the boys walking the streets of London with their heads uncovered how they escape catch- ing cold. The uniform we think is very pic- turesque, and more so than the ordinary dress in England ; there is something very pleasing to the eye, and indicating gravity and seriousness in it. The boys we were informed are verj^ proud of their dress on account of its connection with the institution, and from the circumstance of the blue colour of the garment, they are commonly called " Blue Coat Boys and the Hospital " Blue Coat School.^' The principal entrance to the premises is from Newgate Street, and except the New Hall that was built about ten years since, the buildings are very irregular. We were first shewn into the kitchen and we 157 found it in very high order and cleanliness ; the boys are allowed bread and butter and milk for breakfast, meat and bread for dinner five days in the week, plum pudding, bread and butter one day, and pea soup and bread one day in the week, and they have table beer to drink as much as they like at dinner time, and for supper they are allowed bread and cheese ; every boy has equal share of provisions and the daily allowance made for them is more than they can eat, and we were told that many poor people were daily fed with their families from the fragments, or what was left by the boys. Great care is also taken for proper management and economy in this department. The articles supplied by tradesmen such as bread, butter, cheese, &c. are the very best of their sort, and the food is prepared with as much attention and cleanliness as in any private family. Ten hundred weight of cheese alone was consumed in a fortnight. There were storehouses attached to the kitchen where the provisions are deposited and daily served out. The boys rise at six in the morning, take their breakfast at seven, dinner at half past twelve and go to bed after supper at seven, they are allowed to go out of the school every other Wednesday to their friends, besides the vacations at Midsummer and Easter holidays, and every Saturday and every other Wednesday are half-holidays, but they must remain within the limits of the premises. 158 We were next conducted to a large room at one corner of which was a large boiler^ and two rows of troughs in the middle were arranged com- cunicating with it, by means of a number of pipes for conveying hot water and a similar communi- cation with a small reservoir at the other end for cold water ; this was the room where the boys washed themselves, and so excellent was the arrangement that each boy had a separate cake of soap, separate taps of water hot and cold, and a towel, so that every possible care for their health and comforts was taken as well as for their educa- tion : there are four such rooms, each capable of admitting a hundred boys to wash at once. Their sleeping wards were also very neat and clean, bedsteads of iron were placed in range with a small chest attached to each to place their things in, the rooms are very airy and contain fifty beds, which are all numbered, and their towels num- bered accordingly and hung on hooks bearing corresponding figures, so that each boy has his separate towel. There are sixteen such wards and a wardrobe attached to each of them, where the Sunday clothes and clean things are deposited, in fact every one is placed upon a happy equality, so that there is no complaints, or no jealousy among the boys, on the contrary we found them as happy and as comfortable as possible. An infirmary is maintained for the boys ; when they are ill, they have medical aid and all 159 necessary wants are supplied and the comfort of the patient is most scrupulously studied, in so much that it would be morally impossible for them to be better looked after even under parental care, — however parents are allowed to have their children home in case of sickness if they pre- fer it. At half past twelve the bell for the dinner was rung, and we saw the hall which is a large and magnificent room full of all the boys, and narrow tables with benches were ranged along. In the middle against the wall was a pulpit from which the chaplain said grace before the meal, and then pieces of bread and butter were handed rounds and the pudding soon followed, each boy had a knife and fork, a wooden spoon and a wooden plate in which he has his pudding or meat, earth- enware is not used here because of economy ; they have their milk in wooden bowls, and the soup and meat are also conveyed from the kitchen to the hall in wooden pails and troughs, they also have the beer in wooden vessels, all of which were remarkably clean, so that it is not at all unpleasant to eat or drink out of them ; we also saw that many of the boys could not eat all they had which was a proof that they had quite enough. We were very much pleased in seeing eight hun- dred children in one room, it is a very beautiful sight. A splendid and large organ is placed in the 160 hall upon which the music master played and many of the boys sang what they call an anthem after dinner. We were very much pleased and struck with the order that generally prevailed throughout dinner^ there was no noise, no irregularities, and every one seemed to mind his own ; our appear- ance and costume excited a great deal of curiosity among them, and they generally take a delight in seeing a stranger who comes to inspect their school. We should have mentioned that as the boys are not allowed to go off the premises there are two shops on the spot containing pastry, sta- tionary, &c., for them to spend any little money their friends allow them, these shops are con- ducted by the families of beadles or porters of the establishment. We shall now say something about the educa- tion, there are separate departments in the school, the boys are admitted about the age of ten, before which in a branch school kept at Hertford, about twenty miles from London, they are taught the first elements of the language and then transferred here, where they remain till they are fifteen, within which time they have a thorough good mercantile education, consisting of the English language. Arithmetic, Geometry, and if the boys are atten- tive they are by this time sufficiently versed to carry on business. A certain number of boys are carried through 161 higher branches of mathematics^ algebra^ Euclid, trigonometry^ geography^ greek^ latin, astronomy, and are taught navigation. The parents of these youths are bound to provide a ship for them, either in the mercantile or in the royal navy, and as soon as they leave school, they are obliged to go through a severe course of examination at the Trinity House, and then go to sea; thus this useful establishment supplies the wants of the merchants and the admiralty, by sending forth a number of highly qualified and proficient officers to navigate ships, and such officers are eagerly sought after, many of them have done great honour to the school. The celebrated naval commander. Sir Cloudesley Shovel, was educated here. There are others who are called Grecians^ they prepare for the Universities at Oxford and Cam- bridge, and receive much better education than those intended for sea; they generally leave the school at the age of twenty, and after going through the University education, they are ap- pointed ministers of the church of England. The Grecians have higher privileges, they dine at their own wards, and have separate rooms to themselves to study in. Our countrymen will now see the utility of this in- stitution,forwhatcanbemore conducive to afather^s happiness than to see his son settled at this place, where he is fed, clothed, liberally educated, and every comfort for his body and mind studied, and that without the least expense to \he father ; it is 162 a blessings and we earnestly hope that its patrons may increase and its inmates may become more and more every year. The internal government of the establishment, together with the economy and the regulation of it, was an object of great admiration to us. The behaviour of the students was most praiseworthy, and reflects the highest credit on them. We have in conclusion to return our thanks to the Rev. Dr. Rice, the mathematical master and the steward, for their attention to us, and we cannot refrain hoping, that our countrymen, after know- ing the advantage of public education, will be actuated to devote more time and labour to the bringing up of their children, and to get up by sub- scriptions more schools on the plan of the native education institution at Bombay. There are a great many other schools in the metropolis, such as Westminster school, St. PauPs school, Foundling Hospital, all of which have been founded by some benevolent person, and have since been supported by voluntary con- tributions. The National schools are about forty-three in London, including the suburbs, educating twelve thousand children (boys and girls) and we under- stand that there are about four hundred of them all over the country, to diffuse the blessings of education among the poor, and where students of all feelings and persuasions are admitted. Sunday schools are established for teaching such 163 children as are employed in trade, and consequently have no leisure except on Sundays. The teachers visit the children at their homes in week-days, to impress their parents with the necessity of inculcating sound principles into their minds, we are informed that upwards of seventy thousand poor children are taught upon this principle, in our opinion a most praiseworthy one. There are also numerous private charitable in- stitutions for the education of the poor, and where a certain number of children are taught reading, writing, arithmetic, &c., to a certain extent. These are principally founded by benevolent individuals who have left large amounts of money towards the maintenance of these useful objects. It would be almost impossible for us to give an account of all the educational places in London in our limited work, but we assure our countrymen, that there is perhaps no country where they are so numerous as in England, and happy is the country, which can boast of possess- ing them. 164 CHAPTER XIV. HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT. We copy from a periodical work, called Cham- bers's Edinburgh Journal, the following account of the British Commons House of Parliament : — The House of Commons consists of six hun- dred and fifty-eight members, viz. sixteen barons of the Cinque Ports, eighty knights of the shire for England, twelve for Wales, thirty for Scotland, and sixty-four for Ireland ; and " three hundred and forty-three burgesses for England, twelve for Wales, fifteen for Scotland, and thirty-six for Ireland. By law these mem- bers, in all cases, ought to be elected by the people without any undue influence either from " the crown, the peerage, or any other power. Anciently, in the Saxon times, the affairs of the " kingdom were regulated in national councils, and such councils were by law to be held twice in every year ; but the Commons of England, as represented by knights, citizens, and bur- gesses, were not specifically named until the 165 latter years of Henry the Third's reign, when the brave Simon de Montfort, Earl of Leicester^ caused them to be duly summoned for the pur- pose of employing their influence against the arbitrary domination of the crown. " In the fourth of Edward the Third (chapter 14) it was enacted that a Parliament should be " holden every year twice, and more often if need be ; and this continued to be the statute law, although frequently violated by our sovereigns, " until after the restoration of Charles the Se- " cond, when an act was passed for the assembly of and holding Parliaments once in three years at least, which act was confirmed by William and " Mary soon after the glorious Revolution of " 1688. In the first year of George the First, the then existing Parliament most treacherously, under the influence of the crown, enacted that " they should sit for seven years. Many attempts " have since been made to restore triennial par- " liaments, which every judicious writer on con- stitutional authority conceives to be the surest safeguard of a people^s liberties, but hitherto without success ; and our Parliaments now sit for any period not exceeding a septennial dura- " tion, at the will of the ministry. " When a member speaks he addresses the Speaker only, and is not allowed to speak a 166 second time during the debate_, unless in reply (if he was the mover of the question), or in answer to personal reflections, or in a com- " mittee of the whole house, into which the " Commons frequently form themselves for greater " freedom. Forty members are requisite to form a house, nor can any business be commenced until that number be present. The usual time of taking the chair is four o'clock, p.m. The Speaker is elected from the body of the mem- " bers on the first day of the meeting of a new parliament. In voting the words used are ^yea' and ^nay\ In divisions one party always quit the house, the number of each being counted by " two tellers of the opposite side, but to this " there is one exception, viz. in committees of the " whole house, when they divide by the ^ yeas ' " taking the right, and the ^ nays' the left of the chair. The great measuse of a reform in Par- liament, which is now, so happily for Great Britain, a part of the law of the land, bids fair " to remedy all those abuses in the representation which had previously rendered the proceedings " of this house the most disgraceful and inconsis- tent of any portion of the legislature. It is most probable that after having thus revivified itself, one of its earliest acts will be a return to the old and more salutary arrangement of trien- " nial, if not annual elections.^^ 167 Thus far we copy from the Journal to which we have alluded^ and it was written directly after the passing of the Reform Bill. Before the passing of the Reform Bill^ at very many places, the persons who were owners of the houses and land in the small towns^ called Boroughs^ used to make their tenants vote for such persons as they wished to have chosen members of parliament. And the thing at last became so public that such places were called Pocket Boroughs J and a rich Jew for many years was the owner of so many of these places that he returned six or seven members at leasts receiving very large sums of money from those who wished to be returned to Parliament. It was notorious that Dukes and Lords members of the House of Lords at that time could^ and did cause to be returned more than half the members of the commons^ thus destroying the independence of that third estate, as the persons put in by Noble- men were of course obliged to vote as they were desired by their patrons. Others who were in want of money sold their seats thus ; in order to meet the pockets of those who could not pay so large a sum as was required for the whole session, which some times lasted six years, but which was always uncertain as to its duration_, an annual payment used to be made of one thousand pounds, or one thousand two hundred pounds for the privilege of being returned. 168 Now this was considered a very bad system and things continued in this state for many years^ until petition after petition having been disre- garded, the people almost unanimously declared they would have a Reform or Revolution. Re- form was therefore conceded, but as the parties in the House of Commons became so nearly equal that ten votes was considered a large majority out of six hundred and fifty- eight members ; and as this was not considered sufficient to carry on the busi'ness of the country, and as the party out of power thought if they could get eight or ten more members, they should be ministers of the crown ; every place that became vacant was contested as if a matter of life or death. And it is said^ the base and grovelling men of both parties did not vote in the early part of the day, and when thirty or forty votes would win an election, thirty,forty, and even fifty pounds a piece have been given to that number of of people to sell their votes, their honor, and their consciences. This becoming generally known, it is now quite usual for a large proportion of voters at elections to refuse to promise their votes, that they may keep themselves, as it is thought, in the market for the highest bidder. A friend of ours who has taken a very active part in elections, informs us, that he has found almost always those parties who have not promised either party, were of that description of people who wished to take money for their votes. But 169 this is called bribery, and there is a heavy penalty- attached to it. And why is it not prevented ? It is from the heavy penalty that it is not more fre- quently discovered. The party who gives the bribe, and the person who receives it, are subject to fine and imprisonment, and can never vote again. And if the person who gives the money can be proved to be an agent of the person who is thus elected to be a member of parliament, the mem- ber so elected cannot continue to sit in the house, neither can he be returned for that parliament ; so that the Reform Bill^ although it has removed some of the objections which formerly were urged against the elections, yet from its having admitted a much larger proportion of poor people, bribery is more open, more common, and higher sums are given than before. This will only continue to be carried on to its present extent, whilst parties continue so nearly equal ; whenever either party can command a majority of forty, votes will fall in the market ; although it will be a long time perhaps before it is quite done away. Yet, when many seats are forfeited — when many have been imprisoned — when many have been fined^ and when such people are held up to public execration, this imperfection will be removed. But notwithstanding all this the British con- stitution is acknowledged to be the best in the known world, and a perfect model to be imi- tated by others for the legislation of their coun- I 170 tries. It affords the same protection to the life and property of the peasant as to the nobleman, and makes them both equal in the eyes of Law and Justice. We may observe that it is not formed by despotism or by the whim of great men, but it is the result of a long experience, as all defects have been from time to time consi- dered and remedied in such a manner as to im- prove, advance, and secure the happiness of the people, and by this mode gradual changes were effected and the system has come to that per- fection as to excite approbation even from their enemies. We have described the House of Commons, but strictly speaking the British Parliament consists of the Sovereign in his Royal capacity, and the three estates of the realm, viz. first, the lords spiritual, second, the lords temporal, both of whom form the House of Lords, and third, the knights, citizens and burgesses who form the Lower House, or the House of Commons. The whole Parliament sat together originally but about the reign of Edward the Third, the Lords and Com- mons separated and have from that time held their parliamentary meetings apart. The House of Lords at the present time is thus composed, three princes of the royal blood (dukes,) twenty-one dukes, twenty marquisses, one hundred and thirteen earls, twenty viscounts, two hundred and nine barons, sixteen peers of 171 Scotland, twenty-eight peers of Ireland, twenty- four archbishops and bishops of England, and four archbishops and bishops of Ireland ; and how have these peers who form this House of Lords been made, and what are they? In the earliest ages persons, who were possessed of much land, kept about their houses a great many persons called retainers who followed them to fight, and upon occasions when the king re- quired a number of supporters, he used to summon these land owners at a particular time and place for their assistance and counsel ; and this was the first House of Peers. After sometime admirals of the navy and commanders of the army were made noblemen and sent to the House of Peers, some- times persons have been made noblemen for lending their lives to the King, sometimes if a person has been very troublesome in the House of Commons and been constantly asking for inform- ation not pleasant for the Government to give, he has been made a nobleman ; if a minister wanted votes upon a particular measure which he was anxious to carry, a peerage has been con- ferred upon a person to abstain from voting against the question ; and if a man who held a little place in the ministry was found to be of no use, and would not resign his situation, he was made a nobleman and sent to the House of Peers. The lawyer who made himself the active instru- ment of Government and hesitated not to decide 172 always as the ministry wished him, was made a nobleman and sent into the House of Peers; a very great many of the House of Lords were make peers because they were owners of Pocket Boroughs and could return several members to the House of Commons. In the reign of James the First, he was so very poor that he allowed those who felt disposed to buy, actually to buy peerages with money ; in the reign of George the First Sir Robert Walpole, (first minister,) openly and notoriously bought votes whenever he wished to carry any measure, many he bought with money, several he bought by making them Peers. Mind we only speak of these things as we gather them from printed histories of the House of Peers ; it is well known by almost every English person, when and for what every peer was made ; if our journal would admit we could name parties who have been made for all the causes we have stated, and it may be asked of us, thus composed how do they act ? and what manner of people are these peers ? We will tell you it is very many years since that some of these noblemens' ancestors were made peers ; many of them some centuries since, although very many are within a few years, but most of them are passed through two or three generations since they have been enrolled, and from their ancestor's wealth they have been well educated, and several of the peers have been men who by their virtues 173 and talents have secured- themselves the admira- tion and esteem of their countrymen. (Many it is true pursue a very different course of life and conduct from these^,) still virtuous or vicious, talented or half witted^ they as noblemen have a right to vote upon all parliamentary questions, and as they are not obliged to be present when they vote, but are allowed to vote by proxy as it is called, that is by allowing some other peer to hold their written authority to vote, it is really possible that a man might be deprived of his senses, be a madman, be in the daily commission of the most offensive crime and yet have his vote every day recorded as a peer of parliament* Is there then no bright side to this picture ? Yes, the House of Lords composed as it is, forms a good safeguard, and is most admira- bly calculated to uphold the national honour in the strict principle of justice. Times might occur when the people, who return the mem- bers of the house of commons, might require such sudden changes in the mode of carrying on the Government, such alterations in taxation, or such modes of electing parliaments, as would be unwise and unsafe as well as dishonest to grant ; and yet the people might so order the members of the House of Commons, that they would be compelled to carry the measure ; then the House of Lords, who are not answerable to any one for their conduct^ would refuse to comply, and thus 1/4 would check the measure until persons had time to think coolly upon the business. There is how- ever another check upon the House of Lords and Commons^ because no measure that is passed by the Lords and Commons^ can be brought into operation without the royal assent being obtained for it. Several noblemen have been authors. Lord Byron was a famous poet; Lord Holland, Lord John Russell^ Lord Morpeth, Lord Mahon, Lord King, and Lord Mulgrave, are well-known as writers, and many others^ no doubt, whom we, of course, have not heard of. On the 25th of February, 1841, accompanied by our kind friend, Thomas Baldock, Esq., who procured for us admission, we paid a visit to the House of Commons, and were allowed to sit in the body of the house, under the Strangers' Gal- lery, and were separated from the members only by a slight rod of iron. We had previously paid a visit to the House of Commons, through the kindness of our friend. Sir Charles Forbes, but as we then had nobody with us to tell us the names of the members, our first visit lost much of its interest. This night was a very important night, as it was to be a trial of strength between the Liberals and the Conservatives ; and out of six hundred and fifty-eight members, five hundred and ninety- seven were that night present. The question 175 under discussion was a Bill introduced by Lord Morpeth^ a member of the Whig administration, relative to Irish Parliamentary Voters. A Bill of the same name, introduced by Lord Stanley, now a Conservative, but who had been, a short time since, a minister of the Whig government, was so different in some of its clauses, that it appeared all the Conservatives had agreed to vote against the second reading of this Bill, and of course all the Ministerialists were gathered together to vote for it ; and almost all the sixty-one members who wiere not present to vote this evening had, what is called, paired off: that is, a Conservative who wished to be away, agreed with a Liberal who also wished to be away, that neither of them would vote, and this neutralizing of each other\s votes is called pairing off. We were admitted into the body of the house somewhere about six o'clock on Thursday evening, and there we sat until half-past two on Friday morning, about eight hours and a half. Shortly after we entered the house an influential gentleman among the Conservatives told our friend that the Ministers would have a majority of six, and about eight o^ clock he said another ministerial member had posted home from Vienna, and that the majority of votes would most probably be seven ; and to prove how accurately he made his calculation, the Ministers had a majority of five; one of the persons who was expected to vote with the Ministerialists voted with the Opposition, and 176 thus accounted for the variation. The gentleman in question is sometimes called the whipper-in of the Conservatives, that ieautiful part of Kent, and we think it is very properly named, from the variety of-its produc- tions, the '^^ Garden of England.^^ We now take leave of the county of Kent^ but not without conveying our grateful acknowledg- ments to our valued friend Thomas Baldock, Esq., through whose kind and polite attention we have been enabled to see a great many sights, and have obtained much general information. 300 CHAPTER XXI. SHEERNESS DOCK YARD. During our residence at Chatham, we went to inspect this Dock Yard, accompanied by our kind friend Mr. Adams, of Chatham Yard. Sheerness Yard is a proof of what money and science will do in England, as it is built upon a point of land consisting of mud which was once part of the sea, and under the coating of mud are quicksands in which long piles driven for the masonry to rest upon, used often to go down and disappear in the sands. A fort was built to defend the entrance of the Medway and the Thames, and a Dock Yard estabhshed at Sheerness, in the reign of Charles the Second. This Dock Yard is well worth inspection ; since the year 1815, it has been very considerably enlarged. The area of the yard is 59 acres, and it is surrounded by a wall, except- ing that part which faces the water ; the length of the west wall is 2093 feet ; length of south wall 880 feet ; there are three basins within the yard ; the largest one (capable of containing several first 301 rates with their guns^ ballast^ and stores of every description on board them fit for sea) is 520 feet long, and 300 feet broad, having an entrance of 60 feet, secured by a Caisson, which always keeps the water within of sufficient depth, to prevent the ships grounding. The middle basin is 250 by 200 feet, having an entrance of 49 feet, and the north basin 282 feet 6 inches, by 200 feet six inches, with an entrance of 102 feet. In the south basin there are three dry docks, 248 feet long, 88 feet wide, and 30 feet deep^ having entrances 57 feet wide, and which admit of ships being docked and undocked at any time. And here is also a frigate dock 207 feet long^ 75 feet broad, 19 feet 9 inches deep, with an entrance 57 feet wide. Some idea may be formed of the magnitude of the works carried on in altering and enlarging the dock yard, when it is stated that for making the foundation alone, ninety- nine thousand piles were driven. One of the most curious things to be seen in Sheerness Dock Yard, is the very extraordinary model of the yard upon a very large scale. We have mentioned that where Sheerness Yard now stands, the sea used to flow over ; we have told that it is constructed upon a muddy ooze which had no firm bottom^ having quicksands beneath^ and there never were perhaps greater obstacles to be overcome than in getting a foundation. Piles almost innumerable were driven, grouting of lime^ gravel, and cement 302 poured in by thousands of tons^ upon which bricks^ sleepers^, and masonry were placed^ and at last^ at an enormous outlay of capital^ and the ap- phcation of the greatest mechanical and archi- tectural talent^ all the difficulties were overcome, and that yard stands as a monument of what British capital and British assiduity can execute. It became necessary to have large culverts and drains, and as drawings would not so well explain all these things, and where many piles were driven, it was determined to have this model made, it is in the upper part of the quadrangular store- house, in a room of immense size, and it is curious indeed to inspect it ; every building more particu- larly the smithy is quite full of piles, under each of the slips and of the docks the piles are driven as closely as they could be got together. Every erection has a forest of piles of timber beneath it, and then the execution of the model, how beauti- ful, how accurately every thing is delineated ; there is the house built for the commissioner and prin- cipal officers, view them through a powerful mag- nifying glass, and you are led to believe you look upon the reality instead of the mere model. It may appear a useless expense, but when it is re- membered how important it may be should any buildings sink, or any of the drains blow up from the pressure of the water in them, that the exact position of every part should be known, it will sanction the expense. The model of the basin 303 with its caisson entrance and the gates of the docks are beautifully finished^ and although it has been the work of years^ we think the money well laid out^ as there is nothing in the shape of a model for accuracy and elegance to equal this in England. The storehouses in the dock yard are all built of stone and iron^ and the roofs covered with slates^ pillars^ beams^ rafters, window-frames, doors, &c. are all made of iron, and w^ood is totally dispensed with, it is a great protection against fire to the buildings, and should unfortunately a fire happen it can never injure the houses. The great object of establishing this yard, was that of fitting out of ships in time of war; the difficulty of vessels getting into the Thames or Med way for going either to Woolwich or Chatham^ was thus completely got over, however, the rapid strides in steam navigation makes it very easy to tow large ships into either of these rivers at pre- sent, and takes away from Sheerness Yard that importance which was then attached to it. The first stone of the north end was laid in November, 1809, and the basin was opened^ and the first ship taken in, in September, 1823, since which period, considerable improvements have been made by the erection of storehouses, roofs to the docks, and buildings for the manufacture of roman cement, which is carried on here very extensively to supply all the dock yards at home and abroad. 304 A very valuable stone which is found mixed with the shingle or pebbles^ is thrown up by the sea upon the beach close to Sheerness^ which is used for the manufacturing of the roman cement ; it is a species of clay petrified^ of a whitish brown colour, and is sought after with much avidity, for its superiority over every other description of cement stone ; and when collected^ is sold for fourteen shillings per ton, for burning into cement, for stuccoing the fronts of houses, and for uniting stones, and is in a few minutes after it is mixed as hard as stone itself. A splendid residence has been erected for the Port Admiral, at the Garrison Point, and very commodious houses for the principal officers, have also been built, eight within the dock yard, and seven outside the yard facing the beach. The dock yard chapel is without the walls of the yard, adjoining the officers' houses; it is a handsome erection and capable of containing about fifteen hundred persons. The cliffs of the Isle of Sheppy are about six miles in length, (the highest about 90 feet high) on the north and north east side of the island, they have long been celebrated for the numerous organic remains found in them ; upwards of seven hundred different specimens of fossil plants, fruits, berries, and ligneous seed vessels have been enumerated. Among the animal remains found in these cliffs, are several varieties of the crab ; 305 the nautilus in abundance^ tortoises^ the jaws of crocodiles, lobsters^ and fishes^ in fine preserva- tion ; all these remains (animal and vegetable) are impregnated with sulphuret of iron, or pyrites, and it is necessary for the preservation of them pre- vious to placing them in a cabinet^ to dip them into boiling linseed oil, otherwise, after a few years they will crumble into pieces. Large masses of petrified wood are frequently found, principally oak and elm. Sheerness is in the Island of Sheppy ; it has the river Thames and Medway on the west, and the ocean on the northern, and eastern sides. Sheppy is about 30 miles in circumference, being about 13 miles long, and 6 miles broad. A pier extend- ing 1300 feet into the river, affords a good landing place. Until near the close of the last century, much inconvenience was felt from the want of fresh water, there being no wells in the place, and the ships and inhabitants of the town were sup- plied with water from Chatham, 14 miles distant, but the government having at a great expence, dug to the depth of 320 feet, and passed through several quicksands, procured at last a plentiful supply of good water, and three other wells have since been dug to supply all the town with this very necessary article for cleanliness, and for the purpose of quenching thirst. The view from the dock yard gates at Sheerness is most beautiful, as it looks towards the mouth of the river Thames, 306 and here every ship must pass to go to London, consequently ships of all sizes and of every nation are constantly passing and repassing^ and there is a fine sea view looking out to the Nore, and thus away to the great ocean. 307 CHAPTER XXII. WOOLWICH YARD AND ARSENAL. Accompanied by our cousin Ardaseer Cursetjee, we paid a visit on the 18th of April, 1840, to this dock yard, it is eight miles east of London, situated on the banks of the river Thames, in the county of Kent ; Woolwich Dock Yard, is said to be the oldest royal dock yard in the kingdom. It is about three quarters of a mile in length, and about one- sixth of a mile in depth. Woolwich yard has several building slips and dry docks, but it has of late years been more immediately appropriated for the fitting out of steam vessels belonging to the crown, and for this purpose an immense basin has been dug in the yard, capable of containing several of the largest steam ships which can lay afloat in the basin, and their steam machinery is fitted, tried, and adjusted here. There are several build- ings surrounding the basin where the boilers are examined and repaired, and indeed, there is here every thing required for steam engines, and more particularly marine steam machinery. It is one of 308 those establishments in which the English govern- ment keep pace with the improvements of the day^ and we think it would be very desirable for the government to rear up^ in their own establish- ments, large nmnbers of men of every department connected with steam machinery^ by taking young men apprentices,, and thus in a short time the different steam ships when launched^ could be fitted with their engines and machinery by their own people^ instead of being obliged as they now are to get part of their engines in London, some from Scotland, &c. Large docks are now constructing in this yard, and a great many improvements have been made of late, so that there is very little doubt from its proximity to the seat of government, and its situation on the banks of the Thames, that this arsenal in course of a few years will become one of the first importance. The buildings and the storehouses are very large, and all the officers have suitable residences within the walls of the establishments. There is a large smithy which has two steam engines, one of fourteen and the other of twenty horse power, the former is employed in blowing the fires, by forcing the air through large cylinders, and the latter in lifting two large tilt hammers, each of which weigh nearly four tons, they are lifted by machinery at the height of nine inches, and the strokes are from forty to fifty in one 309 minute. These hammers are principally used for manufacturing anchors, knees, and other large iron works connected with the establishment. A small steamer called the Locust was to be launched this day at this dock yard which we witnessed^ and had the honour of seeing Lord Minto, who was come there to see the launch. At Woolwich also is an extensive establishment for making cannons, fireworks, and gun carriages ; it is called the Royal Arsenal, and one of the furnaces here will melt seventeen tons of metal at one time. The cannons are first cast into moulds, and then bored with machines^ moved by three horses; these animals are so trained that they stop and go on by the ringing of a bell ; we were astonished to see them evince such signs of in- tellect, and it shows that animals have, with the exception of the faculty of speech^ reason and understanding equal to man. It takes about four or five days to bore a large gun ; the process is extremely simple^ and upon our remarking why a steam engine was not used to propel the ma- chinery, we were told that the present plan is so perfect that eighty years have now elapsed since its adoption^ and that during this long period it has not cost £lOO. to keep it in order; notwith standing this an engine is to be erected very shortly, and there is little doubt that the work will be performed with much more rapidity than at present. 310 In a building called the laboratory are deposited models or samples of congreve rockets, bomb- shells, hand-grenades, carcasses, fire-ships, and all the articles used in modern warfare. A man who is in charge of the building explains the use of all the things that are to be seen here. There is a large building 300 feet in length, on the ground floor of which are to be seen an immense number of difl'erent things with which ships of war are supplied, and there were 150,000 muskets, which were kept in deal boxes, ready to be issued ; above this is what is called the harness room where 10,000 military saddles and a great number of harnesses are kept in readiness for the army, the whole arrangement is very good, as there appeared to be a place for every thing and every thing for a place. On two sides of this building are large plots of ground where thousands of guns and shots are kept which appear very beautiful. The whole of this establishment occupies an area of 60 square acres, and here diflferent people are taught the art of gunnery, or how to use most effectually the articles here manufactured for destroying armies, burning ships, storming fortresses, and bombard- ing towns. We admired the arrangement, and order, and discipline of the establishment, but we cannot say that we were pleased with it ; we could not help thinking what a sad and melancholy reflection 311 it is upon poor human nature, thus to construct machines as it were for the wholesale destruction of human life — for destroying our fellow brethren on earth, whom the merciful and benevolent God created to love and do good to each other. We indulge in the hope that these implements may never be used for the purpose they are in- tended, that when education has more generally diffused itself, that all warfare will cease, and peace and love will prevail, and that when nations or states quarrel, they will appoint arbitrators to settle the difference without any bloodshed. 312 CHAPTER XXIII. THE CUSTOM HOUSE, AND THE DOCKS OF LONDON. Among the busy scenes of London^ perhaps there is not, on certain hours of the day, one of more activity than the Custom House, to which we paid a visit. It is not very far from London Bridge on the side of the river ; it is the place where all ships that are leaving London, with cargoes, or even if in ballast, have to obtain a cocket or clearance, stating the day they left the port and the nature of the cargo. All ships, upon their arrival, have to be reported, and the strictest account given of every thing they have on board, in order that the several officers connected with the customs may take an account of the same, and that the duties may be paid thereon. The Custom House is a beautiful building of modern erection, (the former one having been burnt down in 1814. The length of the front is about 500 feet ; and the great room for business, commonly called the long room is nearly 190 feet long and 66 feet wide. And there are many 313 hundreds of persons^ consisting of captains and mates of ships, clerks to merchants, brokers, and shipping agents, in this room every day. The commerce of London is much faciUtated by the capital accommodations afforded to shipping by the immense large docks for the merchant v^sels, where they have their cargoes taken out and put into warehouses. In these docks many vessels lay in still water alongside quays. The London Dock Company was formed in 1800, and their docks extend from Wapping to Shadwell, containing in the whole about 70 acres of ground ; the docks are large enough to contain three hun- dred ships, exchisive of lighters, and the ware- houses can hold 200,000 tons of goods. There are also vaults or cellars for 70,000 pipes of wine or spirits, and in addition to which there is a commodious jetty 800 feet long and 65 feet widC;, with a shed thereon 450 feet long, under w^hich an immense quantity of goods intended for shipment to India, or Australia, are stowed con- veniently for putting on board the vessels which lay on either side to receive goods. There are at this time (March, 1841,) thirty-two large ships taking in their cargoes, and it was amusing to see the varieties of articles shipped for some of the new Australian settlements. There were entire houses cut out in frame, and numbered and marked ill such a way that they can readily be put together in a few hours after their arrival. We -1 that 314 a church had been sent out this way^ and we saw all the varied furniture^ glass, china, earthenware, &c. shipped here, and one would think there was enough to stock a nation. Two ships deeply loaded for the Australian colonies were just passing out^ and we saw a face or two^ peeping from the cabins, of persons^ wj^o no doubt were about bidding a long, most likely a last, farewell to their native land. The western dock has 20 acres, the eastern dock 7 acres, and the Wapping basin 3 acres^ of water. The Shadwell entrance is three quarters of a mile below the Wapping entrance^ it is a mile below the Hermitage entrance and nearly a mile and a quarter below the entrance to the St. Katharine's dock ; the whole of the wharfs were strewed with casks^ called puncheons, of 100 gallons, and hogsheads of 56 gallons, full of brandy, of which immense quantities are now being imported, it being generally thought, that the import duty upon brandy and French wines are about to be lowered. They sometimes employ here from three to four thousand persons. There are also the East India Docks at Blackwall, the West India, the Commer- cial Docks, St. Katharine^s Docks, and the Grand Surrey Canal Docks. We were here in- formed of what appeared to us a most singular fact, that the number of acres of water in the London Docks, are just equal to the whole 315 number of land and water within the St. Katha- rine^s Docks^ and that the acres of water in the West India Docks are just equal to the whole of the land and water contained in the London Docks. These docks are of great importance and value tGUthe merchants of London^ as prior to their con- struction, ships had to be unloaded in the river into barges^ lighters^ or hoys^ and the plunder was immense^ but now the property is secure from danger, as the several dock companies hold themselves responsible for the safe custody of all goods landed in their respective docks. Much inconvenience is experienced by parties who formerly used to deposit goods in the East and West India Docks^ from the heavy expense of carting them, in consequence of their being situated about three miles from the city, and it was thought by some that the difficulty would be obviated by the erection of the Blackwall Railway^ but competent persons who have seen the opera- tion of other railways now in use^ tell us that heavy bulky articles will never be conveyed in any quantities upon rail roads, as the price charged per ton for conveyance will become very expensive. The East India Docks are now and have been for some time used as a sort of canal for steam ships, and others^ to lay up in instead of for the purpose they were originally intended. The outlay in the erection of the London Docks some SiG some years since, was proved to have been three million and two hundred thousand pounds. We strongly recommend every person who can obtain an order to pay them a visit as they possess much to attract general interest 317 CHAPTER XXIV. Vauxhall, Gardens. We paid an evening visits during our residence in England^ to this delightful place of amusement. They are on the Surrey side of the water^ not far from Vauxhall Bridge, and we were amply repaid for the trouble we took to visit this place. The lamps^ of all sorts of colours^ with which this place is illuminated, are almost innumerable ; the gardens are laid out most tastefully, and upon nearly every tree lights are hung, as well as all along the gravel walks, arranged the same as ours in Bombay upon festive occasions, commonly termed Lunca.^^ At one end of the gardens is a handsome fountain of water, where Neptune, the heathen god of the sea, is represented in the act of driving his chariot with five horses ; the figures and the attitudes of the horses are re- markably well executed; the water is forced through the nostrils of these animals by a steam engine, but the most surprising thing is the smoke or vapour that comes from the nostrils similar to 318 that which is seen to arise from hard driven horses, when they are out of breathy and which is accompanied with the noise similar to that which is made by horses when they breathe with diffi- culty caused by being overdriven. We spent four hours promenading in all the parts^ and saw most magnificent fireworks, which were very far supe- rior to any we have in Bombay. Refreshments of all kinds may be had in the boxes fitted up for that purpose in the gardens; the prices of all the things that are sold are fixed up in each box. The entertainments, besides the brilliant illumi- nation and the fireworks, consist of little theatrical performances, with some very good hired dancers, singings and a very good concert by a large band, which plays until a very late hour; and if the weather is fine, a large number of the persons amuse themselves with dancing. The gardens were open three nights in each week, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; the price of admission was four shillings. The doors opened at eight, and the performances commenced at nine. It was (for we speak of it as a thing no longer in existence) a most charming way of spending a rational agreeable evening. 31.9 .CHAPTER XXV. Illumination of London. On the 10th of February, 1840, Her Majesty, Queen Victoria, was married to her first cousin, Prince Albert of Saxe Coburg and Gotha, and as we were near London, we made up our minds to see the beautiful illuminations that were to take place in the evening in honor of that event. The weather had been squally during the day, but in the evening it became tolerably fine. The greater part of the illuminations consisted of small variegated oil lamps of all colours disposed into fanciful devices, and in many instances form- ing words. The gas was in many instances used instead of lamps ; and very beautiful devices and wreaths was the lighted gas made to form. The prevalent devices were a star, a crown, V. A. for Victoria and Albert, or V. P. for Victoria and Prince, or V. R., Victoria Regina, and P. A., Prince Albert. Wreaths, called love knots, were to be seen, and another brilliant one, called a bride's favour, was abundant. The East India 320 House had two stars enclosing the letters V and surrounded by two cornucopias, or horns of plenty ; the whole supporting a magnificent impe- rial crown, with laurels, &c. Along the columns in front were suspended strings of lamps, and a double string of lamps extended along the whole front of the building. The whole of the illumi- nation of the India House was in variegated lamps, and had a most beautiful effect. There were immense crowds in the street, and upon Cornhill we got separated from our friend. There was a pretty transparent lighted picture at the British Bullion Office, on which was Long may she reign. The Mansion House had V. A., a star, and a crown. At the Bank of England the illumination was very beautiful — ^it was a perfect glare of light. Each lamp along the front had a star in gas over it; and the whole row of lamp posts was united by double festoons of variegated lamps. In Cheapside there was a beautiful transparency at Butler^s, the chemist^s, and the Atlas Insurance Office, was very beautiful. So- merset House, in the Strand, crowns and stars in gas, and beautiful lamps. At Ackerman's, the printseller^s, in the Strand, was a beautiful tran- sparency of the Queen, and the motto, " Great and glorious, firm and free. Still victorious may she be and, underneath, Britain's pride the arms of England, and the Lion and Unicorn. This was 321 by far the handsomest thing we ever saw. A great crowd was assembled here. All the club- houses at the west end of London, where the nobility and gentry resort to, were very beautiful ; and all the houses belonging to the tradesmen with whom the Queen lays out her money, were brilliant. The Ordnance Office in Pall Mall was the most brilliant ; with lamps in the centre were the arms of the Ordnance Department, and, in the upper part, white roses and Albert and Vic- toria, the order of the Bath and the order of the Garter, the order of the Thistle and the order of Saint Patrick, with branches and fruit on them, and, below, cannons with piles of cannon balls. This was as beautiful as an illumination could be. The Admiralty had, in variegated lamps, an an- chor and the union jack flag, and branches with V. R. and P. A., all in lamps. The War Office, crown, initials, and the order of the Bath. The Horse Guards was most brilliant; it was gas lights introduced into coloured lamps, and was most beautiful. The Treasury was also very bril- liant. We cannot select any others, as the whole of the streets was a perfect blaze of light ; and it has never been our good fortune to see so brilliant, so beautiful, so gorgeous a spectacle. It was truly pleasing to behold the countless thousands of people orderly and happily doing homage to their Queen, and thus cordially testifying their appro- bation in the choice she had made of a husband ; 322 and we^ as subjects of the British Crown^ felt as much happiness and interest in the scene as any- one ; and we had passing in our minds that the great and good God would bless this marriage. We hoped that to the Queen individually^ and to the nation generally^ the union that had that day taken place might be productive of lasting benefit. We felt happy that as she had thus early become a wife^ that she might have a something in this world especially to love and to live for — that she might have a kind constant friend^ an agreeable companion. And we wished^ what we stopped in England long enough to see realized, that their union might be blessed with children. We would implore of our universal Deity that health may be her portion for many years. May she have firm- ness of mind to enable her to reign in the hearts of her people for very many years. May she always, remembering the valuable instruction she received from her mother, set apart a portion of every day to superintending the early education of her offspring, grounding them strongly in the love of virtue and the abhorrence of vice ; so that in after days should any of them be called upon to rule over a mighty nation^s destmies they may be found fitted for the task. May Prince Albert her husband love and cherish her as he has sworn to do. May their pilgrimage on earth be for many, many years; and may they both so live as to occupy positions of bhss in a brighter sphere. 323 It may not be known to many of our countrymen, that the husband of a reigning Glueen of England, does not by his marriage become a King. And as he is not allowed any political power, he has a difficult part to abstain from mixing up in the political parties, that are constantly before the public with some agitating question, but in so doing he will promote his own happiness. For what makes the public cheer a man in the streets of England one year, the self same public, or mob as they are called, will hoot the same person for years after. Political popularity is very uncertain. Very many of those who were almost worshipped by the mob a few years ago, now because they are not prepared to go quite so far as public feeling requires are quite unpopular. Men who have been foremost in introducing reformation into certain institutions, because they are not prepared for a total change, are thought to be altered men by tlie public. When the real fact is that it is the public who have altered and not the indi- viduals. A great many important alterations have been made within the last ten years in govern- ment regulations, but still the people w^io carried out these things know that there must be a stop some time to alterations, and then the public say they are not prepared to go far enough. Mol) popularity is therefore not to be coveted. 324 CHAPTER XXVI. WINDSOR CASTLE. On the 31st of March^ 1841, we went to Windsor to see the private and public apartments at the castle, for which we had an order from the Lord Chamberlain^, the Earl of Uxbridge. We left London in company with our friend^ Mr. Robert Adams of Chatham Yard by the Great Western Railway at nine o'clock in the morning, and reached Slough in about thirty-five minutes, from whence we proceeded to Windsor by an omnibus. The entrance to the castle is seen by turning up Castle Street, and a fine road leads to it. The first building that arrested our attention was St. George's Chapel, a noble and magnificent old structure, we then came to a most capacious quadrangular paved court, at the west end of which we saw an equestrian bronze statue of King Charles the Second^ which we were in- formed formerly stood in the centre of this square. The appearance of the castle from the quadrangle is very majestic and grand. The public apart- 325 ments which are always open for inspection arc on the north ; Her Majesty's private apartments are on the east and south^ and the round tower on the west side of the square. A considerable portion of the castle has been repaired and much improvements made by the celebrated Architect Sir Jeffry Wyatville by the order of King George the Fourth^ to whom^ the credit of rendering this place truly worthy of the residence of British sovereigns, is to be attri- buted ; he spent large sums of money in augment- ing and furnishing the palace, and his notions of things is said to have been princely; this personage is represented as the first gentleman of the age he lived in, he was the most accomplished man that ever adorned the British throne, and for politeness and elegance of taste he is said to have been never exceeded. He never had any thing done which was not truly splendid and magnificent, he cared little for spend- ing thousands of pounds upon objects which were of no other use than to please the eye. We first saw the private apartments, we en- tered through what is called the visitors' entrance, and a lady, who is the housekeeper, showed us the apartments. On ascending a noble stair case we entered a corridor which at first sight struck us with amazement and wonder, it is what we should call a varendah, 520 feet long and about 1 8 feet wdde, by folding doors it communicates with 326 all the principal rooms. It is also used as an indoor promenade when the weather is unfavour- able and is so costly and tastefully furnished as to bafHe all description. The ceiling is very richly gilt in various pleasing and ornamental de- vices^ and on both sides of the corridor are placed a variety of ornamental and curious things^ elegant cabinets^ tables, chairs and such other things^ ancient and modern, so distributed as to afford a varied and pleasing picture to the eye ; here are some hundreds of busts in marble of members of the Royal Family, foreign princes, English noble- men, heroes who fought battles and other distin- guished persons living and dead, almost all of which were the productions of the best sculptors. The corridor is divided into two parts by a pair of folding doors, which when opened the whole length, with the splendid furniture give it an air of grandeur and magnificence not to be surpassed. We were then shown into the Dutchess of Kent^s apartments, which consisted of a drawing- room, a dressing and a bed room, the walls of these rooms are hung with beautiful and light coloured silk damask, and the ceiling and doors are chastely ornamented with gilt mouldings ; the bed was after the French fashion, that is, a bed- stead, without the curtain poles, is placed against the w^all and three poles project out above the bed, the middle one of which is a little higher than the other two, over these the curtains are thrown, it is 327 also called a canopy bed. The frame of her Royal Highnesses bedstead was nicely carved and gilt and the curtains was of fine silk. We then came into a small room in which we were informed that the late King and his brother King George the Fourth died^ it was handsomely fitted up, but not in use. From this we were conducted to Her Majesty's writing room, which was a small one but elegantly furnished, the walls were covered with silk and the ceiling and the doors had some very good carving, which was gilt. There are three large rooms which are called the white, green, and crimson drawing rooms, which are the best, and the most expensively fitted up ; their walls are hung with fine silks of the colour that their names respectively indicate, and chairs and sofas cushioned with silks of the same colour and quality, the carpets are very beautiful of the first rate workmanship, and of the colour to match the hangings. These rooms are hghted with very large and handsome windows, and command a delightful view of the park together with the coun- try several miles round. The doors which lead from one room to the other have on their pannels, carved devices, all different from each other, the carvings are the most perfect specimens of the art and masterly executed ; all the doors are most luxuriantly gilt and burnished, and the appearance of these rooms, 328 the magnificence and the costliness of furniture and the profusion of gilded decorations^ all is so beautiful and so truly splendid, that we cannot by any possibility convey even the faintest idea of it to our countrymen ; suffice it to say that it is quite ivorthy of the occupation of Kings and Queens of this mighty country. Next to the crimson drawing room is the Queen^s dining room^ which is of princely dimen- sions. On a gilt table stands the magnificent wine cooler^ made in London by the celebrated jewellers, Rundell and Bridge, for King George the Fourth ; it is silver gilt^ richly chased, and most exquisitely finished. We could not learn its weight, but is large enough for a full grown person to sit in wdth ease, and requires six men to lift it. This splendid thing is said to have cost £10,500. sterling! We forgot to mention, that in the corridor there is a cabinet of dark wood, very beautifully carved, and which belonged to Cardinal Wolsey, who lived in the sixteenth century, and that all the cabinets in the splendid suite of rooms we have just noticed, are of most superb manufac- ture, many of them were inlaid with mother of pearl, ebony, satin, and such other expensive wood. We are much indebted to the housekeeper for her attention to us. We here think it proper to state, that the Queen's own apartments are not 329 allowed to be shewn to any one^ and they are only open when her Majesty resides at the castle^ and the private apartments can only be seen during her absence from Windsor. The state apartments are open to the public every day (except Sunday)^ from nine in the morn- ing till six in the evening. They are also magni- ficent and well decorated rooms, and will amply repay the trouble of visiting them. These apart- ments command a delightful prospect of the pic- turesque and almost evergreen neighbourhood of Windsor, and contain a valuable collection of oil paintings and tapestry. The entrance for the public is through a porch, Avhere a porter is stationed (the present porter is a civil man, and has all the court politeness about him), and ascending a flight of stairs, we come to a small room called the Queen's Audience Cham- ber; the walls are decorated with French tapestry^ that is^ pictures made by coloured woollen threads^ on a coarse fabric, and so beautiful is the working of it, that one could hardly believe it was not a painting, and to prove how nearly it resembles it^ the ceiling, which is really painted in the same style, is very difficult to distinguish from the tapestry, as the whole looks as if it were done by one artist. Going through a door on the right, v/e find ourselves in the Queen^s ball room, which is of great length, but the appearance is very plain ; 330 the ceiling is of stucco, and there are a great many pictures by a celebrated artist called Van- dyke, among which is a portrait of his own, and a head of King Charles the First, in three different views, which has a rather novel appearance. The next is the Queen's drawing room, which has eight paintings by Vandyke. The ceiling of this room is of stucco, and emblematically painted with the arms of England, and bearing the initials W. R. Leaving this, we were shewn into the Queen's closet ; it is a small room, and there are a great many paintings by different masters ; we had one particularly pointed out to us, which we were told was painted by a German of the name of Quintin Matsys; the picture represents two misers in the act of counting their money, and, indeed, it appeared to us to have been masterly done ; the money, both in gold and silver, was so w^ell painted, that it appeared as real coins ; this picture is very much admired. We here saw two tables, of about three feet in length and eighteen inches wide, made of massive silver, and highly finished ; they were both presented by the Cor- poration of the City of London to Charles the Second, and William the Third; here are also three large glasses with massive silver frames. The hangings are of light blue flowered silk, and the frames of all the pictures are silvered instead of gilt, which matches with the silk, and the whole of the furniture has a chaste and elegant appear- ance. 331 The King^s council^ and drawing rooms, are very fine ; they have silk crimson hangings, on which are worked the Crown, the Order of the Garter, and the initials G. R. (Georgius Rex), they are decorated with good paintings, and the ceil- ings are also painted, there is the anchor, trident, and other emblems of naval superiority and pride of England, painted on the ceiling of the Council room. The Throne room is complete, with the excep- tion of the throne, and the part of the ceiling over the throne is very richly decorated ; it is of large dimensions, and has three full sized large portraits of King George the Third, and Fourth, and the late King; we looked at these likenesses with wonder and surprise, at the perfection this fine art is brought to in England ; we could not speak as to their faithfulness, but the robes, and the effects of light and shade, are very beautifully done. This room is used by the Queen on state occa- sions, when the throne is placed for her to sit upon. We were next shewn into a splendid apart- ment, called the ball room, which is 90 feet in length and 34 feet in width, this surpassed every thing else that we saw in the castle. We gazed on this splendid room, and at the costliness of its fittings, with perfect astonishment. The walls are hung with tapestry of the best kind, and the ceiling is divided into five parts, the moulding and 332 centres of which are decorated with various de- vices in high rehef ; the cornice is equally elegant^ and the whole of the relief work is gilt very beau- tifully. The room is 33 feet in height, and four elegant chandeliers are suspended from the ceil- ing, which, when lighted^ must, we think, produce an effect not to be seen any where else but within the walls of Windsor Castle. Large doors^ which lead from this magnificent apartment to the throne room and the Waterloo gallery, have superior and gilt carved work^ that can never be described except by the pencil of an artist — they bear the initials G. R. — as well as the fire-places, which are in workmanship suitable to the room. King George the Fourth had this room fur- nished, and it shews his taste and his fondness of splendour. W^e should say, that it would be next to impossible for any man to attempt an improve- ment. It is the most perfect and unique in itself, and will admit of no alteration that could give it a better appearance. The chairs and sofas are all richly gilt, and have cushions of a most lively and beautiful silk crimson velvet. We strongly re- commend every stranger that visits England, and every Englishman who can afford to pay the ex- pense of going to Windsor, to see this room only, if not all the public apartments, for which no charges are made, and we are quite sure that they will be amply repaid for their trouble. The floor is of oak, and tastefully inlaid with ebony. At one 333 end^ the room is lighted by a large gothic win- dow^ and commands a very fine prospect. The AVaterloo Chamber or Gallery as it is some- times called is 98 feet long^ 47 feet broad, and 45 feet high, and is in the Elizabethan style of archi- tecture. In this room all round are hung por- traits of eminent men, sovereigns (except Napoleon) commanders, and statesmen connected with the battle of Waterloo, the hero (Duke of Wellington) who fought the battle, is very conspicuously placed in the centre of the wall at one end, and we think if his antagonist was placed opposite to him, it would have added considerably to the interest of the collection ; four massive chandeliers are suspended from the ceiling, and there are pro- jecting galleries at either end of the room for the musicians. The furniture, as well as the doors, panellings, and the waihscoating at the lower part of the walls are of light coloured oak. We should think that this room will not at all please a Frenchman, nor will he wish to see a thing so wounding to the vanity of his country, or to the national pride. There is also a large room called the guard chamber, where a great many things and trophies taken in former wars and battles are preserved, as a sort of national and military pride, — for here is a piece of the mainmast of Lord Nelson's ship, the Victory, through which a 10 inch shot passed, at the battle of Trafalgar. On the top of the mast. 334 is a bust of the immortal commander himself, executed by Sir Francis Chantrey, On both sides of this are two pieces of brass ordinance taken at the capture of Seringapatam^ one of which is richly inlaid with gold and silver. There are also busts of the two greatest heroes Eno-land ever produced, the Duke of Marlborough and the Duke of Wellington, and a shield made of silver and inlaid with gold, presented by Francis, King of France, to King Henry the Vlllth, it is beautifully engraved and revolves on a pivot over the fire-place. Many armours and implements of war such as we have described seeing in the Tower of London,^' are also to be seen here. The celebrated St. George's Hall is 200 feet in length, 34 feet in breadth, and 32 in height ; the south side of this room is entirely occupied by windows which are thirteen in number, and the north wall and the ceiling are embellished with the shields and the armorial bearings of all the Knights of the Garter, since the time of its establishment. The ceiling is executed in plaster, and painted in imitation of oak, which is so well done that one is apt to be deceived unless told of it. The armorial bearings are arranged in chronological order, and are all numbered so as to be easily dis- tinguished. The furniture such as sofas, chairs, &c., are all of oak, and at either end there are galleries for musicians, and at the east end is a large chair on a platform for the sovereign to sit 335 upon^ at the time of the installation of the Knights of the Garter^ the ascent to which is by a flight of oak steps, and the view and the perspective of the hall from this platform is very beautiful. The next room we saw was the state ante-room ; some fine tapestry and carved work form the principal decorations of the room ; here is also a beautiful painting on glass of King George the Third in his coronation robe, and the ceiling is also beautifully painted, the subject of which is from the heathen Mythology. Here are some additions made to the castle, consisting of a vestibule and a fine staircase, by the late king ; it is in the Elizabethan style of archi- tecture, the walls and the staircase are of Bath stone with steps of Portland stone, and a beauti- ful statue of George the Fourth, executed by Sir F. Chantrey, is placed here. The staircase communicates with rooms below, and leads to the quadrangle, this improvement must have cost a large sum of money. There is belonging to the palace a very curious and singular building called the Round Tower, which is the residence of the governor or constable of the castle. In former times when England was perpetually disturbed with foreign and domestic wars, this edifice was intended for the imprisonment of distinguished men, and many foreign kings, English and other noblemen have suffered cap- tivity within the walls of this building ; the last 336 person that was here confined was a German of the name of Mareschal de Belleisle_, in the reign of George the Second. The Tower stands on an artificial eminence, it is circular and built entirely of stone, the diameter is about 100 feet^ and it is upwards of 200 feet in height, there are two hundred steps from the bottom to the top, from whence there is a most extensive and luxuriant view all round ; we were told that on a clear sunny day twelve diffe- rent counties are seen from here. When the Queen is at Windsor, a flag, which is called the royal standard is hoisted on a staff, the extreme length of which is 73 feet. The flag is 36 feet in length, and 24 feet in breadth. When we looked round from the top we could see but very imperfectly the prospect which it com- mands in consequence of the day being hazy, and we could not help thinking how charming and de- lightful a view from such a place would be in India, where there is always a clear sky, and if we may use the term, perpetual Summer. The beautiful place of worship called St. George's Chapel, where the Queen and others who reside in the castle perform their devotions, is entirely built of stone ; the roof which is of the same material, is of an elliptic form, supported by lofty and handsome pillars, the principal entrance is near the west end, and we were very much struck with the neat and elegant appearance of the interior of 337 this edifice. At the west of the chapel is a monu- ment called the Cenotaph^^ of Princess Charlotte of Walesj daughter of George the Fourth, it is executed in marble, the Princess is represented as sleeping, and her body covered with drapery, but the outline is well preserved, and there are two female figures, deeply bewailing her loss, and absorbed in the deepest grief, the whole is very well executed, and it was a very affecting sight to behold. The floor is paved with black and white marble, and underneath it is the vault for laying the bodies of members of the royal family ; we were told that the bodies are enclosed in coffins and stowed away in this vault. There is no door or any other entrance to the vault, and it is never opened except to deposit a body, for which an aperture is formed by taking up a few stones of the paved floor, which are re- placed soon after. There are many distinguished persons interred here, and marble tablets are placed where they are buried to record the event, as well as to preserve their memories. Close to the altar which is at the east end of the chapel, is the Queen^s pew, it is on a raised platform, and very plain in appearance; below the pew is a very beautiful and elaborate piece of steel- work, wrought and most exquisitely finished by the celebrated Quintin Matsys, who was a black- smith, at Antwerp, and who afterwards dis- Q 338 tinguished himself in the art of painting. The work consists of a pair of gates between two towers^ and is a perfect specimen of its kind. The joinery and the canopies over the pews, which range on both sides of the chapel are of very good workmanship_, and have a great deal of carved work. We admired the whole of the inte- rior of this chapel very much^ though the outward appearance is not very pleasing, because it shows signs of decay in some parts. This edifice with all the decorations must have cost a great deal of money, and we remarked to our friend whether he considered it necessary that such grandeur and magnificence was required in a divine place^ where men had only to pray to their Creator for the forgiveness of sins ; and we were informed by him, that it was the great fondness of architectural beauty in former times that led people to erect costly edifices for worship, but that modern churches are very plainly built, we approve this plan very much, as we think that the money spent on mere beauty may be applied to other more useful and charitable purposes, and relieving the necessities of the poor. We were next conducted to the royal stable, where we saw the Queen^s horses, there were a great many of bay coloured, large, strong English horses ; we were informed that there are seventy of them, and are used for driving in the carriage ; we also saw a number of ponies and riding horses. 339 and two carriages, a phaeton and a landau, both of them were without any decoration, they were quite plain, and we should think not very Q^cpensive; these two carriages are expressly for her Majesty^s own use; she drives in them in the great park, for which purpose they are very slightly con- structed. We were told that all the other carriages were in London in consequence of the Queen re- siding there at the time ; we have had the honour of seeing the Queen driving in these carriages, they are very magnificent and costly, and such as we may never perhaps see in our own country. There is also a very peculiar carriage called the state coach^ very beautifully carved and gilt, and is said to have cost upwards of £7000.^ it was built in 17^2, and is made use of on state occa- sions, such as opening and closing of Parliament and at the coronation. A room of considerable dimensions called the riding school, and large stables are now building at Windsor for which a sum of £70,000. was voted by the House of Commons last year. This we think was very necessary, because the present stables are by no means handsome or worthy of accommodating royal carriages and horses, as there are a number of small rooms^ the largest of which could not contain twenty horses- # The last thing we saw before leaving the castle w^as the plate room, of which we can but give a very imperfect description. There are two rooms. 340 the smaller one is called the closet. In the large room is kept a complete silver gilt service by George the Fourth^ to dine one hundred and thirty persons ; it comprises every necessary ar- ticle in a dinner set ; there are thirty-two dozens of plates^ which are said to cost twenty-six guineas each^ and other articles in proportion. On a table in the centre are placed various richly chased and gilt ornaments, which appear very beautiful, and we were informed that eighty large chests contain- ing the plate were at Buckingham palace. In the closet we saw in glass cases a great many things, some taken from the Spanish Armada, some from Burmah; one vessel belonged to Charles the Twelfth of Sweden, and a small elephant in silver belonging to the king of Ava. There are two beautiful things taken at the capture of Se- ringapatam from the palace of Tippoo Sahib, one is a peacock set in many kinds of precious stones, valued at £30,000., and the other Tippoo's foot- stool; it is a tiger^s head made of pure gold, having a solid ingot of gold for his tongue, and crystal teeth ; it is very beautifully finished, and is valued at £15,000. sterling. Numerous ornamented shields are also here, one of which was made from snufF boxes of King George the Fourth, besides which there are a great many curious things, and the whole is valued at about £1,750,000!! placed under the superin- tendence and care of a polite and gentlemanly 341 person^ and who was very civil to us. The plate rooms are in a damp situation^ which does not al- low the things to remain bright^ as they soon tar- nish and require frequent cleaning. We were very much astonished at seeing this, and we were filled with wonder at the magnificence of the castle and every thing that it contains ; it is impossible to set any value upon the whole, it must be a sum that would appear incredible; we can only say that none but the English nation could make and support such an establishment, and we do not doubt the assertion we have often heard that Windsor Castle stands unrivalled in Europe. It appears most extraordinary to imagine the large sums that are spent upon public institutions and establishments in England, and it is very justly denominated the most powerful, the wealthiest and the most wonderful country in the w^orld. Our countrymen must know that besides Windsor Castle, there is the Buckingham Palace in London, and a palace at Brighton for the residence of the sovereign, which though not so large, yet must be equally well furnished. We were highly delighted at seeing Windsor Castle, of which the English may be very properly and justly proud. 342 CHAPTER XXVII. THE EAST INDIA HOUSE. This celebrated and well known building is situated very conspicuously in Leadenhall Street^ a small building formerly occupied the site of the present east wing^ and the inconvenience that was then experienced in accommodating the various branches of the Company^s business led them in 1799^ to the construction of the present stately edifice from the designs of Mr, Jupp, a celebrated architect. The front is composed of stone^ with a noble central portico and the two wings are 200 feet in length ; the portico is very high, and consists of six beautiful fluted pillars which support a hand- some entablature and pediment^ the frieze is very ornamentally sculptured, on the apex of the pedi- ments stands a fine statue of Britannia^ and at each corner figures of Asia and Europe the former mounted on a mule and the latter on a horse. The pediments contained emblematic sculptured figures representing the commerce of the Company pro- 343 tected by King George the Third, during whose reign the building was erected ; the King has a shield in his right hand as if to shelter the other figures. The portico gives the front an air of magnificence and splendour quite worthy and be- coming the great and influential body to whom it belongs, and the vast and important transactions that are carried on within its walls. Before we describe the interior of this magnifi- cent buildings we will endeavour to convey to our countrymen a short account of the origin of this company^ the history of which is unparalleled and unprecedented in the annals of nations, we could but give a very imperfect sketch of this great body, as it is a subject that requires extensive knowledge on various points, and which task has been ably performed by many English writers, to which we refer our countrymen if they feel an inclination to peruse them. We would now proceed with the account that we propose to give, and which we have gathered from works treating on the subject. We have before observed that the Cape of Good Hope was first doubled by the Portuguese mariner, Vasco de Gama, which route opened the way for the Europeans who were always forward in commercial enterprize. The Portuguese and the Dutch two powerful maritime nations in that age enjoyed the privilege of trading with India from which they derived great advantage. 344 The attention of the English people having been excited by the success of their neighbours^ in the year 1600, a body of merchants formed themselves^ and obtained a charter for exclusively trading to the east^ for a period of fifteen years. The number of persons that composed this body was two hundred and sixteen, they chose twenty- four members and formed a committee to manage general affairs of the corporation^ and every pro- prietor had to keep his own account^ and were only restricted to a few regulations for the guidance of all. About ten years afterwards the company obtained a charter for an unlimited period, and after two years they were permitted to establish factories at Goga, Surat, Ahmedabad and Cambay this encouragement led them to unite the capital^ and new funds were raised to extend and facilitate commerce^ and they reaped so good a profit by the exclusive right they thus enjoyed, that in 1616 a new subscription was openedj which produced a sum of one million six hundred thousand pounds sterling. In 1627 people feeling jealous at the prosperity of this association and doubting the propriety of their enjoying the privilege of trading for an unlimited period which was granted to them, brought forward many complaints, and licence was given by the crown to parties to trade with India. This measure tended much to injure the association and they in vain struggled to cause this license to be withdrawn. In addition to this 345 a division in 1655 among the proprietors took place and the dissatisfied party succeeded in obtain- ing permissoin from OHver Cromwell the Protector to send out ships to India, they however united with the parent company in the course of two years. In the year 1693, after much controversy, the House of Commons passed a resolution to the effect, " that it was the right of every Englishman to trade to any part of the world, unless prohi- bited by act of Parliament/^ This, of course, threw open the way to those who were wealthy and enterprising. A new association was now formed, and through their interest with the Go- vernment, they obtained a charter for incorpo- rating themselves into a public body, and of course became rivals to the existing company. These two corporations, however, experienced so much difficulty in carrying on their commerce^ and each knowing how very detrimental it was to their mutual interests, and how much they both suf- fered from the ill effects of competition, that they completely and finally joined together in the year 17O8, and assumed the title of ^' The united Com- pany of Merchants trading to the East Indies.'^ This union was recognised by Parliament, and the company stood nearly on the same footing till the subsequent acts, which deprived them of the privilege of trade, and left to them the govern- ment of India which they had gradually acquired. During the time that we have thus briefly noticed 2 Q 346 the transactions of this company^ they were com- pelled, by the necessity of self-defence, to possess themselves of several places in India to protect their property, and were thus forced to become masters of those places. The establishment of Fort St. George, at Madras, and the grant of Bombay in 1668; the footing gained at Calcutta towards the end of that century tended much to the permanent settlement of the British power in India, and soon led to the acquisition of the inte- rior of Hindoostan. The battle of Plassey finally established the superiority of the English as a warlike nation, the acquisition of the Mysore ter- ritory, and the Maharatta countries, extended their dominion, and Great Britain now holds under her sway nearly the whole of the Peninsula of Hindoostan. The last charter was granted to the company in 1833, which completely deprived them of the commercial privileges, leaving only the govern- ment of the country in their hands, until the year 1854, when the charter must be renewed. Our countrymen would now like to know how the Court of Directors, of whom they have heard so much in India, is composed, what they are, and how they carry on the government of that mighty country ; we therefore copy the following account which we read in the first volume of Mr. Montgomery Martinis History of the British Co- lonies, and which we think far better and more 347 comprehensive than what we with our limited knowledge of the subject could give; and as that gentleman has compiled the work from official records, its authenticity cannot be doubted even for a moment. He says : " The government of the " British possessions on the continent of Asia is vested in two powers with co-ordinate autho- rity ; viz., the East India Company and a Mi- nisterial Board, termed His Majesty^s Commis- " sioners for the Affairs of India, the latter being devised by Mr. Pitt, as a check upon the poli- tical proceedings of the former. A few words " will be necessary to explain this complex au- thority. " The Court of Directors. — The more im- mediate governing power of British India, and consequently, the patronage attached thereto, is vested in the Court of Directors, or executive " body of the East India Company. The capital stock of this company is £6,000,000. sterling, which is divided, according to a recent calcula- tion, among three thousand five hundred and seventy-nine proprietors, of whom fifty-three have four votes, fifty-four, three ; three hun- " dred and forty-seven, two ; one thousand four hundred and fifty-four, one ; and two hundred and twenty-one hold only £500. stock, and are ^' not qualified to vote, but merely to debate on " any question ; three hundred and ninety-six " proprietors hold stock under £500., and are not 348 qualified to vote or speak; and two hundred " and twenty have not held their stock a sufficient time to enable them to vote. The stock must be bona fide in the proprietor's possession for twelve months^ to enable him or her to vote ; a " regulation adopted to prevent collusive transfers of stock for particular Occasions. The total " number of voters is estimated at two thousand, and of the votes^ about one thousand five hun- " dred are comprised within four miles of the General Post Office. Women, as well as men, . " foreigners, as well as Englishmen, if holding stock sufficient, are empowered to yote or debate. A late classification of votes gave, of " gentry, bankers, merchants, traders, ship own- ers, shopkeepers, &c., one thousand eight hun- dred and thirty- six ; of women (married, widows, and spinsters), forty- three; of officers, in the King's and East India Company's army, two " hundred and twenty-two ; of the clergy, eighty- " six ; of officers in the royal navy, twenty-eight ; of medical men, nineteen ; of the nobility, twenty. " The proprietors meet as a court regularly every quarter, and specially, when convened, to discuss particular business. The powers vested in this court are, the election of qualified pro- prietors as their delegates, or representatives, to " form a Court of Directors, to frame bye-laws for " the regulations of the company, provided they 349 " do not interfere with Acts of Parliament^ to control salaries, or pensions exceeding £200. a year, or gratuities above ^600. It may confer " pecuniary reward on any eastern statesman^ or warrior, above the latter named sum, subject^, " however, to the confirmation of the Board of " control ; it can detnand copies of public docu- ments to be laid before it for discussion and consideration, but it is prevented interfering with any order of the Court of Directors after " the same shall have received the approval of " the Board of Control. The court of proprietors " did interfere, and with effect^ in the case of the maritime compensations, on the ground that their concurrence had not been obtained pre- " viously to the application of the board. The " Chairman of the Court of Directors is ex officio Chairman of the Court of Proprietors — debates " are regulated as in the House of Commons — " and all questions and elections are decided by " ballots. " The Court of Directors^, or representatives of the foregoing body of proprietors, consists of twenty-four persons, qualified according to an Act of Parliament, which provides, that each must be a natural born, or naturalised subject, of Great Britain ; possessed of £2000. stock (no " matter for what previous period), he must not " be a Director of the Bank of England or the " South Sea Company; and by a bye-law of the 350 company, he shall be liable to be removed if he should promote his own, or the elevation of any " other Director, by promises of reward, collusive transfer of stock, or payment of travelUng ex- penses, receive any pecuniary or other remune- " ration whatever for any appointment in his gift or patronage as a director. Six directors retire annually by rotation, and are re-eligible after twelve months^ absence ; the proprietors have a review of every director in the course of four " years, and can of course remove, if they think " fit, such as they may deem not fit for the duty ^' which they ought to fulfil. The Court of Di- rectors elect from their own body a chairman " and deputy chairman annually, meet once a week, not less than thirteen form a court, and all questions are decided by ballot. The court, " in general, consists of men of various habits, " views, and interests ; by a recent analysis, there ^' were ten retired ci\nl and law officers of the company ; four military ditto of ditto ; four " maritime ditto of ditto ; three private Indian " merchants ; and nine London merchants and bankers ; of these, fifteen were under ten years standing from the first election ; eleven from ten to twenty ditto, two from twenty to thirty ; ^* and two from thirty upwards. The Court of " Directors enjoy full initiatory authority over all " matters at home and abroad relating to the po- " litical, financial, judicial, and military affairs of 351 the company. But its proceedings are subject " to certain Acts of Parliament ; to the superin- " tendence of the Board of Control, and in several matters to the approval of the Court of Pro- " prietors. " For the dispatch of business, the directors are divided into three committees ; finance and home, eight directors ; political and military, seven ; revenue, judicial, and legislative, seven ; " the duty of each is partly defined by the title ; but there is a committee of secrecy, forming the cabinet council of the company, consisting of " the chairman, deputy ditto, and senior director ; " its functions are defined by Parliament. The business relating to the India government transacted in England between the Board of Control and the Court of Directors, is as fol- " lows : — All communications, of whatever nature, and whether received from abroad, or from parties in this country, come, in the first instance, to " the secretary's office, at the East India House, and are laid by the chairman before the first court that meets after their receipt. Despatches, when read or laid before the court, are consi- " dered under reference to the respective com- mittees and their officers, whose duty it is to " prepare answers, and take the directions of the " chairs upon points connected with them ; the draft is prepared upon an examination of all 352 documents to which the substance has reference^ and submitted to the chairs ; it is then brought before the committee^ to whose province the subject more particularly relates, to be approved or altered by them^ and^ on being passed^ is laid before the Court of Directors. After it has " passed the Court of Directors^ the draft goes to the Board of Control, who are empowered to make any alterations, but required to return it within a limited time^ and with reasons assigned for the alterations they have made. Previously, " however, to the draft being laid before either " committee by the chairs, experience has sug- " gested the convenience of submitting it to the " president of the board, in the shape of what is called a previous communication. This is done in communication between the president and the chairs, in which stage, alterations, containing the original views of the president, are made. The draft being returned to the chairman, is " laid by him, either with or without the altera- tions, as he may see fit, before the committee, is submitted to the court, and there altered or approved, as the court may see fit. It is then " officially sent to the board, who make such alte- rations as they judge expedient, and return it to the court, with their reasons at large for the " same. Against these alterations the court may " make a representation to the board, who have not unfrequently modified the alterations on such 353 representation ; but if the board decline to do " so, they state the same to the court, and desire the draft may be framed into a despatch, and " sent out to India, agreeably to the terms of the " A.ct of Parliament. In the event of a refusal^ three Judges of the Court of King^s Bench finally decide as to the legality of the board's order. The same authority speaking about the Board of Control, observes that the East India Com- pany's Home Government^ thus briefly de- scribed, has been controlled by a ministerial authority since 1784, which is termed the " Board of Commissioners for the affairs of India^ or more generally the Board of Control ; " it consists of such members of the Privy Council as His Majesty may be pleased to appoint, of whom the two principal Secretaries of State, and the Chancellor of the Exchequer shall always ex officio form three. The President is also nominated by the crown, is usually a cabinet minister, and in all changes of administration^ retires from the office together with the salaried commissioners and secretary. The oath which the commissioners take, imposes on them the responsible duty of governing India to the best " of their ability and judgment, as much and as completely as if there were no executive court " or administrative power. The controlling func- " tions of the Board are exercised in revising all 354 despatches prepared by the Court of Directors^ and addressed to the government in India ; " originating in requiring the court to prepare despatches on any named subject, and in alter- ^' ing or revising such despatches as it may deem " fit/^ The interior of the East India House is quite as magnificent as the exterior ; the ground floor is almost entirely appropriated to the use of the Di- rectors^ who each have a room. There are also a great many waiting-rooms for those who come on business, or wish to see the Directors. On enter- ing the front door we find ourselves in a hall, the door on the right hand leads us to the proprietor's room, and going through the left hand door we perceive a staircase before us, ascending which, we come to the Museum. The passage which is at once seen opposite the entrance, going through which and turning to the right, we perceive a noble flight of steps, ascend- ing which, we will find on the first floor the Secretary's office, and the clerks, &c. of this de- partment. The Marine branch is on the second floor, and the Treasury office on the first. Besides this there are other departments con- nected with the multifarious business of the honourable company, but so excellent is the in- ternal arrangement, and so much accommodation is there within this edifice, that there is no con- fusion or people running about here and there, 355 though containing many hundreds of persons within its walls, every day from nine in the morn- ing till six in the evening ; one would sometimes think it is not at all inhabited, because there are so many passages and windings that extend to every part of the house, that a stranger sometimes in going through does not see a single soul, neither will he be able to find out his way without enquiring of some one he may happen to meet. In the Museum there are a great many curiosities, principally from India, China, and Burmah, con- sisting of paintings, ivory carved work, and other articles, models, illustrations of vehicles, and con- veyances made use of in India, and trophies taken in the battles. In one there is an extensive collection of stuffed Indian Birds, and beasts, and very beautiful speci- mens of butterflies and other insects. The library is full of works printed in the English and oriental languages, relating to India ; there are also many Persian manuscripts and Chinese books ; we saw this Museum two or three times, and w^ere very much pleased and interested in viewing things and productions of our own country. This Museum is very liberally thrown open for the public inspection every week, and no gratuity is expected by the person in charge of it. This example is worthy of imitation in many other public places in London. In order to see the Museum on the other days of the week^ a Direc- tor's order is requisite. 356 Before taking leave of the India House^ we must endeavour to remove an erroneous impression under which many of our fellow brethren in India labour; we think we should be doing great in- justice to our own feelings, and fail in duty to our country, did we not touch upon this subject. It is thought in India, that there is a disinclination on the part of the government to give offices of trust and emolument to the natives. We are quite pre- pared to say, that this is a great mistake, and we could by our own experience as well as what has passed in England before our own eyes, prove that no such feeling is in existence among the Court of Directors, or, we may venture to say, among the members of the several local govern- ments in India; we have been in England a suffi- cient time to form an opinion on this point ; we studied under the patronage and protection of the honourable company, and during the whole time we have been in England, have received from the Honourable Court of Directors, individually and collectively, uniform encouragement, kindness and facility, towards, accomplishing our object, and we can assert that there is every disposition to encourage native talent and genius — to give our countrymen situations of honour and trust, and to promote in every way the welfare of the natives — to prove it, we would point out our cousin Ardaseer Cursetjee, whom the honourable court appointed chief engineer and inspector of the steam foundry, at Bombay, in August last; we 357 think every native ought to rejoice at this, it will convince them that talent alone is recognized^ without any regard to dress, colour, or rehgion. W e therefore assure our friends in India, that if they would only prove themselves capable and qualified for conducting any post of honour and confidence, their services will be cheerfully ac- cepted by the government, and that they wdll meet with the just reward their conduct may merit. 358 CHAPTER XXVIII. STEAM MANUFACTORIES IN LONDON. During our sojourn in England we had the pleasure of becoming acquainted through our cousin Ardaseer Cursetjee, to the eminent engi- neers of London, Messrs. John and Samuel Seawards who are the manufacturers of steam engines particularly those for steam vessels. Our cousin studied the steam engine scientifically in their Foundery, and by the able instructions of these gentlemen he made himself qualified in a short time to carry on the duties of an engineer, and is appointed chief inspector of the Honourable East India Company^s steam factory at Bombay. During our relative's sojourn we often visited this establishment, it is situated on the north bank of the Thames about three miles from London Bridge and nearly opposite to Deptford. It is an extensive establishment, not inferior to any in London, and there are constantly employed upwards of five hundred workmen and boys. The machinery for turning, boring, planning, and other various purposes are worked by a steam 359 engine ; they are very numerous and of the first rate description. The general arrangements of the shops for the different departments of business are very good^ particularly the iron foundery in which large castings can be made with facility. The shop for fitting and erecting the engines pre- vious to their being fixed on board the vessels is sufficiently extensive to receive eight or nine pairs of the largest size at one time^ and a very fine smithy containing between twenty and thirty large smiths' forges. There is also a noble wharf attached to the works with a great depth of water alongside, in which steam frigates of 1100 tons burthen have remained during the shipment of the engines and machinery ; on the wharf is fixed a powerful pair of sheers (a particular description of crane with three moveable legs) 80 feet high, capable of lifting the weight of 50 tons. The boilers, which are made in large and heavy pieces are manufactured at a separate establish- ment belonging to the same firm, which is fitted with extensive machinery for that purpose. Messrs. Seaward and Co., have made several improvements in marine engines, the principal of which is, the arrangement by which the moving power of the engine is placed immediately over the cylinder, doing away wdth the usual cast iron framing sway beams, side rods and cross leads They are called the " Gorgon Engines" from their being first applied to the " Gorgon^^ Frigate 360 in Her Majesty's service fitted with steam power. These engines are much hghter and take up less room than the old plan. The total or aggregate power they make is about two thousand horses annually besides re- pairing old engines. The consumption of coals in twelve months is 3000 tons^ of iron 2500, of copper 200, and of brass 100 tons. The Factory was established about fifteen years ago, and Messrs. Seaward have during the last ten years made eighty pairs of marine engines, varying from twenty to three hundred and twenty horse power, and we are informed that the wages they pay weekly, is about £800. and the expenses of the establishment, rent and taxes about £9,000. per annum so that the wages, rent and taxes all amount nearly to £50^000. a year, Messrs. Seaward and Co., have received great patronage from the English Government, who principally employ them in making engines for the steam vessels of the navy ; the whole arrange- ment of their establishment together with the manner in which it is conducted, and the eminence they have arrived at in the short period of fifteen years reflects great credit upon these gentlemen. We were favoured with a letter of introduction to the celebrated engineers Messrs. Maudsley and Field, and they very politely conducted us round their magnificent manufactory of steam engines, which is situated a little beyond Westminster 361 Bridge on the Surrey side of the Thames^ it is a very large, and we are told the largest establish- ment of the kind in London, But after speaking of the factory of Messrs. Seaward and Co. we will not trouble our readers with any details of it, suffice it to say that its arrangements are nearly the same and the various operations are carried on by the aid of very good steam engines, and they manufacture a great num* ber of land as well as marine engines. R 362 CHAPTER XXIX. THE ROYAL INSTITUTION. On the 26th of March, 184 1, our kind friend Mr. George Forbes procured tickets for us to attend a lecture at the Royal Institution^ Albemarle Street^ Piccadilly, that was to be delivered there by a Mr. Goddard on a very interesting subject, viz. the application of Daguerreotype to obtain like- nesses of living men. This institution is very respectable indeed, as none but noblemen and gentlemen are allowed to be members of it, who are elected by ballot the first Monday of every month. The members pay six guineas as an admission fee, and an annual payment of five guineas, or sixty guineas in lieu of all payment. The members have the privilege of attending public lectures, the Museum and even- ing meetings. At eight o^ clock the lecturer entered the theatre of the institution, which is a room fitted with seats one above the other, and a gallery above. The seats were all crowded, and a great many ladies as well 363 as gentlemen were in the gallery. He first briefly- described Monsieur Daguerre^s apparatus^ and then proceeded with the subject of the lecture. The method of fixing likenesses on the plate is nearly the same as the Daguerreotype^ only that the process is much simplified and the apparatus improved and of a different form than that of M. Daguerre^s. The plates require only once polish- ing with nitric acid and tripoli powder, and they are made so sensitive as to receive an impression in a few seconds on a fine summer^s day, and even on a cloudy day by keeping it a longer time in pro- portion to the diminished quantity of light. We saw him prepare the plate and take the likeness of a bustthat was placed thereforthe purpose, a powerful oxy-hydrogen light was thrown on its face to em- body the shadows on the plate, and within three minutes the image was fixed, the fidelity of which, as well as the effect of light and shade, can never be doubted, from the circumstance of its having been taken without the aid of an artist, neither will it flatter or give a smiling countenance to one who really does not possess it. * The appearance of the picture is very dull, but this discovery will be one of the greatest value to artists, as they can copy it and bring out the nicest effects of light and shade in colour; it will also enable them to take a likeness of a per- son, who has the photogenic portrait of himself, in half the number of sittings. 364 This discovery is at present only confined to ob- tain miniature portraits, as the plates are only 2 inches and a half by 2 inches, but there is not the slightest doubt that its application will be extend- ed to larger size. We were very much pleased in seeing this in- stitution before our departure from England. The library is a large room^ and contains a great num- ber of valuable books, which must have cost a large sum of money. 365 CHAPTER XXX. NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS, We could not reside so long in England without learning the great importance that is attached by English people to their newspapers. We believe to very many^it is the greatest pleasure they have in life to get the newspaper at their breakfast in the morning, and it is laughable to see how irn- mediately readers of a certain class^ adopt the opinions of the daily paper they take. The Times says there must be war with America, and Fm sure its true/' says one. Why the Chronicle says, that it is not the report of congress, but only of a private com- mittee, and we shall have no war depend upon it,^^ replies his friend. Look what the Times pays for its foreign expresses,'^ says one. — I don't believe one word that the Times says,^' replies his friend ; and thus it is, that many confirmed political men act, and put full faith and confidence in their respective papers, and to enter a news-room where a number of newspapers of different sides SGG of politics_, are lying on the table^ is to us (who of course have no pohtics at all) most amusing ; and to read the account of the same meeting described in papers of opposite pohtics ; they are so com- pletely at variance with each other ; the speakers on their side of the question^ were listened to with profound attention ; their party had by far the largest number present. When the other paper states, the speakers on the opposite side were in- audible^ and the assemblage very thin^ and so on, — so much for where party leads them. But as journals of historical facts, as furnishing daily information of whatever is going on in the world, nothing is to be compared with an English newspaper. And the enormous expense of con- ducting a leading daily paper, is such a sum that would scarcely be credited. In the first instance, to commence a morning paper of importance^ to compete with the Times, a capital of upwards of £50,000. is required to be invested ; and as it is always a hazardous affair, it is generally managed by a few associated proprietors, and when- ever any very strong new political question is before the public, all the proprietors are called to- gether, and it is by them decided which side of the question their paper is to take, or to use their own form of words, whether they are to write it up or to write it down. This may account for the change which some of the daily papers have made in their pohtics, and after a little while changed 367 back again. This line of conduct only proves how improper it is for any one to allow the leading article of any newspaper to actuate them in their movements upon any matter, and we cannot imagine what sort of people they can be who write upon both sides of a question, as it is evident that only one must be approved and dictated by their conscience ; the other therefore must be directly against their will and intentions. It is a matter ot regret, that the public mind should be excited daily with strong and inflammatory language, and with subtile reasoning, and we cannot help remark- ing, that men who have been blessed by Providence with such superior abilities as the editors of the newspapers are, should pursue such a course. To them many paths to fame are open, and were they only to write what they really do think to be right, their observations would be extremely use- ful, and instructive to the public, but by such narrow minded proceedings, they forfeit public confidence, and make use of the best of their language and ability, in reviling and finding fault with their fellow brethren. We saw an article in Chambers' Edinburgh Journal, of the Year 1835, (No. 153), in which was the current expenses of a daily morning news- paper, and as they pledge themselves to its being true, we borrow their calculation. They state there is an editor, a sub-editor, and upon some papers a city editor. From ten to fourteen regular 368 reporters with salaries ; thirty to thirty-five com- positors (who set up the type for printing) ; two readers^ two reading boys, who read the copy aloud whilst the others correct the proofs ; a master printer, or foreman, machine men and boys, a publisher, and sometimes a sub-publisher, office clerks, to receive advertisements and keep accounts, a porter, errand boys, casual servants, &c. But the actual nature of the expenditure will be best seen by the following statement drawn up by a gentleman formerly connected with the London newspaper press, and whose report may therefore be reckoned pretty accurate. He gives the following as a fair estimate : — Per Week. Per Year. Principal Editor £21 0 0 £1092 0 0 Second Editor 10 10 0 546 0 0 City Editor - 10 10 0 546 0 0 Twelve Reporters, each 5 5 0 3276 0 0 Two Readers, both 5 5 0 273 0 0 Two Reading Boys 3 3 0 159 12 0 Publisher - 4 4 0 218 8 0 Clerk .... 2 2 0 109 4 0 Printer - 4 4 0 218 8 0 Porters and Errand Boys 4 4 0 218 8 0 Treasurer and Manager 10 10 0 546 0 0 Compositors, Machine Men, in- cluding all the Requisites for Printing, about 80 0 0 4160 0 0 Circuits 18, each perannunri, 20 0 0 360 0 0 Expresses of all kinds, including (French £436 10s.) Postages, Carriages, &c. - - 546 0 0 369 Per Year. Occasional Reports of Police Offices, Inferior Courts, Inquests, Meet- ings, &c. - - - 546 0 0 Literary Assistance, not included in above. Foreign Correspon- dence, and occasional payment for private information - 1092 0 0 Office Rent, Taxes, Light, Wear and Tear, and Interest on fixed Capital . - - 1092 0 0 Total £14999 0 0 There is reason to believe that this is con- sidered much under the actual outlay of the Times Newspaper: provided a paper depended upon the sale of its newspapers only^ it would lose a very considerable sum of money every year. But when a paper has the credit of having a large circulation, a great number of persons advertise therein ; and it is these advertisements that repay for the capital and the annual outlay upon these papers, as large sums are paid for inserting these advertisements. The expense of carrying on an evening paper is not half so much as that af a morning paper, as there is no necessity of employing parliamentary reporters, they taking the reports from the morn- ing papers ; and, generally speaking, the evening newspaper is not half the size of the morning ones : consequently they do not expend nearly so 370 much for printing, and for the other contingent expenses. There are other papers which are pubhshed three times a week only, and they are pubhshed by the proprietors of a daily paper ; and the same paragraphs that are set up in type for the daily papers answer without any expense for the paper published three times a week^ and they only re- quire the care of an individual to select and arrange them^ and write a short leading article for it. Some of the weekly papers are got up in the same manner as these three times a week papers. But^ on the contrary, some of the weekly news- papers are admirably got up^ and their remarks upon passing events are most beautifully written. The public press in England follows the public opinion, or, in other words, it does not govern the minds of the pviblic as it formerly did ; yet there is an action and reaction between the both. As most of the London weekly newspapers are Sunday papers, although they are actually printed on the Saturday, they do not reach the great mass of their readers until Sunday, they consequently occupy a great portion of the time that was for- merly occupied in rehgious pursuits. Of the daily morning papers the Times has the greatest circulation. It was for years a Tory paper; it is said to have advocated whig principles in Lord Grey^s administration, and at the breaking up of which it became a conservative paper, which it 371 still remains. The Chronicle has always been a whig newspaper^ and upon the Times leaving whig principles in 1831^ its circulation increased rapidly : it is now said to be the largest in circula- tion next to the Times. The Morning Herald is of Conservative principles, and has a large circu- lation; it does not go to the expense that the Times and Chronicle do for foreign information. It however has much general local news, and its reports of the police offices and of criminal and other trials are very good. The Morning Post is a Tory paper, and its chief intelligence is about fashionable parties, and little bits of news relative to the nobility and gentry. The Morning Adver- tiser is a paper that has great circulation in public houses. It belongs to the society called Licensed Victuallers, or in other words Publicans," and the profits of it go to a fund they have for decayed publicans. It is of liberal principles, and has a good circulation : it is not a very good paper for general information. The Sun which is a Radical paper has the largest circulation of any of the evening newspapers ; and the proprietor is said to pay a large sum for his expresses ; and he adopts the plan of sending a second express edition at a rapid rate, whenever news of importance arrives after he has published his paper, and after the post has left London. He has also recently started a morning edition of the Sun paper. The Standard is a Tory evening newspaper; it is edited in a 372 very superior manner, and has an immense circu- lation. It is also said to pay largely for foreign expresses and information. The Globe evening paper is the ministerial paper at present^ and has always the earliest and most correct information as to what ministers intend to do, and what official appointments are to take place; generally its leading article is an outline of what ministers in- tend to do upon any question to come before either Lords or Commons that evening. It has a good circulation. The Courier was for many years a Tory, became a liberal paper supporting the administration, but has turned again, and is now a conservative. The three times a week papers — are, the St. James's Chronicle, which is published from the reserved paragraphs of the Standard, and, of course, is Conservative ; the Evening Mail, which is done in the same way from the Times, and, of course, Tory ; and the Evening Chronicle, which is made up from the Morning Chronicle, is a Whig paper. The paper which has the largest circulation among the weekly newspapers, is the Weekly Dispatch, belonging to a Mr. James Harmer, who was an alderman of London, and who would in this year (1841) have been Lord Mayor of London, but he employs, as a constant writer to his paper, an individual who signs him- self Publicola, who, in his weekly addresses, made use of language so exciting, and calling upon the 373 lower classes to upset all the established institu- tions^ and, in fact^ using arguments of such a nature, that^ if carried out, monarchy would cease^ and universal discord be dominant 3 that when Alderman Harmer was put in nomination for Lord Mayor of London, he was opposed openly and avowedly for being proprietor of a paper in which articles so inflammatory were inserted. He was not allowed to be Lord Mayor, and he then threw up his alderman's gown, and became a pri- vate individual, still continuing to be the propri- etor of his profitable Weekly Dispatch, and still allowing Publicola to write his weekly letter^ but in a modified tone. We hardly know what poli- tics to call the Weekly Dispatch. It is neither Tory nor Conservative^ but does more injury to the cause it professes to support (that is Libe- rahsm) than any paper published. It alarms the timid, serves its opponents to point at^ and does more to retard the progress of Reform than any print in England. The Examiner and Spectator are both liberal weekly papers admirably written ; but the former goes quite to the extreme of Radicalism, BelFs Weekly Messenger is a quiet^ useful paper, of large circulation^ moderate Conservative politics, and w^ell written. The Age and the Satirist are papers (the first a Tory, the second a Liberal) that indulge so much in obscene paragraphs and personalities, that no 374 respectable families or decent people take in such prints. There is much wit in both of them, but of that nature as to raise a blush, and we think them disgraceful to the period they are pub- lished in. The Observer is a paper of general information,' large circulation, and admirably got up ; it is of Whig principles. It is the only weekly new^s- paper that brings its intelligence up to Saturday at midnight. BelFs Life in London, and the Sunday Times, are sporting papers, giving an account of horse- races, dog-fights, men-fights, and all that sort of thing; they are to be met with in the hands of horse betting people, and sporting public houses. The Atlas is a very large Sunday paper, and is very excellent for the great variety of news it con- tains. There are very many more that we know but little about, and in addition to these, there is scarcely a large town in the kingdom but what publishes one or more weekly papers, all of which, of course, are supported by the political parties whose side is taken up by them. There is one great advantage, that people can do as we have done ; go to places where, for a few pence, they can read all sides of the question, and thus judge for themselves. The only mischief is, that where dangerous language is used to the humbler class, they are too apt to think that every grievance that is spoken of is real ; and we all of 375 us know^ that it is much easier to excite people^ and to make them discontented and unhappy^ than it is afterwards to keep them quiet and to assure them that they have been deceived^ and are not in so bad a situation as newspapers would make them beUeve. In a free happy country hke England^ newspapers do much to keep alive the spirit of liberty. No man^ let his station in so- ciety be what it may, can do much harm in his neighbourhood before it gets into the public prints ; and if he is oppressing his poorer neigh- bours, or setting public decency at defiance;, he is sure to be roughly handled in the newspapers ; that if he does not for decency's sake quit his acts of outrage, it induces persons to come forward to investigate the case, and, by public subscription, to uphold the sufferer, and to shut out the offender beyond the pale of respectable society. There is no good without a corresponding evil ; low-minded men anonymously attack the character and feelings of those whom they have not the cou- rage openly to attack, by putting offensive para- graphs in the papers. But it would be a matter of regret that the acts of a few base men should ever shackle the liberty of the press, whioJi has done, and is doing so much to enlighten and secure the freedom of mankind. In addition to the host of newspapers annually printed in England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales, there are multitudes of what are called periodicals, 376 that is, literary works that appear annually, quar- terly, monthly, or weekly, and to commence with the most ancient of the annuals ; the annual Re- gister has been in existence for more than half a century, and contains historical records of the prominent events of the past year, as relates to its political movements, criminal trials, and do- mestic events, and a slight review, and extract from books published in the year ; its price is sixteen shillings. Within the last twenty years many beautiful annuals, illustrated with first-rate engravings, have made their appearance, and the tales and poetry, in most of them, are contributed by the first writers of the day ; they are elegantly bound^ either in silk, morocco, or russia leather, and are sold, when first published, at from £l. 1^. to 10^. 6d. each, according to the style in which they are got up. Among the earliest and the best, we would mention the " Forget me Not and the " Keepsake,^^ and they have been foUow^ed by many others of superlative beauty ; the Land- scape AnnuaV^ the ^^Book of Beauty,^' the Drawl- ing Room Scrap Book,^^ and, indeed, by such a numerous class of this description, that we cannot say more of them, than that the pictures in many of them are perfect gems, and the production of these books must have done much to improve and bring to perfection the art of engraving in- Eng- land. About the year 1802, Mr. Brougham, Erskine, Birkbeck, and JefFery, then young men, 377 commenced a review, publishing it about once in three months, called the Edinburgh Review and though it only professed to review books, yet, in fact, it became the medium through which some of the most admirable essays in the English language have been written and placed before the public, but as it took a strong political side of the ques- tion, all the articles l)eing strongly tinctured with liberalism, the tory party in 1 809 started in oppo- sition the Quarterly Review ; Mr. William Gifford was its first editor, and we believe it is now edited by Mr. Lockhart, the son-in-law of the late Sir Walter Scott, whose salary we are told is £1,500. per annum. Many first-rate men, including Can- ning, Lord Dudley and Ward, Lord Francis Egerton, &c. have written for this work, and the articles in the Q-uarterly are quite as masterly written as those in the Edinburgh. £100. and upwards are not unfrequently paid for each of the articles in the Quarterly, the circulation of which is said to be about ten thousand. They both of them continue most strongly to advocate their political opinions, and when any strong political question is agitating the public mind, under the pretence of reviewing some little pamphlet upon the question, they say all that can be said for or against the measure. And in addition to this, every new book that is worth notice is reviewed by them so fully, that many persons who have not much leisure, instead of reading the books 378 read the reviews^ and they obtain general informa- tion without much trouble. There is another review also pubhshed every three months called the Westminster RevicM^^ which adopts the same course as the two others^ but the writers are radi- cals and all its articles are for great and immediate changes in the mode of government. These three sell at 6s. each. There are also quarterly pubU- cations of a scientific nature, such as Quarterly Journal of Science, and Quarterly Agricultural Journal, 6s. Of monthly publications there are several, most of which have some well written original articles on improving subjects, with pleasing tales, a little poetry, and all of them nearly profess to review books published within the past month. The two highest priced magazines are the New Monthly Magazine, 3^. 6d. per month^ and the Metropolitan^ 3^. 6d.^ both of which are conducted at great expense^ and have capital original tales. Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine, 2s. 6d. per month, and Eraser's Magazine have always some clever articles, but of too grave a class for the generality of magazine readers. Bentley's Mis- cellany^ 2^. 6d, per month, has always some laugh- able stories in prose and poetry. Tait's Magazine, \s. per month, is well written, but most of the articles dry for magazine readers. Naval and Mi- litary Journal, 2s. 6d. per month, is confined to the two services, with occasional interesting tales. The Polytechnic Journal is connected with im- 379 provements in machinery. Gentleman^s Magazine, 2s. 6d, per month, confines itself pretty much to describing antiquities, as buildings, coins, old writings, &c. There are three or four monthly publications connected with flowers; Harrison^s Floricultural Cabinet, only 6d. per month^ gives tolerable good pictures of new flowers, with full directions for cultivating them ; and the Florist^s Journal, also 6d, per month, does the same thing. There are other periodicals devoted to particular purposes : the Asiatic Journal, devoted to India ; it is a very interesting work. The East India Magazine is also devoted to India; and the Colo- nial Magazine to India and to all the British co- lonies : this periodical is most ably conducted, and is admirably calculated to develope the re- sources of the colonies, and contains genuine in- formation upon all subjects- It is impossible for us to particularize half the good works of these descriptions published; we can only speak of those we have met with, and of course of them our descriptions must be very imperfect; but as we would wish our countrymen to know all we can communicate about England, we have described to the best of our humble means these very useful publications. When we come to weekly publications, we know not where to begin^ so many in number, and most of them so useful and at such low prices that every body can afford to purchase some of them. 380 We believe the oldest weekly periodical is the Mirror^ it is 2d, per week^ and has one or two pic- tures^ and several pages of very closely printed amusing little pieces of poetry and prose. There is then the Literary Gazette^ ^d,^ and the Athe- naeum^ A:d,^ both reviews of new works^ and are well conducted. We next come to the Penny Magazine; this was first published on the 31st March 1832 and for one penny eight pages of really useful practical matter and free from politics is printed and distributed ; Lord Brougham^ Lord John Russell and a numerous committee of gentlemen first set this magazine in circulation and it has now a very large sale, many thousands of them on the Saturday finding their way to the remotest part of the united kingdom ; every number has two or more first rate wood engrav- ings. It could not by any means be sold so cheap did not the great number required enable the com- mittee to transfer the wood cuts as well as the type to stereotype plates, and the magazines are in reality not printed from the wood cuts and type but from these plates. There is also a penny Cyclopedia of which a number is delivered every Saturday, for one penny and a capital book of reference it is. There is also by the same com- mittee published the Library of useful knowledge in sixpenny numbers, the first number of which ^' The objects, advantages, and pleasures of science^' was written by Lord Brougham, and if he had 381 never written any other work, nor made a single speech, nor contributed in any way to the di/Fu- sion of knowledge, this one pamphlet would have handed his name down to posterity as one of the cleverest men of his age ; soon after the penny magazine was started Messrs. William and Robert Chambers started a weekly periodical for three half pence per week, with eight pages of three columns each printed very small called Chambers' Edinburgh Journal, and filled with useful informa- tion and most amusive matter ; we consider it the most talented, and the best, periodical in the king- dom. Its advice to all classes is such as, if followed, would make men wise and happy. It endeavours to make the working classes fond of reading, and all its tales and observations point out the happi- ness which results from virtuous actions. Messrs. Chambers also publish weekly, price three half- pence. Chambers' Information for the People, which treats upon every known science, and gives a valuable treatise, complete in itself, upon each branch of science, for only three halfpence. This is an invaluable work. The Saturday Magazine, price only one penny, conducted by a committee, is of the same size, and has about the same number of engravings as the Penny Magazine, and has a very extensive sale; it is admirably conducted, and has much useful information in it. We forgot to mention, when speaking of the monthly publications, that 382 three or four of the different sects of religion have their sixpenny monthly magazine ; for instance, the Evangelical^ the Methodist, and the Baptist. We have seen several numbers of a very good weekly publication two pence per week called London Saturday Journal. There were two of them, the other was called Grant's London Journal but at the commencement of 1 84 1, they agreed to unite into one, and it is now called London Saturday Journal; this is a work with a good deal of information and many original articles upon existing customs, &c. There is also a very clever work, the English Journal, three half-pence per week with sixteen pages of closely printed inform- ation and which we think very good. In addition to these there are several at one penny per week, such as the Odd Fellow, Penny Satirist and others which no doubt sell tolerably well, as we see them weekly at the pamphlet shops. With this host of varied information it w^ould indeed be singular if w^e did not find among the humble classes in England many practical well informed men. We do conceive it to be a great comfort to be able to procure so much and so really valuable inform- ation in a cheap form ; oh ! happy England where the poorest of men have placed within their reach so pleasing a recreation as this afforded by cheap periodicals. Where evey human being may learn the history and use of every thing that meets his eye or his ear, and who by his own fireside in wet 383 or cold weather can amuse himself by perusing good and useful books. We have now given a correct account of the newspapers and periodicals of London which of all the literary publications are the most useful. They are free from all sorts of politics and the information contained in them is calculated to diffuse knowledge^ and in consequence of their cheapness^ they are admirably adapted for the humbler class^ thus providing poor as well as rich with works of arts and sciences, and the good these publications have done to society manifests itself from the rapid increase that has taken place within the last ten years in their number and great circulation. We have since writing the above received two numbers of a periodical called ' Vidya Sagur' (river of knowledge) conducted in Goozrattee language at Bombay^ by Nowrojee Furdoonjee, formerly a student of the Native Education Society and now Assistant Professor to the College of Elphinstone Native Education Institution. It treats upon the Elementary Principles of Popular Arts and Sciences^ History, and other miscellaneous sub- jects, we have much rejoiced to see it, and we strongly and earnestly recommend our country- men to give all possible support to the work. It is the first, the very first of its kind that has ever appeared in the Goozrattee language, and the laudable purpose the talented editor has in view. 384 that of improving his countrymen, is well deserv- ing of encouragement from the inhabitants of Bombay ; he has indeed paved the way, for this advancement and we hope that he will meet w^ith due support. We are finally of opinion that by giving due en- couragement to such literary productions our countrymen in a few years will perceive the benefit that would result from it, and that the progress they will have made in literature in a short period will exceed their most sanguine expectations. In conclusion we sincerely congratulate the editor in having been the first to have projected and carried into effect this praiseworthy object^ it reflects the highest credit on him and we trust that he will long live to have the satisfaction of seeing the beneficial result of his exertions, and of observing others imitate his example. 385 CHAPTER XXXL TOUR TO THE NAVAL ARSENALS AND PRINCIPAL SEAPORTS* It was suggested, by many of our friends that we should^ before quitting England, visit some of the manufacturing towns, and the Royal Naval Arsenals, which have, for years, been the pride of the English people ; the noble specimens of human ingenuity and of naval architecture that are here produced are, and have been, the chief means of establishing the maritime supremacy of the British over every other nation on the surface of the globe. We were therefore desirous to see these great national establishments, and stupendous works of mechanical skill, and the commercial towns, the names and celebrity of which we had heard and read a. great deal about ; in order that we might gain some more professional knowledge, and also to convey to our countrymen a faint idea of a country whose children have governed them more than a century past j whose arms have been attended with success unparalleled and unprece- s 386 dented in the annals of nations ; whose perse- verance and industry have raised them from a state of rudeness and barbarism, to the highest pitch of civiUzation ; whose superiority in mihtary skill, naval tactics, and mechanical and general knowledge has filled the neighbouring powers with admiration and envy ; and lastly, whose in- exhaustible resources of those two most valuable articles, iron and coals, have been the means of undertaking and accomplishing the boldest pro- jects that ever entered the human breast. It was with these intentions that we were determined to take a tour to these places, in the month of April 1840, which is generally the best time of the year, the days being fourteen hours long, and the weather very mild ; and while we were thinking to do so, orders were forwarded to Chatham to launch the frigate Maeander of 46 guns ; this being the first launch since our entering the yard, it was of importance for us to witness the preparations of fitting the launching apparatus, and to note down every detail and minutiae of it ; we therefore gave up the idea till after the launch which took place on the 5th of May, and the account of which will be found in another part of this work. After the launch, we found that the steamer Ardent, which was begun a few weeks since, was complete in frame, and was progressing very rapidly in order to be completed in July next; 387 we also knew that the keel of the steamer^ Poly- phemus was to be laid on the slip from which the frigate was just launched, and at the same time, it was said, the London of ninety-two guns would be launched in August ; and as to be acquainted with the construction and repairs of steam vessels was our primary object^ we did not deem it prudent to lose such precious opportunities of watching the building of two steamers from first to last, and the launching preparations of a second rate line of battle ship ; we consequently deferred our tour till September. The London and the Polyphemus^ however, were launched on the 29th of September^ and the Ardent was slowly advancing towards completion. In the meantime we employed our- selves in preparing some designs of steam vessels, and witnessing the works of the two building in the yard. We had previously obtained permission from the Honourable Court, and were now preparing for our journey, when^ to our great dismay, one of the domestics became very ill ; and we had the mortification, on the day of the launch^ to see the other and our friend share the same misfortune ; they all \^'ere attacked with severe bowel complaints, which were then prevalent in the neighbourhood. The following was our new year's day, which we were in the hope of enjoying, as well as we could, in a strange country ; but this unforeseen circumstance marred all our pleasures, and, in- 388 stead of festivity and mirth^ which we always have on the occasion^ our house had more the appear- ance of an hospital. We two were left to manage our meals as well as we could;, and this we could but ill perform ; in addition to which we had to look after the invalids, which indeed we never before did in our lives. This misfortune put us strongly in mind of home, and we could not help thinking how comfortable and happy we should have been, if we had been in Bombay that day, and how much we might have enjoyed it in the bosom of our families ; however w^e contented ourselves with the anticipation of being at home that day twelve month. It was on the 12th of October that our friend and domestics having partially recovered, we left Chatham for our long expected tour, and pro- ceeded to London. Having paid our respects to the chairman, the secretary, and other friends at the East India House, we were now prepared to leave town for Portsmouth, which was the first place we intended to visit. Before we quitted town we were favoured with three official letters of introduction from the East India House, viz. : to Robert Napier, Esq. of Glasgow, engineer, to Messrs. Forrester and Co. engineers, ofLiverpool, and — Laird, Esq. the celebrated iron steam-boat builder, at Liverpool. W e must not omit to mention that the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty not only gave us 389 permission through the Honourable the Court of Directors to inspect the dock yards, but Sir Charles Adams gave us letters to the Admiral Superintendents of the yards^ from whom we received great kindness^ and we here beg to offer our sincere acknowledgments to them for the facility they afforded us in gaining information in the establishments under their controuL Havings by the 15th of October^ procured let- ters of introduction from our friends in London, the following was the day we fixed upon for leav- ing London by the Southampton railway ; it was too late in the season^ winter had already set in, the country had lost its beauty in a great degree, and the days were getting shorter ; however^ from the unavoidable circumstances which detained us, we hoped to enjoy our tour as much as we could, and to collect as much information as time would permit us. We proceeded to the railway station on the morning of the 16th^ at ten o'clock^ and took our seats. The fare from London to South- ampton for the first class is twenty shillings for ladies and gentlemen^ and thirteen shillings for servants. The London station is situated a little above Vauxhall bridge, at a place called Nine Elms ; it is a large but plain building, with offices for clerks^ and waiting rooms for passengers, con- veniently fitted up. The locomotive engine, and the carriages for passengers were nearly of the same 390 description as those of the " Great Western Railway;'^ the line terminates at the beach of Southampton waters. We started exactly at eleven o'clock, and ar- rived at Southampton at a quarter past two in the afternoon ; thus we travelled a distance of nearly seventy- seven miles in three hours and a quarter^ including the stoppages at nearly a dozen places^ for taking supplies of coals and w^ater, as well as to leave or take up passengers^ these are called intermediate stations, where small suitable houses are built for the travellers who have to wait the arrival of the trains. The capital invested in this undertaking is the sum of one million eight hun- dred thousand pounds, or eighteen millions of rupees, and the weekly income is said to be about three thousand pounds ; this sum; we understand, exceeded the expectations of the proprietors. This railroad approaches near the British channel, and it gives the town of Southampton a commer- cial importance. Large docks are constructing there for the shipping interests, and it is thought, that vessels from the westward will terminate their voyages at Southampton in preference of going to the Thames through the strait of Dover, which is attended with great trouble and danger, in consequence of the crowded state of that river, and the daily increasing trade of the greatest com- mercial mart — the port of London — at the same time the conveyance of merchandize to the me- 391 tropolis by the railway will be, it is calculated, less expensive than vessels going with their cargo to the Thames. Southampton is situated on the southern coast of England, with a capacious harbour, where a great number of ships may ride in safety, in con- sequence of the harbour being sheltered from winds. The town rises gradually from the margin of the water, and has a very good appearance. The port carries on a considerable import trade in wine, fruit, iron, hemp, timber, tar, and pitch, from different parts of Europe. A coasting trade is also carried on with Wales and Newcastle. Immediately on our arrival, we hastened to the steam pier to join the Portsmouth steamer, but to our very great disappointment, she had left a few minutes before, and there was not any more to leave that day ; we were therefore forced to pro- ceed by the Gosport coach, which was to leave at four. In the meantime we took some refreshments at the Vine Inn, and then took a walk to the High Street, which is the principal ; it is a fine broad street, with rows of good houses on both sides, and nearly three quarters of a mile in length ; the town is well paved, and lighted with gas, and the shops are well furnished with goods. We ascertained the population to be about twenty thousand, including the suburbs. We 392 had no time to see any of the curiosities and objects of attraction ; but we were told, it contains an exhibition of paintings, a literary institution, libraries and reading rooms^ assembly rooms, a theatre, &c., for the relaxation of the inhabitants and the enjoyment of visitors. The landing pier is constructed of wood, about nine hundred feet in length, for the convenience of passengers to and from the Isle of Wight, Portsmouth, and Plymouth. The steamers of the Oriental Steam Company start from Southampton every month, with the Indian mails for Alexandria. We reached Gosport at half past six in the evening; the distance was only sixteen miles, which was found much more fatiguing compared with the seventy-seven miles by the railway. W^e had to cross the harbour to Portsmouth ; it was very dark and rainy, yet the dock-yard was pointed out to us ; there was also in the harbour the largest ship in the world, the " Queen,^^ and the Victory,^' which once carried that gallant and immortal British Admiral " Nelson,'^ who fought the battle of Trafalgar during the last French war ; the ship is kept in excellent order, and is preserved for the commemoration of that splendid victory, the anniversary of which was on the 15th of October, on which day she was deco- rated with wreaths of flowers, and a ball and an entertainment was given on board this favourite 393 ship. We subsequently saw the motto of Lord Nelson, England expects every man to do his duty/' marked, or painted conspicuously between the upper and middle cheek-rails of the head of the vessel ; and many of the veteran sailors, who are now watermen at Portsmouth, seemed to take a great delight in relating the achievements at Trafalgar, and which they called the glorious day." We were, indeed, gratified to see so much respect paid to a warrior who sacrificed his life for the good of his King and country, and whose services were not yet forgotten by the nation, from the circumstance of the ship being held up as a monument. On our landing at the Common hard, we went to our friend, Mr. John Fincham, who was kind enough to take us to our quarters, which he had engaged for us in a beautiful part of the town of Portsea, called St. George's Square. Our next object was, on the following morning, to go to the dock-yard^ and having delivered the letters we had to the admiral, superintendent, and the several professional gentlemen, we had the opportunity of satisfying our curiosity in every way during our residence of twelve days. We saw the dock-yard, Haslar Hospital, the victual- ling yard, where ship biscuits are manufactured by steam, and where all provisions and spirits are kept for the navy, of which we shall endeavour to give a brief description to our readers ; we have s 2 394 particularly refrained^ as much as we could, from making use of technical terms, in order to make it interesting to the general reader. Portsmouth Dock Yard is the largest and the most extensive of all the naval arsenals of Great Britain, it occupies an area of one hun- dred and ten acres of ground, and has the best means of fitting out a great many ships at once in time of emergency. The storehouses in this dock yard are very large, and replete with different sorts of stores, and the whole is very systematically arranged, and proper persons are placed to facilitate the equipment of ships. The entrance into this dock yard is through a lofty gateway, but not very inviting; but the numerous buildings for the accommodation of the officers, and other branches of this magnificent arsenal, fills a stranger with admiration. The great basin contains an area of thirty-three thousand square yards, and is capable of receiving six line of battle ships at any time from the harbour. In addition to which, the basin also communicates with four dry docks, all large enough to admit first rates. On one side of it are erected sheers for masting the largest vessels. There is a double dock for frigates, and the covered building slips are all very fine ; they were all in repairs when we were at Portsmouth. In this dock yard is the wonderful block ma- 395 chinery invented by Mr. Brunei, who offered his services to construct the same for the French government and the United States of America, without success ; but the British government availed themselves of it, and caused it to be done, according to his design, in the year 1800, it is the only one of the kind in Europe, Blocks of all sizes are manufactured here, from the first process of cutting the wood, up to the completion of the block, done by the machinery. The rapidity and precision with which the operations of boring, mortising, scoring, &c., are performed, is truly astonishing ; ten blocks of four inches are manufactured in the short space of five minutes. The shives for the blocks are also cut, turned, the brass bushes let in, and polished, in less than two minutes. The iron pins which pass through the shives are wrought and turned, when they are put between three pieces of iron, so contrived as to go round the pin, in order that it may be polished ; but at the same time they exert a pressure of more than a ton on all parts of the pin, by which its quality is put to the test, as those of inferior make were sure to split in two by this enormous pressure acting against them. The whole of the machinery was made by Mr. Maudsley the engineer, and is put in motion by a thirty-horse power engine, A duplicate of the block machinery is kept in readiness at Chatham 396 yard, in case of any derangement taking place with the original. In addition to this, copper sheets and metal sheathing nails are also manufactured for the ser- vice of the navy at this yard, the former works, however, were not in operation when we were there. Iron and copper bolts are also made here, and the process is very simple. A quantity of red hot iron is presented to two large iron rollers, which revolve round their own axes, having gra- duated grooves, either semi-circular or rectangular i these rollers, therefore, when brought in contact with each other present sections either of a series of complete circles or squares, through which the iron is successively passed till it is reduced to the size required. Copper being a more pliable metal than iron is first cast into thick pieces of certain weight, and passed through the grooves in a cold state. The mast and rigging houses are upon extensive scales. The rope house is of a great length and four stories high, on the lower floor of which is the machinery for making large cables, the three others are used for the manufacture of cordage and twine. We here saw the ^^Imaum '^ 74 gun ship, which was built at Bombay for his Highness the Imaum of Muscat, who made her a present to King William the Fourth. 397 The worthy master shipwright of the yard;, Richard Blake^ Esq., was kind enough to show us the model room in which very many beautiful models principally of his own inventions are de- posited, many of them were calculated to econo- mize the conversion of timber for building ships, with which we were very much gratified. There is a naval college at Portsmouth yard for seventy students ; thirty, the sons of commissioned officers in the navy, pay in proportion to their rank for board, clothing and education ; and forty sons of noblemen and gentlemen, who pay £120. per year, and at the end of two years if the stu- dents are qualified they are appointed midshipmen in the navy. There is a semaphore here by which intelligence can be conveyed to the Admiralty in London in a few minutes. A school of naval architecture for rearing respectable young men as theoretical and practical ship builders, was estab- lished in this dock yard in 1809, and our kind friend John Fincham, Esq., to whom we owe so much for his kind attention was the instructor here for many years. It was found, that more young men were here produced qualified for ship- wright officers than situations could be found for, and the system has been given up for the last ten years. Portsmouth and Portsea are both enclosed with strong and extensive fortifications^ the latter is a more modern town, but irregularly built ; Ports- 898 mouth contains a mechanics institution^ which is a great source of amusement to many of the mecha- nics in the yard who wish to combine recreation with instruction. The principal street^ which almost in every country town in England is called High Street, is very wide and regular^ and has a great many shops well supplied with goods of every kind. A steam bridge plies between Portsmouth and Gosport every quarter of an hour, besides which a great many boats are always in readiness at that part of Portsea called the Common hard, to convey people to and from the shore to the ships of which there is always a large number lying in the harbour, principally of the navy, and merchant men which touch at Portsmouth in their way to or from the port of London. The boatmen here are apt to take great advant- age of strangers, by demanding more than they ought to have, but they have with them a book given by proper authorities in which all the esta- blished fares to the different places are written, and the stranger must ask to see the book whenever he thinks himself overcharged, as they are hable to punishment if they hesitate to produce it, or de- mand more than the book directs. Portsmouth Harbour is said to be one of the finest in Eng- land ; it is sheltered from the winds, and is capa- ble of containing almost the whole of the British navy. The entrance to the mouth of it is nearly two miles in width, and the celebrated roadstead, 399 called Spithead^ which lies between the coast of Hampshire^ and the Isle of Wight^ is denominated by sailors the King's bedchamber/' on account of its capaciousness^ and the safety with which ships may anchor here. We saw nothing remarkable in Portsmouth and Portsea, except the Dockyard and the fortifica- tions. The trade here principally consists of cattle from the Isle of Wight and West of England. Irish corn is also brought hither^ and wine is sometimes imported direct from the continent of Europe^ but it has considerably declined since the cessation of the last French war. The town of Gosport is situated on the west side of Portsmouth harbour^ and it carried on considerable retail trade at the time of the late war. The population is about 7000; but the streets are narrow and irregular^ and the houses are small and without any architectural beauty. Gosport^ however^ is much benefitted by the removal of the victualling "'yard to it from Ports- mouth, because hundreds of people find employ- ment in this establishment. A large quantity of provisions are here deposited for supplying the ships in the navy. This establishment is also called the Royal Clarence yard, and here ship biscuits for the whole royal navy are manufactured by steam ; the several processes for making them are carried on entirely by steam, and the rapidity and precision with 400 which the biscuits are made by the aid of the ma- chinery is very astonishing. The first process is the mixing of flour and water into what is called dough ; this is done by putting a quantity of flour into a cylinder of about 5 feet in length and 3 feet in diameter^ and the water is supplied from a cistern close to the cy- linder^ the quantity being regulated by a gauge. The cylinder is divided into two parts^ so that when the upper half is removed, the other part forms a trough from which the dough is easily removed. A shaft armed with knives passes through the cy- linder and put in motion by the engine, mixes the meal and water, and produces five hundred weight of dough in two minutes. The dough is afterwards taken to the breaking machine, that is two large and heavy rollers moving backwards and forwards, which pass very quickly over the dough and reduce it to one uniform consistency and thickness. It is then cut into small pieces prepara- tory to being rolled to the thickness of the biscuit. The latter process is carried on by placing the pieces on a board of 3 feet in width and 6 feet in length, and which by means of a series of fric- tion rollers are reduced to the thickness of the bis- cuits, and expanded into a sheet or square of nearly the same dimensions as the table. This sheet is now brought under a stamping press^ at the lower part of which a series of knives are so placed as to stamp but not separate the sheet 401 into about forty hexagonal biscuits^ which are then removed into large ovens to be baked. As soon as the biscuits are baked^ they are stowed away into a large room over the stoves, which is always well aired, in order that they may be thoroughly dried, when they are filled into bags containing one hundred and twelve pounds of biscuits, ready to be supplied to the ships. Before the erection of the machinery, the bis- cuits were made by manual labour, and a great in- convenience was experienced in insuring a suffi- cient and timely supply in cases of emergency. Here the biscuits are manufactured at the rate of 5 J^/. per hundred weight ! There are similar ma- chinery and bakehouses at Deptford and Ply- mouth, and these with the one at Gosport will produce annually upwards of seven thousand tons of biscuits, which quantity, if made by hand, would cost about 20d, per hundred weight ; it will there- fore be seen that the machinery saves a large amount of money to the Government. We afterwards saw the store warehouses^ they were very large buildings, some of them 500 feet in length, in which were deposited an enormous quantity of salt beef, ham, chocolate, casks of rum, water-tanks and such other articles for the navy ; it took us nearly two hours to inspect the whole, and we were very much gratified in seeing it, but especially the machinery. Near the town of Gosport is the well known 402 Haslar Hospital^ for the sick and wounded ma- rines and seamen. The building consists of a front more than 550 feet in length, and wings of nearly the same dimensions. It is a royal endow- ment^ and is capable of containing two thousand patients. The hospital is surrounded with high walls_, within which are inclosed residences for the officers, surgeons, &c. ; there is also a very good anatomical museum. We had a letter from our friend Mr. Rice to Dr. Richardson, of Haslar Hospital ; we received much kindness from him and his family, and we had the pleasure of spend- ing a very agreeable evening with them. We saw some of the wards and the museum in the hospi- tal, but they were nearly the same as those in Guy's Hospital, which we have described else- where. On the 29th of October we left Portsmouth at ten in the morning by the Brunswick steamer, a more miserable and uncomfortable steam-boat than her we never saw during our entire sojourn in England ; she is an old vessel, and her engines very much out of order. The accommodations are, if we may use the term, very unprofessionally planned, as there is no bulkhead or even screen to detach the main saloon from the bed places, it is in consequence very unpleasant for all pas- sengers ; this plan would do very well where the trip is only for a few hours, but where the pas- sengers have to remain the night on board, the 403 berths ought to be separated from the saloon in order to make them private. And with all this imperfection she was a very dull sailer^ and very uneasy in her motions. We arrived at Plymouth in twenty-four hours^ the distance being only about 1 30 miles, so that with a powerful and well- constructed vessel the trip can with ease be per- formed in twelve or fourteen hours. We were told that she was to be repaired very shortly; we think she ought to have been condemned^ and a new vessel substituted in her stead. The pas- sage-money for the after cabin was 25s, ^ and the fore cabin 15^. We arrived at Southampton in two hours, and having taken some more passengers which came from London by the railway train,^ as well as a carriage, a pair of horses, and about fifty large packages belonging to the Earl of Brownlow, we started again at three o'clock. At six next morn- ing we reached Torquay, where we landed the things belonging to the above nobleman, and pro- ceeded onwards. We had just time to land and look about a little. Torquay is situated on the coast of Devonshire, and from its lonely position^ it is a very dear place. The houses appeared to us to be very neat, many of them standing on an eminence overlooking the sea. It is a watering place in summer; many fashionable people from the west of England principally resort here for the benefit of the salt baths. We sailed all along 404 the coast of Devonshire, from Torquay to Ply- mouth; the difFs are very bold, perpendicular, and difficult of access. The county of Devonshire is considered one of the most picturesque in Eng- land. The harbour is called the Hamoaze, and the view on entering it is remarkably fine. The Drake Islands, situated in the centre of the har- bour, Mount Edgecombe, the seat of Lord Mount Edgecombe on the left, the victualling office, which is a modern work, consisting of a beautiful wharf, and capacious and lofty storehouses on the right, together with that gigantic work, the break- water, give a beautiful and varied effect. Mount Edgecombe is a small mount covered with fine shady trees, and affords to the people of Ply- mouth and Devonport one of the most delightful walks. We landed at the place called Admiral's Stairs, and took our quarters at a lodging-house in George Street, which is a very quiet and re- spectable street in Devonport, and a great many lodgings are always to be had here, as there is few houses that are not intended for the accom- modation of the strangers. We, immediately after dinner, went and paid our respects to the admiral superintendent, and the master ship- wrights of the yard. Admiral Warren very kindly gave directions that every facility should be afforded us, and we here beg to convey our grate- ful sentiments to him and the worthy master shipwright, T. F. Hawkes, Esq., together with all 405 the other officers of the yard for the pohte atten- tion we received from them during om^ stay of seven days at Plymouth. The towns of Devonport and Plymouth are much superior to Portsmouth and Portsea. They are regular^ very well paved, and the houses are nearly all built of limestone with which the county of Devonshire abounds. After the esta- blishment of the dock yark at Plymouth which is situated about a mile from it, the neighbourhood of the dock yard was occupied by houses of those that were employed there and so rapidly did it, improve, that in a short time it became a small town, and was called Plymouth Dock. In the year 1824, the inhabitants, proud of the rapid pro- gress they had made in a comparatively short period and knowing the importance of the town, applied for and received permission from King George the Fourth to call it Devonport. And a monu- ment has been erected in Carr Street by the inhabitants in honour of this event. Near the monument is a Town Hall, erected about twenty years ago, it is a fine building with a handsome portico in the front and is used for public meetings. Plymouth Dock yard which should now be called Devonport Dock Yard, stands on the east- ern bank of the Hamoaze and is one of the prin- cipal naval arsenals of England. The entrance to it is through a large and handsome gateway, at 406 the bottom of Fore Street^ which is the principal one in Devonport. It is very wide and well lighted with gas, and has an imposing appearance from the Dock Yard gate. The appearance of the Dock Yard at the entrance is remarkably fine, and one would hardly suppose that it is a busy place such as a dock yard always is, no blows of hammers or no con- fused noise is heard here, neither do we see the dock and slips or persons moving about, or any sort of material used in shipbuilding purposes, on the contrary we see an extensive and wide avenue in the front, the warden^s house on the right, and the dock chapel, and the guard room on the same side. On the left hand is a small piece of ground containing a few flower plants and a fountain, and a few strangers or visitors walking here and there during the working hours of the yard. This part is also kept remarkably clean and free from chips or dirt, so that it presents a scene far difi'erent from a naval arsenal. Going through this avenue and turning to the left we see a long range of building which is ap- propriated to the residence of the senior officers ; the Admiral's house is in the middle part and is easily distinguished from the rest by its exter- nal beauty, and largeness, the other houses are also very commodious and a beautiful terrace extends along the front of this building at the end of which is the Admiral superintendent's office. 407 The Dock Yard contains an area of 70 acres^ and has magnificent store houses, and other build- ings suitable to the importance of a great naval arsenal. The new north dock was constructed in the year 1789, it is 285 feet in lengthy 85 feet wide and 29 feet deep, the smithy is situated near this dock, and contains upwards of forty forges, in the front of it is a wharf on which a great number of anchors are kept. In addition to these there is a double dock called the north dock^ and a third one which was built in the reign of William the Thirds and now used for repairs of frigates. The building slips are very fine and covered over with beautiful roofs. We were here greatly pleased to see the " Hindoostan^^ building all of Teak, and there are also two new vessels building, on the plan of the present surveyor Sir William Symonds, these vessels will be the largest second rates in the world, and will carry ninety guns on two decks. The rigging house is a fine building it is three stories high, and four hundred and eighty feet in length, where immense quantity of rigging is kept in readiness for fitting out ships. The Rope house is 400 yards long, where cables and cordage are manufactured the same as at Chat- ham and Portsmouth. There are also other necessary workshops, such as bricklayer, plumber^ glazier, joiner, &c. 408 A steam engine is also erected to drain the docks, and new saw mills have very lately been introduced ; we may as well state here that the Admiralty is said to have come to the determina- tion of erecting sawmills in all the royal dock yards. The mould loft in the dockyard, is large, though the floor is not quite so good as in Chatham yard; but the operation of laying off ships, and making the moulds or patterns is carried on with the same accuracy and precision. In the month of September, 1840, a fire broke out at Plymouth, which completely destroyed the Talavera, 74 guns, and the Imogene frigate ; and the Minden, 74 guns, which was built at Bombay by our grandfather, w^as in the Double, her head caught fire, which injured her bow very much ; but by dint of great exertion, the progress of the flames was checked, and the ship saved from destruction. We walked on board the vessel with much pleasure and j)ride, as she was the first ship that was built out of England for the Royal Navy ; and our grandfather had received the appro- bation of the Board of Admiralty for building this ship, and for which they made him a present of a handsome silver cup, made by Rundell and Bridge, the celebrated jewellers and goldsmiths of London. There is also in and near Devonport, a gun wharf, which was built nearly a century ago ; it 409 lies north of the back yard^ and covers five acres of ground. There are two storehouses in it, which contain a vast quantity of muskets, pistols^ cutlasses, and other weapons ranged along the walls, and the ground is occupied by a great number of guns and pyramids of shots. The Admiral was kind enough to give us his own gig, in which we went to see the breakwater. It is the most gigantic work that was ever under- taken and accomplished. During the late war with France there was a great difficulty ex- perienced by the English vessels which were to be fitted out at this grand naval arsenal, in conse- quence of the harbour being open and exposed to the ocean and the southwest wind which is very prevalent in winter. A safe place of anchorage was therefore greatly required ; and by the means of this breakwater the natural defect of Plymouth harbour has been completely remedied ; and it is now considered one of the best in England. This work is another great instance of English per- severance, it so completely shelters the harbour. We noticed the water within the mound was smooth when the sea without it was in consider- able agitation ; and we were informed that in 181 7^ two small vessels of war, that were anchored without the breakwater, were lost during a hur- ricane, w^hile a small collier, that was under its cover, rode out the gale in safety. A writer, in T 410 speaking of this extraordinary and stupendous work-in the Penny Magazine for the year 1836, says, It was not until 1806, when Lord Howick " (the present Earl Grey) being placed at the head of the Admiralty, the attention of the Govern- ment was turned to this important object, it is believed, at the suggestion of the Earl St. Vin- cent. A careful survey of Plymouth Sound was made by Mr. Whidbey, in conjunction with Mr. Rennie. These gentlemen reported on the practicability of rendering the anchorage secure by means of a breakwater. The commencement of the undertaking was delayed ; but on the Right Hon. Charles Yorke succeeding to the Admiralty, the engineers took measures for carrj'ing the project into execution. " The plan adopted was to form an impenetra- ble barrier of large stones across the middle of Plymouth Sound, extending from east to west " 1700 yards, and leaving an entrance on each " side sufficiently capacious to allow the largest men of war an easy passage in and out of the harbour. The centre of the breakwater was to " be 1000 yards in a straight line, continued 350 yards more at either end, at an angle of 120 degrees, by which form it was expected the force of the waves would be more effectually " resisted. The breadth of the base was fixed at " 120 feet; at the top SO feet, and the depth from 411 the upper surface to the bed of the sea 40 feet. It was computed that 2,500^000 tons of stone would be required to construct the whole work ; and the entire cost was calculated at £1,171^000 sterling. Every thing being determined on^ a quarry of " limestone, or rather grey marble, containing about twenty-five acres, was purchased of the " Duke of Bedford, for the sum of £10,000. This " lying contiguous to Catwater, at the head of the harbour, presented a secure spot to embark the stones. Twelve vessels of a suitable construe- tion were built in the Dockyard, and forty others " hired, to convey the stones to their appointed " station. Seven hundred artificers and labourers " of all descriptions were engaged for the whole service. The first stone M^as deposited on the " 12th of August, 1832. iS LL The vessels were laden and discharged by means of the following contrivance : — Small iron trucks, each capable of carrying a stone of " from two to six tons weight, were conducted " along an iron railway, leading from the quarry, through the stern post, into the vesseFs hold. Each vessel carried sixteen of these trucks. The place where they were to discharge their cargo was marked by buoys, and by sights erected on the shore. On arriving at the spot, the trucks, with their burdens, were drawn out successively to the entrance port, the fall of 412 which dropped the stone into its place^ while the carriage remained suspended by its tackle. " In this manner, a cargo of eighty tons was dis- charged in forty or fifty minutes.'^ The breakwater is now completed within about 80 yards at one extremity, w^hich is gradually pro- gressing, and will be two or three years before it is ready, because very few people are working at it. We were very much pleased with our visit to this place, and left it, on the 5th of November, for Bristol, by a stage coach. We started at seven in the morning from Devonport, and came to Exeter where the coach stopped about half an hour, to allow the passengers to take some re- freshment. It is invariably a custom for stage coaches to start from an inn, and to end their journey at an inn also ; this is done especially for the comfort and convenniece of travellers, who, by this arrangement, have no trouble in finding accommodations, at any hour of the day or night, in a perfectly strange town or place. These inns are very commodious, conducted by respectable people, and where every variety of food and drink, as well as beds, and private sitting rooms are to be had at reasonable charges. Exeter is the capital or the principal city of Devonshire ; it is ^ 172 miles from London, and is famous for the manufacture of woollen goods. At five in the afternoon we reached Taunton, a town in the county of Somersetshire; we here wasted only a 413 few minutes to change horses, and after a tiresome and fatiguing journey, arrived at Bristol^ and put up at the Lion Inn/^ where the coach stopped. The distance between Devonport and Bristol is about one hundred and twenty-five miles^ and in accomphshing this distance^ we changed twenty- six pairs of horses^ at about every eight or nine miles, and so expeditious they are in effecting this, that there is not a moment of time unneces- sarily wasted. There is a man to every stage- coach, besides the coachman, who is called the guard,'^ to take care of the passengers' lug- gage ; he blows a horn, or a bugle, when at a short distance from the station where the horses are to be changed ; this is a warning to the people there, who, on hearing the sound of the horn, bring out the animals harnessed and ready to go into the carriage. Immediately on the arrival of the ve- hicle, the tired horses are relieved, and the four fresh horses put in, within five minutes. Bristol is situated on the western coast of Eng- land, about eight miles from the mouth of the river Avon, which empties itself into the river Severn. It is said to be a very ancient town, and is the nearest port of England for carrying on trade with America. The city has an ancient appearance, is not very regular, yet considerable in extent, paved, and lighted with gas, and some of the houses are very large, and of much external beauty. 414 We could speak but very little of this city, because the weather^ during our stay of two days at this place^ was very wet and disagreeable, and another misfortune was, we had no friend here. We were favoured with two letters of introduc- tion from our kind friend, John Seppings^ Esq., to Mr. Patteson, the builder to the Great Western Steam Ship Company^ and to another gentleman belonging to the said company, the former gentle- man whom we were most anxious to see, with the hope of deriving professional information, and especially regarding the largest iron steam vessel, that was there building for the Atlantic navigation by the company, but to our great disappointment, he was absent for a few days from Bristol. The other letter, however, was useful, as we obtained permission from the gentleman to whom it was addressed to view the company^s dock yard and the vessel in question. The successful voyages the Great Western steam ship made from Bristol to America, roused the attention of enterprising men in London to construct the large steam vessels, the British Queen, and the President, for the same purpose. The Great Western Steam Ship Company also having seen the success of their first vessel, are now building an iron vessel, which will be the largest in the world. We went to see the dock yard, and we were very much struck at the large dimen- sions of this vessel ; we very much regretted the 415 absence of the builder, and as his assistant was also not there, we gathered but a very imperfect account of this gigantic work ; her extreme length is 343 feet, and is meant to be propelled by the Archimedes screw, instead of paddle w^heels at the sides ; her engines will be of 500 horse power each, and she w^ill, when completed, cost about £100,000. sterling. Her frames were all up, and the bottom, which is composed of iron plates, w^as completed as far as the wales, except the part near the stern, and we w^re told that she would take a twelvemonth more to be ready for sea. Her engines were also to be made on the premises, for which purpose a foundery has been erected by the company, and a steam engine, lathes, planing machines, cutting and boring machines, and other necessary apparatus are fitted, and a part of the engine was already made. We consider this as a very hazardous under- taking, because we have had but very little expe- rience in sea-going iron steamers, as none of them have been running a sufficient length of time to prove the superiority of iron over wood, in salt water. For river navigation iron-built boats are very convenient, for they are lighter than wooden vessels of the same size, consequently they require a proportionate less draught of v/ater ; but where that is immaterial, which is the case at sea, we think wooden vessels are much superior ; they will last longer than iron ones, and can be constructed to 416 sail quite as fast as iron vessels. The Halifax line of packets, now running between England and America, have shewn what steamers built of wood can achieve. We have conversed with many of our professional friends on the subject, and they a^ree with us in opinion that iron vessels, in consequence of the action of salt water on iron, by which it is soon destroyed, will not answer for sea. An eminent engineer told us that he was in- formed by a ship builder of an improvement that he had made in building iron vessels, which was, that he used iron timbers, and made the bottom of wood, our friend justly remarked, that that was no improvement at all, it was only coming round from iron to wood again ; this proves that iron boats are only fit for fresh water. Bristol contains several sugar refineries, and the principal manufactures are, glass, tin work, braziery, snufF, leather, gunpowder, earthenware, and white lead. It also carried on a very consi derable trade with West India and North Ame- rica, and is said to be the second commercial city in England ; it is, however, of late years, exceeded by Liverpool. We have read, that very few towns in England (the metropolis excepted) can boast of so many useful and charitable institu- tions ; there are infirmaries, hospitals, a literary and philosophical institution, a public library, and many others. 417 The quay at Bristol is a wharf of upwards of a mile in length, which affords a great facility to the ships in loading and unloading their cargo, yet much damage was formerly sustained in conse- quence of vessels lying aground at low water. A floating harbour was therefore constructed in 1809, by damming up the river across, and open- ing a new channel, over which two fine cast iron bridges are erected. The harbour is entered by locks, and is capable of containing one thousand ships, which come in or go out at neap tide. This undertaking is said to have cost about a million pounds sterling, which sum was raised in shares of £135. each; there are also several mer- cantile dock yards here, and the place presents a scene of considerable activity and business. On the 8th of November w^e left Bristol for Gloucester, in order to proceed from thence the next morning by the railway to Birmingham. We started at four o'clock by the mail coach, and in four hours arrived at the Bull Inn, Gloucester, where we remained for the night. We found this the largest hotel that we had ever seen in Eng- land ; it had beds and accommodations for more than one hundred and fifty persons, great atten- tion is paid to persons that take up their quarters here, and it is particularly noted for its respec- tability. Gloucester is an inland port, situated about 55 miles north east of Bristol, and we heard that s 2 418 ships are conveyed here by means of a circuitous canal opened from the river Severn. At seven next morning we left the hotel and joined the train, which started at half past seven, and as this line was not then completed as far as Birmingham, the passengers were conveyed the last seven miles by coaches belonging to the Rail- way Company. The distance between Gloucester and Birmingham is about fifty-four miles, and we reached the latter place at half past eleven. The Birmingham station is a very large build- ing, and there is a large refreshment room fitted up for passengers, and half an hour is allowed to those proceeding from London to Liverpool at this station for their meals. The train from London arrived the moment we reached the station, and we joined the Liverpool train which started at twelve o^clock. This line meets the Liverpool and Manchester at Newton, which is half way between the two places, and is called the Grand Junction Railway, and was completed in 1837- The whole distance from Birmingham to Liverpool is 97 miles, which the train performed in four hours and a half. At a quarter past five we arrived at a place called the Edgehill station, about a mile and a half from the Liverpool ter- minus, and we were very much surprised at the tunnel which leads from here to that place. After we entered the tunnel there was complete darkness, and in a few minutes we suddenly emerged into 419 day light. The effect was rather singular^ and we were very much struck with the grandeur and boldness of the roof, and the surrounding buildings belonging to the company. Our countrymen will be astonished when we tell them^ that over the tunnel stands a portion of the town of Liverpool, and it seems very extra- ordinary and curious to imagine our travelling under-ground, while over our heads are moving about horses and men, and in fact every transac- tion carried on. Here then, again, is a remark- able proof of our frequent assertion, that the English are a most wonderful people. We took up our abode at the Phoenix Hotel, Lime-street, which is situated only a few yards from the railway station. We next morning went to the office of Messrs. HoUinshead, Tetley, and Co. to whom we had letters of introduction from our friends Messrs. Forbes, Forbes, and Co., of London, and it was owing to the kindness of the gentlemen of this firm that we were able to see all that we wished. They very politely directed a confidential person in their office, in fact their own cash- keeper, to devote his time in showing us about while we were at this place. Liverpool is at present the great rival port of London, and 205 miles north-west of that great metropolis. It is seated on the right bank of 420 the Mersey, and has an excellent harbour^ formed with much labour and expense. We were told that about a hundred years ago Liverpool was an insignificant place^ and contained a few thousands of inhabitants, but so rapidly did it increase in size, commercial importance, and population, that at present the inhabitants are said to be 200,000 in number, and the large docks with ships from all parts of the world, at once in- dicate the extensive trade of the port, and it is at present said to be the second port to that of London, and from the daily increasing traffic, and the enterprize of the merchants, it is impossible to say to what greatness this place may arrive in half a century more. Liverpool is not a manufacturing town, but it is a great commercial mart, and from its proximity to Birmingham, Preston, Manchester, and Glasgow, large manufacturing towns, as well as the city of Dub- lin, the capital of Ireland, it attracts innumerable ships from all America, West and East India, and other parts of the world, for the accommodation of which large docks are constructed at a great ex- pense, and the number of ships that are to be seen here is truly astonishing, they appear almost as a forest of masts, yards, and rigging, and the town, as well as the river Mersey presents a scene of considerable degree of activity, bustle, and real business. 421 The largest of all the docks is the Princess dock, which was opened in 1821. It is 500 yards in length, and 106 yards in breadth, and covers an area of 57^000 square yards. On one end of it are vessels discharging their cargoes, while the other end is devoted to the foreign ships taking in their freights principally of the American flag. Large sheds are also erected all round to protect the valuable goods from the ever-changing and inclement English weather, the entrance to this magnificent dock is by gates 45 feet wide and 34 deep, and vessels can be admitted at half tide. The Trafalgar, Adelaide and Waterloo docks, are also very fine, the latter was opened in the year 1834, and contains an area of 30,7^4 yards. These three are named, one from Lord Nelson^s victory, one in honour of the Queen Dowager, and the other from the victory of the Duke of Wellington. Besides these, there are the King^s, the Queen^s, the Brunswick dock, which communicate with each other, and near them are several merchant build- ing yards. The Clarence dock is entirely appro- priated to the use of the steam packets, that leave daily from Liverpool to Glasgow and Dublin ; it has an area of more than 29,300 square yards^ and 900 yards of quay room. There is also a basin of considerable size attached to this dock, and the steamers which lay here are all open for inspection to strangers. 422 The facility and the convenience these docks afford in loading and unloading the ships is ex- tremely beneficial to the commerce and to this may be attributed the rapid advancement of the trade of Liverpool. We were very much amused, and quite asto- nished at the enormous quantity of the valuable property that was deposited under the sheds near the docks, and the bustle that we witnessed here, hundreds of waggons were hurrying along loaded with cotton bales, piece goods, tobacco, hemp, rum, wine, spirits, sugar, and a great many other articles. Ships from every part of the world were taking in and emptying out their cargoes, and thousands of men, all full of business and activity were moving about in every possible direction, and we could not but help thinking what an advantage it would be to our own country where docks such as in England constructed there, and we hope that sooner or later our countrymen in India will in conjunction with their European brethren take this into their consideration, and make a begin- ning. The advantages of these docks manifest themselves in what we have spoken about this flourishing port. The town of Liverpool is any thing but re- gular, and the streets most of them are con- fined, narrow and dirty. There are some how- ever wide and straight, with fine shops and well lighted with gas. Some of the private buildings 423 buildings are good, and the part nearest the docks is like the city of London/^ entirely open^ devoted to the mercantile offices^ shops, and immense warehouses for cotton, coffee, and other staple articles of trade. The Town Hall is a noble building, where the town council meet and public dinners take place ; it is inspected by applying at the treasurer's office for a ticket. Our guide Mr. Littlejohn kindly procured admission for us, and we were conducted through a suite of rooms by a person paid for the purpose by the council, and who does not expect (as is the case in a great many public establishments in England) any gratuity. The saloon contains some very good paintings, and we were much pleased with the large dimensions of the ball room ; it is 81 feet long, 41 feet 6 inches wide, and nearly as high. All the rooms are very well furnished and kept in excellent order. After viewing the interior we went up to the gal- lery which surrounds the outside of the cupola, by ascending a flight of winding stairs. The prospect from this height is very good ; the river, docks and shipping, together with the town and the country round can be seen from here, but it being a foggy day we could not see any thing to perfection. At a short distance from the Town Hall is the Exchange, where all the merchants congregate, and where mercantile transactions are carried on ; it is a fine regular building, and the exterior is very neat and elegant. , It embraces three sides of a quadrangle, in the centre of which stands a well- 424 executed monument of that great and immortal man^ Nelson. It was erected in 1813 by private subscription^ and is said to have cost £90,000. There is a news-room in this building which astonished us very much, it is 92 feet by 54. and we saw upwards of three or four hundred people, some talking, some walking about, while a great number were busy in reading papers, principally foreign. This is a very excellent plan, because a merchant can here learn all foreign news of trade, and know every thing that is going on at home ; he can also gain much information, and cultivate acquaintances, and all these advantages can be se^ cured by the annual payment of a small sum. On a slate in this room we saw arrivals and depar- tures of shipping, and intelligence of vessels either at sea or in other ports. The people of Liverpool are, strictly speaking, a money making set, yet they have not neglected literature, the fine arts, and patronizing places of amusement ; for there is a fine exhibition of paint- ings, a mechanics institution, a public library, a zoological garden, three theatres, and several charitable institutions and places for recreation. The Theatre Royal is the principal one, and the other two are called the Liver Theatre, and the Amphitheatre, but we do not think it necessary to notice them after having described the theatres of London. They are not very large, and the ad- mission to the boxes is only 3^. In the principal one, Mr. Carter, of whom we have spoken in 425 Astley^s Amphitheatre, was showing his collection of wild beasts on the stage at Liverpool at the time. We went to see Mr. Laird^s Dock-yard at Birkenhead, which is on the opposite bank of the river, and small steamers convey people across. We received much attention from him, and we had the opportunity of satisfying our curiosity about iron vessels. The process of building ves- sels with iron is more simple and expeditious than with wood ; there was one vessel nearly in frame, and another was approaching towards completion. There were smiths' shops, and a mould loft on the premises. Mr. Laird had lately built three iron steam vessels for the Niger Expedition. We were anxious to see the three iron steam boats which Mr. Laird had lately built, they were in one of the docks at Liverpool; he there- fore kindly promised to take us there the day fol- lowing the next; and accordingly we accompanied him on that day to the dock where the vessels were fitting out. These three steamers are built by the British Government for the purpose of sending them to the river Niger, in Africa, in order to explore the country, to establish trade with the natives, to show them the advantage of commerce, and to endeavour to put down the de- moralizing influence of the slave trade which now prevails among the Africans. These vessels are built purposely for this laud- 426 able object^ and the undertaking is called the Niger Expedition/' and a vast body of influen- tial and humane individuals have formed a society collectively to co-operate with the Government in this enterprize, and we hope they may be success- ful in their praiseworthy object. The vessels are all very good models^ and particularly adapted for navigating shallow rivers. They were equipped under the superintendence of Mr. A. B. Cruize, Foreman of Portsmouth Dock-yard, and who was kind enough to furnish us with the particulars that we required of these vessels. The two which are larger than the third are about 450 tons, have two engines of thirty-five horse-power each, and can carry coals for one hundred and eighty hours, or seven days and a half. The third called the Soudan, has only one engine of thirty-five horse- power, and can carry coals for five days (of twenty- four hours.) The interior of these vessels are very conveniently fitted up, so as to contribute as much as possible to the comforts of the officers and the ship^s company. In consequence of the warm and unhealthy climate of Africa, which is very uncongenial to European constitutions, great attention is paid to proper ventilation. The plan adopted for this purpose is very ingenious : Two fanners similar to those used for blasting the smiths^ fires at Chat- ham yard, are fixed in the engine-room, they are put in motion by the engine, and when the engine 427 is at rest they can be moved by a crank handle.- The fanned wheel when revolving with great ve- locity^ forces a quantity of air which is conveyed to every part and every cabin in the ship by means of flat square pipes under the beams^ and valves of thin plates fitted in every cabin to regu- late the draught. In addition to which^ similar pipes, two in number^, are fitted in every cabin from the deck^ having perforated tops or lids^ the one reaching a little above the lower deck^ and the other only a foot or two below the beams ; and by this simple but scientific contrivance^ a free ventilation is secured^ because the rarified at- mosphere which always floats at the top^ or in other words, near the ceiling of a room, will escape through the short pipe, and fresh air will supply its place through the long one ; thus there would be a constant circulation of air, which would ren- der the apartment delightfully cool and pleasant. We were extremely gratified in inspecting these vessels, they are very substantially built, and look very handsome and lively above water ; the engines were made by Messrs. Forrester and Co. of Liver- pool, at their manufactory called the Vauxhall Foundery, which we visited. On delivering the letter we had from the East India House, much politeness was shewn to us ; and we were conduct- ed round their establishment. There were no large works manufacturing. The foundery was large and there was every thing that is required for a 428 foundery^ and several small steam engines were in progress. On the 14th of November we left Liverpool by a magnificent steam vessel called the Achilles^^ for Glasgow. She was nearly 1000 ton in burthen and four hundred and fifty horse power and her accommodations were the best that we ever saw, the saloon was very large, and well furnished, there were two fire places, and mirrors fitted into frames between the ports. The skylights were circular and very handsome, and sofas covered with silk were ranged at the upper end of the saloon, or the part nearest the stern, and the bed places were also very conveniently fitted up, and kept remark- ably clean. We entered the Frith of Clyde in the morning and the scenery on both sides of it was very bold and romantic. The mountains were very lofty and the summit of the highest was already covered with snow, which we were informed would not melt before the month of March or April ; at half past ten we reached Greenock, and as our steamer could not go to Glasgow, on account of its being ebb tide, we were put on board a small iron steamer which conveyed us in two hours to that place. We were on deck, and as we ap- proached within half a mile of the landing place, we attracted a great many people on shore, and many of them actually took the trouble of running along the beach, keeping pace with the steamer. 429 (which was gohig at a slow rate in consequence of the crowded state of the river) to the landing place in order to peep at us ; and when we left the vessel^ we were surrounded by at least a thou- sand persons, all noticing the peculiarity of our costume, which they very seldom see at that place, as we believe that no Parsee save ourselves and our cousin iVrdaseer Cursetjee^ had ever before been to Glasgow ; we were not at all concerned or annoyed at it, because we saw the Scotch people were very much pleased at our appearance. We however had a gentleman waiting our arrival who immediately called a carriage for us^ and we all were driven to Carrick's Royal Hotel in George^s Square^ where we remained the whole time we were at Glasgow, it is a fine place, and much at- tention was paid by the proprietor to us. It being Sunday we found every shop closed, and it appears to us that the Scotch were very particular in keep- ing the Sabbath. The next morning we were favoured with a call from Mr. Wright, w^ho was requested by our friends at Liverpool, to pay us attention, he was accompanied by his son Mr. John Wright who had been to Bombay and knew our friends very well there, his brother is now a partner in the firm of Messrs. Nicol and Co. of Bombay and he himself is interested in the well known firm of John Fleming and Co. of Glasgow. And we must confess that we never dreamt of re- ceiving so much attention from these gentlemen. 430 the latter was so very polite as to leave his busi- ness^ and mostly devoted his time in showing us the beauties of the place. We also had the pleasure of being introduced to John Flemings Esq.^ and his partner, James Watson, Esq., and we shall never forget the kind acts of friendship and hospitality we received from them and their families during our stay at Glasgow. Mr. Wright first took us to the Exchange, which is a beautiful building of modern erection, and has a handsome portico in the front. The building is 177 by 62, and the principal room is always thronged with merchants and others who come to read newspapers, of which great numbers are strewed about on the tables. There are about five hundred subscribers, and a stranger may be introduced by a subscriber and his name is entered in a book, by which he may have the privilege of going there for a fortnight free of any expense. The Exchange stands at the head of Queen Street, and at a small distance from it, is now building a handsome edifice, which is to be appropriated to the Royal Bank. Glasgow is the principal commercial city of Scotland, and is surrounded with all sorts of manufactories, cotton mills especially, and there are large establishments here which employ thou- sands of people. It is situated on the north bank of the river Clyde, on which glided the first 431 steamer that ever was constructed ; and the people of Glasgow boasted of having several of them on the Clyde before there was one on the Thames^ so that great credit is due to the Scotch people in paving the way for this most useful im- provement^ the adoption of which has been one of the greatest use to mankind. The harbour is called the Bromielaw^ and is always crowded with steam-boats and small sail- ing craft. There are no docks at Glasgow^ in consequence of the river being shallow; it has however been considerably deepened, and vessels of 6'00 tons can now come up to the harbour, where formerly there was not water enough for a vessel of 300 tons ; this shews the industry of the Scotch people, who, though not quite so active in their movements as the English, yet are well known for their indefatigable zeal and industrious habits. By taking things coolly and calmly, and making a steady progress, they have, within an incredible short period, raised Glasgow to that magnificence and importance as to be fit for the metropolis of the proudest kingdom on earth. The buildings, private and public, are quite as good as in London ; they are all built of stone, and the shops are very magnificent, and the streets are very well paved, but not quite so well lighted as London or Liverpool. The street called Tron- gate, intersects the whole city from east to west, is of considerable length, and it affords a very 432 interesting piece of street scenery, and is the noblest thing of the kind. We went the same day (Monday) with Mr. Wright to see a pottery belonging to Messrs. ; it is a large establishment, and the various processes in making this necessary article of domestic use are very pretty and simple. It took us nearly two hours to go over the whole establishment, and we were so much pleased with it, that we think our countrymen would like to know how the articles, which they daily make use of, are made, we therefore copy a description of it from the Saturday Magazine for the year 1836, which we think is much better than any we could give. Before which, however, we have to observe, that the material of which pottery or porcelain is made, is composed of two things, clay and flint ; a proper quantity of these are well mixed together, and prepared in a pit properly built. Great care is taken in removing impurities — even a grain of sand is carefully guarded against — and it has to go through two or three processes before it is fit for use. In the quotation we have omitted a sentence, in which reference is made to the wood-cut in the work. " The clay being prepared, the potter forms it into various articles by throwing, pressing, or casting. Throwing is only employed in the case of circular vessels, and the operation is performed 433 " by means of a potter's lathe. The operator^ " placing a lump of clay on the revolving wheel ^' before him, moulds it into the required form with his hands ; and in order to ensure an uniformity in the size and curves of a series ^' of vessels^ he employs hollow moulds and thin pieces of wood^ whose edges are cut in different curves^ as modelling tools. " The vessel being now rudely formed into something like the required shape, is removed from the lathe, and set aside to dry. As soon as it has become sufficiently dry for the pur- pose, when it is in what is called its green state, " it is removed to the turning-lathe ; here it is turned, by means of iron tools, into a more " correct form, and its surface is burnished with a smooth steel instrument. In this part of the ^* process the handles and ornaments are fixed on ; the parts on which they are to be fixed are pre- " viously wetted, and clay reduced to a thin con- sistence and called slip, is employed for the purpose of, as it were, glueing them on. They " are now removed to a drying-stove, or oven, which is kept at a temperature varying from eighty to ninety degrees of Fahrenheit's ther- mometer, and when removed from thence they " are rubbed over with a whisp of tow to smooth any inequalities. Another process is pressing, by which mode all oval vessels are formed. The mould into V 434 ^' which they are pressed is made of plaster of Paris, generally in several pieces, so that the " different parts of the vessel, when removed from the mould, have to be united by means of pres- " sure, the edges being first moistened with slip. The third method of producing form is by casting ; the clay, in this case, is made into the consistence of cream^ and poured into a plaster mould, previously dried. After remaining in the mould a certain time, the liquid clay is " poured off. That part, however, which is in " contact with the dry mould, has had so much " of its moisture absorbed by the plaster, that it is too thick to flow, and remains in the mould, " forming a thin coating on the inside, in the form of the article required. The mould, and its contents, are removed to a stove at a gentle heat, and as the clay loses its moisture, it be- comes firmer, and shrinks a little, so as to be easily removable. The ware, now dry and hard, is fit for the " furnace, and is called, in this state, biscuit. The kiln, or furnace, in which the biscuit has " to be baked, is a building with a cylindrical " cavity and a flattish dome ; the vessels are " placed in cases or saggers. These are formed of baked clay, and protect the Vvare from the direct action of the flames of the furnace ; but they are not employed in baking large common red v/are. 435 After passing through the furnace^ the vessels are in a fit state to receive the printed designs with which most of our earthenware is orna- mented. The designs^ which are engraved on copper-plates^ are printed at a rolling-press in the usual manner ; but the paper on which they are printed is previously rubbed over with soft soap. The colour employed is ground up with some colourless earthy matter, and with linseed oil. After the design is printed, the face of it is laid ^' on the porous vessel, and pressed closely to it ; the consequence is, that the colouring matter is " absorbed, and when the paper is removed and the surface wiped with a wet sponge, the design appears distinctly on the surface of the pottery. Almost every description of pottery is glazed. The glaze consists of any substance which will melt at a lower degree of heat than the vessel itself, and forms a kind of enamel ; the use of the glaze is to remedy the inconvenience of the porous nature of the baked clay. The glaze, except when salt is used, is formed into a liquid of the consistence of cream ; into this the vessel is dipped, and again subjected to the heat of the furnace. Many substances have been employed as glazes ; some very imperfectly answering the end proposed, and others extremely noxious in 436 their use. The old method of glazmg common ware, was by means of salt, which, w^hen thrown into the heated furnace, filled it with a vapour ; as this condensed, it settled on the vessels, and " and formed, if not a very excellent, at least a very wholesome covering. Unfortunately, the glaze most usually em- ployed for common ware, is composed of li- tharge, a preparation of lead, which melts into a kind of glass at a certain heat. This is dan- gerous in two ways ; first, to the workmen, for the fumes are highly deleterious ; and se- condly, to those who use the vessel in cookery, as the glaze is easily dissolved by acids, parti- cularly vinegar, which converts a part of it into sugar of lead, a very virulent poison. The beautiful gloss formed by litharge, and the low " heat at which it melts, are the chief causes of " its being commonly used. The cause of the cracking of the glaze is, that the glaze itself, and the clay of which it is formed, expand and contract in different de- grees, by the alternations of heat and cold. There is one description of common earthen- ware, called stoneware, which possesses many " valuable properties ; it is extremely hard and strong, and although not glazed, it is not porous, and has a tolerably well polished surface. In spite, however, of these excellent qualities, it is 437 seldom employed in the manufacture of any other articles than pitchers, and blacking and " soda-water bottles/^ In another establishment, at a short distance from the pottery, we saw calico printing, and w^e admired it very much. We first saw white pieces of muslin, passed under an engraven copper roller which printed the ground pattern. Oil colour is used for the roller, and for block print- ing; when the piece w^as finished here, it was removed to a table, and spread even on the sur- face, and was printed with wooden blocks, having different devices on one side, and filled with colour ; this side of the block was placed upon the muslin, and a quick but gentle blow of a hammer was given to it, which transferred the colour from the block to the muslin ; by this process the whole piece is first printed with one sort of colour, and, if there be a variety, it is done in the same way one after another. We then saw them making the printing blocks. The patterns are obtained by letting in thin strips of copper into the wood, the surface of which was smoothly planed. There were in the room several of these pattern makers ; they were all seated near tables, and were proceeding with their work with an astonishing rapidity. Their tools were very finely made ; and much care is required in making the patterns, as the edges of the minute pieces 438 of copper^ of which there niay^ perhaps, be up- wards of a hundred in one blocks ought to be all level and even ; the least projection will ob- struct a proper impression on the calico. The designs are first painted on paper for the guidance of the pattern maker ; and this depart- ment of the manufacture is exceedingly pretty. We were shown some of the old blocks, in w^hich the designs were carved; it must have been a very tedious and expensive work, and the designs could not be obtained to such perfection as in the present way ; so that it is a very great saving, and a decided improvement in the art. On the 17th, we went to see Mr. Napier, the engineer, but he was not in the foundery ; however his foreman showed us all round his manufactory, which is called the Vulcan Foundery. It is an extensive establishment. Mr. Napier makes, on an average^ about 3000 horse power of engines annually. We saw a very large piece of casting ; it was a foundation plate and condenser in one piece, and the whole weighed about 37 tons; and to show how difficult a task it is to cast such a piece^ we were told that the entire cost of it was £700 ; and the whole would have been lost had there been a shght negligence. In the several buildings there are all kinds of machines for turning, cutting, and planing the va- rious parts of the engine. At a short distance from this is a smaller foundery also belonging to 439 Napier^ and close to it a building yard^ in which an iron steamer was buildings for the Honourable East India Company, for the purpose of sending her to India. She was only temporarily put to- gether, in order to be taken to pieces. Six cap - tains of the Royal Navy were studying steam machinery under Mr. Napier at the time, and we think that their services will be of much value to the Government. Our friend, Mr. Wright, took us to see a large manufactory of carpets in the afternoon ; the esta- blishment was very large, as 500 persons were here employed ; and the works were carried on in an extensive building four stories high. We first entered the ground floor; and never were we more surprised than at this place. We found that there were various wheels, levers, and complicated machines moving at a rapid rate, large quantities of wool were strewed about, and a great many women and children running about from one place to another. This was the room in which the wool was spun by machinery, which is so very compli- cated, and of such arrangement that it would require a thorough knowledge of engineering to give a description of it, and it would therefore be vain for us to attempt it. We can only say that we saw wool, in its coarsest state, put succes- sively three times into the spinning-machines, which cleared it from dust and impurities ; and 440 it was then converted into yam for weaving the carpet. The yarn is made by stretching and twisting the wool on a number of reels^ which are put into motion by the engine, and revolve at a most rapid rate. This process is repeated accord- ing to the degree of fineness to which the yarn is to be made. The yarn is then dipped into coloured liquid prepared for the purpose ; this is called dying, and then it is fit for the loom. There were in the upper rooms about 150 looms, which are all worked with manual labour, and not with engine ; and we saw them making a great many sorts of beautiful carpets, varying in price from Is. 6d. to 10s. a yard. We also saw here some very fine specimens of Edinburgh carpet, which is a patented article. The chief beauty of it was the effect of light and shade that is worked in flowers which appeared very elegant. We would here wish to state that we saw a silk spinning mill, and two or three cotton manu- factories, all of which were very large, and the process of spinning was nearly the same as in the Carpet weaving establishment; but the looms were worked with steam; and piece goods of every sort, silk as well as cotton, are made at Glas- gow. In one of the manufactories the owner has invented a loom which weaves four pieces at once, instead of only one, as is the case at present, so that a great quantity of labour is saved ; and 441 he told us that he will be able^ when this loom will be extensively employed^ to sell piece goods manufactured by it much cheaper than any hi- therto offered to the public. We were quite con- vinced of it^ as we saw that one person attended two looms, and which wove only two pieces, and this loom, which does four times as much work, requires only one person to manage it ; half the labour is therefore saved. In all the mills, women and children are prin- cipally employed ; but their appearance excited our compassion, as we noticed almost all that were thus employed, were meagre and pale looking creatures, and their health is very soon injured from the heat and impure atmosphere of the rooms in which they work; however, on the other hand, we wondered how occupations could be found for the thousands of beings, and how could they support themselves had it not been for these establishments. Our friend, Mr. Wright, took us to see the chemical establishment of Charles Tennant and Co., it covers an area of about 11 acres within its walls, and the buildings, in which the works are carried on are very numerous and of considerable dimensions. They manufacture here sulphuric acid, bleaching powder, soda, and soap ; we were told that 600 tons of coals were weekly consumed here. It was established in the year 1803, and is said to be the largest and most extensive chemical 442 works in Europe. In one room we saw enormous quantities of soap, and in others soda and the bleaching powder. A very large circular chimney was to be erected, which we were told would be upwards of 400 feet high ; the fire-places, furnaces, and retorts were upwards of one hundred in number, and the works are very well conducted. On the 19th we had the pleasure of seeing Mr. Napier, who showed us very great kindness, and nearly devoted the whole of that day to us. We saw the improved cotton mill we have spoken of through his kindness, and he took us to the Bridewell, the prison for criminal convicts, and we saw here a great number of male and female prisoners ; many of them were employed on hard work, the females were working with a large wheel used for spinning cotton and wool ; it appeared to us to be very hard work ; the men were compelled to work at that which they could best perform, or, in other words, to manu- facture articles of their trade, there were tailors, shoe makers, carpenters, weavers, and a great many others busily employed, among them we saw one who was making beautiful wheels and other things for clock work, and we much regretted to see a man there, who could by industry gain a decent livelihood thus disgrace himself by committing crimes and plunge himself into misfortune and misery. We afterwards saw the Andersonian Museum, 443 where a great many curious things are very well arranged in two rooms. Before we left Glasgow, we spent a very pleasant evening with Mr. Napier, who greatly obliged us with politeness and atten- tion. England and Scotland abounds with institutions charitable and educational^ and we have noticed some of them in the preceding pages, but we were most delighted with the Asylum for the Blind, which we inspected in company with our friend, Mr. Wright ; we were first shown into a room where poor blind females of different ages were seated on benches, which were placed against the wall, and all of them busily employed in knit- ting stockings, doing needle-work, and preparing household linen. A lady who was our guide then called one of them, and bade her read a Bible which lay on a table in the midst of the room ; when it was open we saw that it was different from common printing ; the leaves were printed not with ink and common type, but with Roman capitals in relief, that is, the letters were raised from the surface of the paper so as to make them readable by the touch, and we were quite asto- nished to see the girl placing her finger upon the letter, and by feeling read a few lines with great ease, but what surprised us the most was the dexterity with which she pointed out places and towns on a map, which is constructed on the same principle ; it was a board on which the boundary 444 of different places and the courses of rivers were delineated by thin wire, and pin-heads were placed for cities and towns. We confess that we could not point out places quite so readily, and we could not help thinking what a blessing it must be to these unfortunate beings, suffering under severe privations, thus to be able to read and beguile their hours of pain and affliction. They are also taught music, which is also printed in embossed types, and we were told that they learn very quickly, and their memory (generally speaking) is very good. The types were invented by Mr. John Alston, the treasurer of this asylum, for the instruction of the blind, and we think that he has immortalized himself by doing this act, calculated to alleviate the sufferings of thousands of human beings, by finding them intellectual occupation, who otherwise might end their days in misery and ignorance. In another part of the building we saw" a great many blind young men who were making baskets, ham- pers, shoes, &c., with such business-like style, that they seemed to be for the moment insensible of their privation, and seemed to be very cheerful and perfectly reconciled to their lot : we saw some manufacturing rugs, door-mats, and weaving a sort of coarse cloth with looms. They are fed, clothed, and taught all this, in the establishment, so that when perfect in their crafty they are enabled to obtain a livelihood. 445 Among all the inmates, we noticed a person who was deaf, dumb, and blind ; she is an object of great sympathy, yet she seemed to be happy in the situation that she was placed in; she was cheerfully working away with a small spinning- wheel. She was also taught to read and write and communicate her wishes by certain signs. Our guide pressed her fingers, shoulders, and the palm of her hand, which she informed us was asking how she was, and the poor creature by similar means said she was very well.'^ There are schools for the blind in all principal towns of England and Scotland, and these benevolent in- stitutions do the people of Great Britain a great credit. We also heard them play a tune on an organ in a room which was appropriated to divine service. Voluntary contributions are received on the premises, for which purpose boxes are placed in two or three places, and we think every person who can spare even a small sum ought to contri- bute towards the maintenance of this humane and charitable purpose. We also saw extensive chrystal works belonging to Mr. Watson, of Glasgow, and we here witnessed the method of making wine- glasses, tumblers, and goblets. In the midst of a large building was a circular furnace, having about five or six fire places, and a great many people were working here the various processes ; the pro- cesses a glass undergoes before it is fit for sale are 446 very pleasing, and well worth seeing. We cannot give a proper account of a thing quite new to us, and which we never saw again. We were told that the materials of which glass is formed are sand, saltpetre, red lead, and manganese. In another room we saw them cutting and polishing various domestic articles, such as tumblers, glasses, &c. We also paid a visit to the warehouse of Win- gate and Sons, where we saw some very fine specimens of needle-work, both English and French, and an enormous quantity of shawls, silk handkerchiefs, and Scottish plaids. The warehouse of Campbell and Co. is very large, and contains an incredible quantity of cotton piece goods of every description, and hosiery, but we were surprised to find that the prices of the piece goods which we expected must be cheaper than at Bombay, was, on the contrary dearer than at that place. This inconsistency can be only accounted for by sup- posing the market at that place to be always over- loaded with stock. On the 2 1 st of November we went to Greenock in a fine steamer called the Admiral, for the pur- pose of seeing the vessel that was building by Messrs. Scott, Sinclair & Co., for the Royal West Indian Mail Company. Greenock is situated at the mouth of the Clyde, about twenty-four miles from Glasgow. Here are docks, building yards, and steam-engine manufactories. We saw our 447 friend Captain Kincaid^ who built the ship John Fleming here ; he was kind enough to take us over to the dock-yard, and we saw the steamer that we were anxious about^ she was in frame^ all her timbers were of good sound oak. This vessel was building for the West India Mails ; we could not see her plan in consequence of the absence of Mr. Scott from the yard. We then accompanied our friend to his house^ which was pleasantly situated a little way beyond Greenock. The town is very dirty and extremely irregular, and none but those immediately connected with the dock- yards, shipping, and the manufactories reside there. We returned to Glasgow the same evening. There is indeed so much to be seen at Glasgow that one could very well spend five or six weeks there ; but as we could not spare much time we took our departure on the morning of the 25th, highly delighted with all we saw, and equally grateful to all who showed us attention and hos- pitality ; it is but justice to say that the gentle- men belonging to the various manufactories that we inspected showed us much politeness, and took a delight in giving us all the information we required of them without the least reserve. It is a noble feeling among the English and Scottish people, they are always kind, hospitable, free and full of politeness and affability, and ever ready to oblige those who come from a distant clime to 448 seek after knowledge in their truly fine and un- equalled country. We left Glasgow at twelve o^clock by the Achilles/' the same vessel that brought us from Liverpool, and after a detention of a quarter of an hour arrived at Liverpool at eleven o'clock next morning. On the morning of the 1st of December we left Liverpool by the railway at eight in the morning, and after waiting half an hour at Birmingham^ reached the station at Euston Square, London, at half-past six in the evening without feeling the slightest fatigue. Thus terminated our tour through the country, which we shall always recollect with much pleasure when in India. We here annex a tabular form containing the distance that we travelled in the whole in dif- ferent conveyances, together with the charges of passage-money, and the actual time that we took in moving from one place to another, in order to show our countrymen at one glance the facility of travelling which exists in England ; we shall therefore arrange the table in the same order that we accomplished the tour : thus, 449 Names of Places. Distance in Miles. What Conveyance. Time in hours. rH ^ C fcJO From London to Southampton 77 Railroad. 3 20 From Southampton to Ports - 16 Coach. 2 6 From Portsmouth to Plymouth 130 Steamer. 24 25 From Plymouth to Bristol 125 Coach. 15 50 From Bristol to Gloucester 35 Coach. 34 14 From Gloucester to Birmingham 54 Railroad and Coach. 4 15 From Birmingham to Liverpool 97 Railroad. 23 From Liverpool to Glasgow 250 Steamer. 21 15 From Glasgow to Liverpool 250 Steamer. 22 15 From Liverpool to London 206 Railroad. 10 53 Total . 1240 109 236 By examining the total number of miles, shil- lings, and hours, it will be seen that in three days and eleven hours we travelled 1,240 miles by three different sorts of conveyances, on an average a - little more than 2^d. per mile, and at the rate of about eleven miles and one-third per hour. This facility and cheapness no country can boast of except England, and no people could effect it ex- cept Englishmen. What will our countrymen say, when we tell them that in England a person might leave Lon- don by the railway for Birmingham, a distance exceeding by twenty miles that between Bom- bay and Poona, and after taking his dinner, and seeing a friend or two at that place, comfortably 450 return home to enjoy his cup of tea in the bosom of his family the same evening. It would also seem extravagant to them when we say, that a re- sident of London can accept an invitation to take tea at a friend^s at Liverpool on a Sunday evening, he may leave town for the latter place in the morning, enjoy the company of his friends there for four hours^ and by seating himself in a railway carriage he would have his breakfast at home next morning and attend his duty. In that time he will have gone over four hundred and twelve miles of ground, one hundred miles more than twice the distance between Bombay and Surat ! ! ! No country, therefore, can be considered to pos- sess so much talent^ and means calculated to in- crease and extend commerce, and the physical comforts of its inhabitants, as Great Britain. Surely it is a great country ; nay, the greatest on earth at the present period. 451 CHAPTER XXXII. CUSTOMS, MANNERS, EDUCATION, &C. We have during our visit to England had an opportunity of seeing a good deal of Enghsh society of several sorts, and if any of our observa - tions upon manners §ind customs so dissimilar to our own should appear to be of a personal nature, we would here wish to say it is far from our inten- tions ; as our only object is to convey to our countrymen such things as appeared singular to us, and we should consider ourselves very ungrateful and undeserving, received as we have been into families with perfect confidence, if we violated that confidence by making any remarks, disre- spectful to our good and kind friends. Our customs of having our food prepared by one of our own sect, prevented us from accept- ing very many kind invitations, it has only been at the houses of such of our friends who have allowed our servants to occupy their kitchens in preparing our meals for us, that we have been 452 able to spend the day with them; we have however had the honour to spend several evenings at the house of our kind and worthy patron Sir Charles Forbes in Fitzroy Square, and here we would beg to express how deeply we feel the numerous kind acts of friendship that we have received from him and all the members of the family. We were from youth told or rather taught to regard him as a most attached friend to the natives of Bombay^ and more particularly so to our own family, and it has been our good fortune to know by our visit to England that his kindness and zeal for the natives of the east ivas not fully communicated to us, as toe found and saw him much more devoted to their cause than the idea that was conveyed to us of him by ivords. For our own selves whenever we wanted advice he kindly gave it, whenever we asked for information it was immediately afforded us, and whilst life and reason continue with us, we shall recollect him and all his acts of patronage, friendship and kindness. At Sir Charleses we often met our good and warm friend Mr. John Forbes, and how shall we tell our grief, that during our stay in England, he was taken away from earth ? Death laid his cold hand upon him and his heart ceased to beat, and oh ! what a heart was that ! ! ! yes, we felt that we had indeed lost a friend. We knew that our countrymen were by his death deprived of one of their warmest advocates, and England, of one of her noblest citizens. In 453 private life he was a moral^ virtuous^ polite and philanthropic man^ indeed he must be considered as it were a citizen of the world for he loved every human being. We lament that a father should be deprived of a son who was a perfect model of filial duty. We feel sorrow that he should have been taken away from his wife and his dear young children. As private individuals, we deeply regret losing a kind personal friend. But as Parsees we grieved ! we grieved ! ! ! most deeply, that so honest, so warm hearted^ so talented, so distin- guished a man should be taken away from a sphere were with his energies, and his abilities, he might have made known to the world the estimation in which he, from his knowledge, held many of the natives of Bombay particularly ^ and of India gene- rally. God's will, however, we must not repine at, and we beg and pray of Him who made us to shower down blessings on the worthy father of our lamented friend and his family ; may health and peace attend them. And that his children may tread in the steps of their father and grandfather is our fervent prayer. We also met at Sir Charles Forbes's, Mont- gomery Martin Esq., a gentleman who has by his writings and by his exertions represented the people of India in a more favourable light than any previous writers, who from their limited knowledge of the customs and manners of the people of India, published statements completely 454 at variance with facts. They wrote no doubt what they were told, and what they beheved to be true, hke a modern writer upon Bombay, who, in describing the sect to which we belong, has in her volume totally misrepresented from want of know- ing better the Parsees and Parsee customs. She seems to write from her own knowledge, and yet half what she says about Parsees is inaccurate ; she is made to say, — that when houses are burning in Bombay the Parsees look quietly on, and do not make the slightest endeavour to check the progress of the flames in consequence of their re- ligious scruples. Now this is notoriously at vari- ance with the fact, as in many cases Parsees have been the most instrumental, and useful in putting out fires when they have occurred. We can assert this without the fear of contradiction for we have seen Parsees running to the scenes of destruction when they unfortunately happen. A fire took place a few years since at the residence of one of our family, and the inmates [all Parsees) were the very first who endeavoured to overpower the destructiA^e element. It is true that we pay a certain religious reverence to fire, but not so much, as to suffer a house to be burnt to the ground rather than extinguish it. It is not necessary to enumerate dl the erro- neous statements published by many writers, and our knowledge of the English character forbids our attributing wilful misrepresentation to any ; yet 455 we cannot help regretting that imperfect and in- accurate accounts should have ever appeared be- fore the British public^ of the habits and customs of a class of people^ who, it has been acknow- ledged, are the foremost in doing good^ by sup- porting charitable institutions, &c, &c.^ and who, moreover^ are the best and most loyally attached subjects of the British crown. Mr. Martin has written much for India, and he has put the English people in possession of the first history of all the British coloniesthat was ever published ; and all his observations in that work have been founded upon facts and official documents. We have felt proud in knowing a man who has written so much and so ivell upon our native country; and we think and believe him to be a true friend both to England and India, who inculcates the principles of love, affection, and friendship between the people of both coun- tries, as he invariably does. We will now tell how we have been received and treated at the house of an intimate acquaintance ; upon entering the room^ the master and mistress and all the family rise to receive you, and offer you the seats of honour, which at the season of the year when fires are required, are arm-chairs next the fire. And we would prepare such of our countrymen as may visit England, to expect a hearty welcome, and a friendly shaking of the hands, much courtesy, and great kindness from all 456 with whom they may become intimate. Males and females, old and young, all strive in their re- spective ways to do something to make you pleased and happy, or, to use their own strictly English word, comfortable* You have only to express that you like this thing or dislike that, and if it is in their power, your wishes and views will be met. One example of domestic society into which we were most familiarly admitted, will convey some idea of how English families in the middle classes of society live. This gentleman is a widower, and has been so for nearly two years. He has seven daughters, the eldest sixteen, and the youngest two ; so that there are about two years difference between each. Six out of the seven go as weekly boarders to a school in the neighbourhood, and come home on Saturday at 12 o^clock, returning to school on Monday, at nine in the morning. They are taught reading, spelling, grammar, geography, and history ; and they have weekly to repeat answers to questions on miscellaneous subjects connected with useful knowledge. A French lady resides in the house, and they are all taught the French language. A master teaches them writing and arithmetic, and music is taught by a male and a female teacher. They rise at school at seven, breakfast at eight, dine at one, and have an evening meal at six. We visited their school with their father It was their dancing day ; all his six children, and about 457 twenty others were being taught to dance^ to walk, and to make a curtsy; they w^ere in- structed, by their dancing master^ how to enter a room, how to carry their heads erect, and how gracefully to rise up from, and to take their places in, their seats. It was to us very gratifying to see these little innocent happy beings, who were most of them to become mothers and heads of families, thus taught how to carry themselves so as to appear like genteel, well-bred young women. At Midsummer, in June, and July, and at Christ- mas, in December and January, they have holi- days, and go home for six weeks each time ; and it was then that, as a frequent visitor, we became acquainted with their every day habits and cus- toms. Taking the summer as the period we would de- scribe : they rise at seven, and take a little walk in their flower-garden, and sit down to breakfast at eight. Their breakfast would consist of coffee, bread and butter, and toasted bread, some dried fish, cold meat, consisting of ham or tongue, and sometimes radishes or water cresses. Some of them would then practice music upon the piano, some would draw houses, trees, &c., some would mend their clothes, some would work raised figures, with wool, or silk, on canvas, or net silk purses, or make little fancy articles for presents to their friends, or perhaps some one would read aloud an amusing book, or perchance X 458 one would sing a song. This would be done until twelve or one o'clock, when they would liave a luncheon of biscuit or cake with a little fruit and water. And then they would take off their morn- ing frocks, usually made of a neat printed cotton, and put on their out door walking dresses of a fine muslin made of wool, and covered with flowers or checks. Straw-plaited bonnets with pretty ribbon and a little cape to cover their shoulders, or a thin silk handkerchief round their throats arid necks. They would then walk and make calls until four o^clock, when they dined. And as this family professed to live in a plain w^ay, they w^ould have either a joint of roast or boiled lamb or mutton or beef, or, perhaps, fowls and a ham, or ducks. Generally two or three sorts of boiled vegetables, potatoes, cabbage, cauliflower, peas, or asparagus ; and then would have puddings or pies made from fruits, currants, gooseberries, cherries, or raspberries, and at other times from apples, with boiled or baked custard made from eggs, milk, and spice ; and lastly, bread and cheese. Beer, water, or wine would be drank whilst at dinner ; and after that fruits, the production of England, apples, pears, plums, peaches, apricots, nectarines, grapes, cherries, currants, strawberries, raspberries, gooseberries, such as happened to be in season, with wine, would be placed upon the table, which is called the dessert. They then either walk again, or resume their morning occupations, or 459 sometimes play at chess or draughts or cards^ or, perhaps, write letters. At about eight, either tea or coffee, and cakes or toasted bread or bread and butter are partaken of, and sometimes they take a little light pastry and fruit, with a little wine and water before they go to bed. The younger ones to go to bed about eight, and the three elder, sixteen, twelve, and ten years of age, sit up until after ten. This is a only a quiet picture of every day life in a family. The four eldest daughters write, and understand arithmetic. They play tunes upon the piano, and talk reasonably upon almost everything. One about four and a half years old, repeated perfectly a long piece of poetry, called Pope^s Universal Prayer ; and one, six years old, repeated a great many poems, and could spell every word we asked her, and knew the multi- plication table. We have thus given the particulars of the acquirements and education of young females in England, in order to induce mothers in India^ the wives of natives, to establish some such system to educate their children. Why should they not have boarding-schools conducted as the English ones, always of course having female teachers therein instead of males. For oh ! if they could but know the host of amusements and recreations that by education are afforded to females. They can read in two languages generally, and how 460 many hours does not this pass happily away. It teaches them to think rightly and well upon most subjects. And then, drawing; how delightful is it, if you see a place^ that you are enabled to sketch it upon paper, and to copy flowers and trees, and even people. Music, too, how soothing! how cheering ! how enlivening ! how pleasant ! for a wife to be enabled to play to her husband, to her children, and to sing to solace them. And then to write to those when circumstances call them far away ; to express to them at a distance the feel- ings which those at home bear to them, and to be able, though thousands of miles distant, to write to tell of the manners and customs of those among whom you are journeying. Oh ! our dear coun- trymen, let us urge you, let vis implore you to add to the happiness of your daughters by giving all of them education. The education of boys in England, sons of the middle and upper classes, are at schools, where Latin, Greek, French and German is taught, in addition to English, and the mathematics are strongly enforced as a leading oranch. It is thought a public education is much the best for boys, as it gives them a spirit of competition, and a school is quite the world in miniature. Many noblemen and gentlemen have a private tutor in their houses for their sons ; but it has been found that young men privately educated have not gene- rally been so tolerated as those brought up at a school. Very many private families have a go- 461 verness in their houses to teach their daughters^ and have masters to attend for writings music^ singing, French and Itahan. But this of course costs much money, and can only be done by those who have first-rate incomes. The children of per- sons with small incomes attend as day scholars at schools where for about £4, a year they get a good plain education. For the children of the poor of both sexes, there is scarcely a parish in England, but what there are schools kept up by subscriptions among the middle and upper classes of society, and where poor children are taught reading, writing, and arithmetic, and the girls plain work ; and in addition to this there are Sun- day schools for those poor children who are obliged to work for their livings on the other days; and where charitable people give their money to build school-rooms and also attend themselves, both males and females, to instruct the children of the humbler classes. Yet notwithstanding these facilities for obtain- ing education, a large number of poor people in England do not send their children to any school ; these people will have much to answer for. The man and woman who can read and write, often have a chance to better their condition by obtain- ing an easier employment. And besides, how much happier must that poor working man and woman be, who, when their bodies are worn out with toil and fatigue, can take up some book and 462 amuse their minds by reading. We hope to see schools for the poor extend all over India^ and we should be most happy if every native of India could read. We should state that to a great number of persons in the middle and higher classes of society^ the style of living before alluded to, does not at all apply ; they have soups^ fish and game every day^ and they almost always have six or eight dishes of different meats or poultry, and this would lead us to the remark of the great length of time that is every day occupied at meals by the English people ; they usually spend half an hour at breakfast, nearly two hours at dinner, and half an hour to their afternoon meal, and fre- quently more than half an hour at supper. Now this consumes nearly a quarter of their time, and does appear to us to be a very great waste of that invaluable com^modity. We thus have described the manners of society and the education of children in England, as well as the advantages and pleasures that are to be de- rived from an acquaintance with learning, and we once more beg of our countrymen, we once more implore them, to reflect as they read this work, in which we have enumerated the advantages of the scientific and literary institutions in England, and they will at once see that they are the result of unremitting perseverance of those who have in former and present ages given themselves up in pursuit of knowledge, and have immortalized them- 463 selves by making known to the public^ or we may- say to the worlds their discoveries and inventions^ and the greatness which England has attained, and the wealth she possesses is all the fruit of knowledge, or in other Avords, science arranged in a system, so as to l)e easily acquired, remembered, and applied to useful purposes for the physical comforts of men, in addition to the gratification it affords to the mind. Thus, the English can ma- nufacture articles to clothe men, make all sorts of instruments to perform anatomical operations, and medicines to alleviate the sufferings of human beings. They can supply water to houses witli steam, and light the streets wdthout oil^ they can travel by land or sea with steam, and aye — they can even cook the food which they eat wdth steam, and this is all done by science. They can blow up sunken ships and clear out harbours, they can travel underneath a river, while over their heads ships are passing, and this all done with the aid of science and art ; in fact, it would be impossible for us to show v/hat mighty works are performed by the aid of science. We will not conclude this subject without observing that it is the incumbent duty of those who have been liberally educated, to exert their utmost endeavours, to come forward and show^ to their fellow brethren the advantages of knowledge, and the pleasures they derive, and the fruit they reap from its blessed field. 464 We are firmly of opinion that if those who can afford to appropriate a portion of their income to luxuries would unite into several small bodies^ and were subscriptions raised among them to hire rooms^ and collect a library of easy reading and useful w^orks^ and take in daily newspapers, and were the subscribers to frequent these places, a taste for reading would thus be created, and it will be the first but surest step towards further and higher advancement to learning ; it may be as well for any subscriber who is well acquainted with any particular subject in art or science to lecture upon it : and they will soon become so interested as to extend the collection of books, and an increase of members will speedily follow ; at least, such has been the history of a great many of the useful in- stitutions of London. We also recommend those students of the Na- tive Education Institution, who have brightly shone forth in their acquirements to lecture on the elementary principles of science^ to translate such books as would excite people to higher and more intricate branches of learning. Such indeed must be the plan to diffuse know- ledge and information amongst our countrymen, and we hope we shall live to see the day, when it will be extensively and generally carried into effect. 465 CHAPTER XXXII. ALBUMS. EPITAPHS. We forgot to mention^ that upon visiting the houses of several of our friends in England^ we found lying upon their tables^ handsomely bound books with superior paper therein^ and em- bossed cards, for the purpose of soliciting from their friends, when they become sufficiently ac- quainted, either drawings from their pencil, or little pieces either of poetry or of prose composi- tion, and it is found to be a lasting and a pleasing record of friendships formed at every period of their lives ; the piece is written and signed with the name of the Avriter, and dated, and there is no mode by which a friend, whom destiny has taken to another quarter of the globe, can be so easily, so pleasantly brought often before the mind, as by this description of l)ook called an Album.^' We have seen many at our friends^ houses and have written in them, and in order to keep our kind friends constantly in recollection, when we are in our own country, we have kept an album each, X 2 46G and we here copy some lines that are written in them, some of which are original, and others copied, in order to shew our countrymen the kind feelings which they entertained towards us. The following lines are written on the first pages of our Albums : — Let no false friend within this book, Dare pen a line, or e'en presume to look ; These are this Album's laws, this is its test — Read, v)rite, or close it, you know best. Adieu my Friends. Jehangeer Nowrojee, HiRJEEBHOY MeRWANJEE, DORABJEE MUNCHERJEE." " Farewell, it is a pensive word, " Yet I must say farewell, — " But if my fervent wish be heard, " Thou wilt in safety dwell. " At noon, at night, the throne of grace, " I shall approach in prayer, " That he who reigns in every place, " May make thy life his care. " The hours that we have spent alone, *' In converse frank and free, ** Will prove my friends, when thou art gone, A solace sweet to me. " And eft when yon pale star of eve, " Shall deck the western sky, *' My fancy still may yet deceive, " And paint thee still as nigh. 467 " But oh, my friends on England's shore. " Hard by the restless main, " At noon tide bright or evening hour, " When shall we meet again? That question wakes each tender chord, ** That in my heart doth dwell, " Farewell, it is a pensive word, " Yet I must say " Farewell." Fare thee Well'' Herjeebhoy Merwanjee. " And, is it thus ? must friendship's fire. Just lighted in the breast expire, Must the young blossom, scarcely blown, " Wither before the hour of noon ! Alas! and shall we meet no more, " On earth, to spend the social hour, " To tell alternate hopes and fears, " Of all that damps, and all that cheers ? " No ! Fare thee W^ell." On Parting. ' How painful the hour that compels us to part, * With the friends that we cherish, as gems of the he^at, * But, ah ! more severe when that parting is told, * With a voice unimpassioned, an aspect that's cold, ' When the sigh meets no sigh from an answering breast, ' When the hand pressing warm vainly sues to be prest ; ^ ' For then 'tis not absence alone we deplore, ' But friendship decay'd, and affection no more. 4m ' From the friends that we love, when we wander alone, ' Our thoughts unrefresh'd, and our feelings unknown, ' Whilst Hope strives in vain through futurity's gloom, ' To describe one bright moment in seasons to come, ' Yet, then, if a sigh be heaved from the breast, * If the hand pressing warm in requital be prest, ' Some soft recollections will still be in store, ' Though in parting we feel, we may never meet more/' On « Good Bye." Thou little word all fraught with sorrow^ ** Thy presence damps each friendly tie. And fond hearts grieve, when 'tis to morrow " These joys must end in cold " good bye." " It tells me Hirjee we must part, *' These happy hours too swiftly fly, " As each new pleasure warms my heart, " Thou soon must bid thy friend good bye." How cruel that a word so small, " Should so much wretchedness imply, " E'en pleasures sink and fortunes fall, " When saddened by that word " good bye," " Oh 1 Hirjee 'tis such pain to part, " Methinks 'tis sweeter far to die, ** Than with an almost breaking heart, *' To bid a cherished friend good bye." *' But there is One that reigns above, ** He at my prayer will still be nigh, " To watch and guard the friend I love. Though I alas '.must say good bye.'* ** Then fare thee well " forget me not," " But as the lagging hours flit by, " Think of that friend, whose varying lot, *' Compels him now to sigh " good bye/* 469 TO Jehanjeer Nowrojee. " There is a soft and pleasing rite, " Which India's gentle maidens prove, " They down the Ganges send a light, " By which to guess their fate in love. *' How anxiously they watch its ray, Lest storms should cast it on the shore, " Or sunken rocks its course betray, '* Or whirlpools whelm to rise no more. " But how they look with keen delight, *' "What soft presages fill the soul, " As calmly onwards floats that light, " To where the boundless oceans roll. '* Dear J'angeer may thy lamp of life, " Escape the rock and miss the shoal, " Pass by the vortices of strife, " Nor fail to reach the hoped for goal. *' But down life's river, may it glide, " Henceforth from storm, and sorrow free, " And in the end triumphant ride, " The oceans of eternity." TO HiRJEEBHOY MeRWANJEE. " Dear Hirjee you flout at our climate so stern, " So uncertain, and chilly you say, " And you smile at the thought of an early return, " To the bright sunny skies of Bombay. ^' Yet Hirjee remember, tho' rain drops fall fast, *' Tho' snow-flakes lie thick on the field, " That the soil is improv'd, that the winter's soon past, " And rich is the harvest they yield. 470 " And such be thy type, for should carets icy hand, " Rain its sorrows, thy heart to annoy. May they melt like the snow-flakes, yet feeling expand, " And end in a harvest of joy." The following were copied into our books : — When forced to part from those we love, " Tho' sure to meet to-morrow. We yet a kind of anguish prove, " And feel a kind of sorrow. But oh, what words can paint the grief, *' When from those friends we sever, " Perhaps to part for days — for years, " Perhaps to part /or ever'* The annexed excellent and consoling lines were written by one of our kind friends. Lines addressed to my friends, Hirjeebhoy, Jehangeer, and Dorabjee^ on their leaving England, for Bombay, acompanied with best wishes for their health and prosperity.'^ ** Man's life is but a chcquer'd scene, " A round of joy and sorrov/, " We view the past^ as what has been, " But v»ho foresees the morrow? " Friends of the east, alike to you, " Are providences cast, " May blessings crov»^n life's journey thro', ** More blessed than the past. 471 " Though short your sojourn in our land, " And soon, as friends, we part, *' Long, long will friendship hold her hand " Still cherish'd in the heart. " You kindly say * departure hence, " Will cause you pain and grief ! ' " Then think of home — a charm from whence, ** We all obtain relief. " God prosper you, where'er you roam, ** Be with you on the main, " Conduct you safely to your home ! " To meet dear friends again. But say not, 'though the mighty main, " Our homes in time may sever, " That we shall never meet again, " Say rather — soon for ever ! " There is a land of endless joy, " Where sorrows never dwell, " Where friendship lasts without alloy, " And all shall say, 'tis ivell. " To that fair land, my valued friends, ** May we our course pursue, " And meeting there, when this life ends, " A friendship pure, renew." A Consoling Reflection. What though on earth we meet no more, ** And seas our homes may sever, " Still let us hope when Ufe is o'er, " To meet in Heaven for ever.'* 472 Farewell. *' Nay shrink not from that word " Farewell," ** As if 'twere friendship's final knell; Such fears may prove but vain : So changeful is life's fleeting day, " Whene'er we sever, hope to say, " We part to meet again. " E'en the last parting earth can know, " Brings not unutterable woe " To souls that heavenward soar, " For humble faith, with steadfast eye, " Points to a brighter world on high, " Where hearts, that here at parting sigh, " May meet, to part no more." Remembrance. ' When the soft tear steals silently down from the eye. '* Take no note of its course nor detect the low sigh, * From some spring of soft sorrow its origin flows, " Some tender remembrance that weeps as it goes. * Oh, 'tis not to say what will bring to the mind, " The joys that are fled, and the friends left behind, ' A tune, or a song, or the time of the year, *' Strikes the key of reflection and moans on the ear. ' Thro' the gay scenes of youth the remembrance strays, " Till memory steps back on past pleasures to gaze, ' Fleeting shades now they seem that glide silent away, The remains of past hours, and the ghost of each day. ' Let the tear then drop silent, nor mark the full eye, " The soul's secret off'ering, no mortal should spy, ' Few souls are prepared for a rite so divine, " When the feelings alone sacrifice to the shrine." 473 As many of our friends were kind enough to permit us to copy any thing we Uked from their books^ we here indiscriminately annex a few^ which will convey to our countrymen, an idea of what other things, besides the kind and feeling expressions of friendship, are written in Albums. My Native Isle, " Oh, tell me not of fairer lands, " Beneath a brighter sky, ** Of streams that roll o'er golden sands, " And flowers that never die. *' My native Isle ! My native Isle ! Though bleak and bare thou be, " And scant and cold the Summer's smile, " Thou'rt all the world to me. " The flowers that on thy mountain's brow, When Wintry winds assail, " Securely sleep beneath the snow, " Their cold and kindly veil. " Transplanted to a richer soil, " Where genial breezes play. In sickly gloom we droop awhile, " Then wither and decay." •* Women have whims and small requests, " That agitate their tender breasts, " Tho' we as trifles eye them ; " But when their feelings they divulge, ** With looks they ask us to indulge, " Can any man deny them ?" 474 ** Dust is lighter than a feather, " And the wind more light than either ; " But a woman's fickle mind, *' Lighter than feather, dust or wind." As lamps burn silent with vmconscious light, " So modest ease in beauty shines most bright 5 *' Unaiming charms with edge resistless fall, *' And she who meant no mischief does it all." ** In Paradise a woman caused all " The ruin of mankind by Adam's fall, What wonder then if they o'ercome us here, " When we're more weak, and they perhaps as fair. My plan though mock'd by knave, coquet and fool ** To thinking minds must prove this golden rule, " In all pursuits, but chiefly in a wife, " Not wealth, but morals mark the happy life." " On his death bed poor Simon lies, " His spouse is in despair, With frequent sobs and mutual sighs, ** They both express their care. " A different cause, says parson Sly, " The same effect may give, " Poor Simon fears that he shall die, " His wife, that he may live." Between woman and wine, poor man's lot is to smart, For wine makes his head ache, and woman liis heart." 475 " When the tempest of life in a torrent descendeth, " And the world like the whirlwind but seeks to destroy, " How welcome's the hand that true friendship extendeth, " That sweetens the cup and in sorrow gives joy. " The willow may bend to the blast that is cheerlesSj " Seek safety in stooping its neck to the storm, *' But a friend like the oak of the forest is fearless, " The greater the danger, the nobler the form. " 'Tis a blessing, a treasure, that has not its fellow, " 'Tis the comfort, the solace, of life's thorny hour, The heart that has known it, can feel its full value, " A friend with the will, a friend with the power." " Of mortal blessings here the first is health. And next those charms by which the eye we move. " The third is w^ealth, unsounding, guiltless wealth, " And then an intercourse with those we love." Beauty's a blessing which soon fades away, ** But virtue in woman will never decay, " If beauty and virtue, in one woman be, " If she wants a husband, recommend her to me." EPITAPHS. A singular custom prevails in England^ that of putting up monuments in churches in memory of dead persons, and of placing upon their monuments in addition to their ages and names, an epitaph as it is called ; some of them are very affecting and pretty, others are quite 476 ridiculous; we will copy a few of both sorts. — In Maidstone church yard^ the county town of Kent^ is the following : — " The grave has eloquence, its lectures teach ** In silence, louder than divines ean preach, " Hear what it says, ye sons of folly, hear, " It speaks to you, lend an attentive ear." "Here Francis Jarrett, lies! What then? " Frank, when his Master calls, will rise again." ON TWO CHILDREN IN ESSEX. " Two sweeter babes you never did see, " Than God Almighty sent to me, " They were surprised by Ague fits, And here they lie as dead as nits." " Reader, if patience, meekness, faith, and truth, *' Have charms for age, or influence for youth, " Pause on this spot, here drop one heartfelt tear, " Here learn to die in hope, or hve in holy fear." *' Here lies the man Richard, " And Mary his wife, " Their surname was Pritchard, " They lived without strife ; 477 " And the reason was plain, They abounded with riches, " They no care, had nor pain. And the wife wore the breeches." Very odd things are sometimes mixed upon tomb stones ; sometimes they represent the living as lamenting the dead^ at other times the dead is as it were speaking from the grave. And in Chatham church yard was a stone with this upon it : — A man had buried two wives/' after stating the name and age of the first^ was the following The Lord gave, and the Lord hath taken away, blessed be the name of the Lord/^ In a few years his second wife died, and following her name and age — was I called upon the Lord and he heard me, and delivered me out of all my troubles.'^ " Forgive blest shade the tributary tear, " That mourns thy exit from a world like this ; " Forgive the wish that would have kept thee here, " And stay'd thy progress to the seats of bliss. " No more confined to grov'ling scenes of night, " No more a tenant pent in mortal clay, — ** Now should we rather hail thy glorious flight, " And trace thy journey to the realms of day." 478 *' Here lies the body of Sarah Sexton, " Who as a wife did never vex one, " We can't say that for her at the next stone." We shall conclude our little collection of epitaphs with one we think the best. " Praises on tombs are trifles vainly spent, " A man's good name is his best monument." 479 CHAPTER XXXIV. CLIMATE OF ENGLAND. Some of the Customs of England;, of every day^s occurrence^ appeared to us very odd ; when two intimate friends meet in the street (particularly in the country) they say to each other without stop- pings but nodding to each other, How do ?^ " how do you do/** pretty well/^ fine day/^ looks like rain/^ good bye/' " good bye." This we saw repeated constantly, very much to our amusement, with^ of course, the variation of very warm,^^ " quite oppressive,^^ or ^' very gloomy,'^ all these remarks of course are brought about by the variableness of the climate, and it is indeed perpetually changing. There are twelve months in the English year, January is the firsts and is usually the coldest in the year, so cold that water is frozen ; all the inland rivers are frequently block- ed, and ice is formed of such thickness, that in 1814 the river Thames was so thickly covered with ice that a fair was held on it^ and thousands of persons were to be seen amusing themselves 480 on what is usually water. So firm and thick was the ice that fires were lighted and a bullock roasted whole ; a printing press was set in operation on the ice^ and several witty things were printed. In January, usually, the ground is covered with snow. In January, 1841, we saw it very many inches deep, completely changing the appearance of the country ; and oh ! how beautifully white it makes every place ; when the sun, which in Eng- land in that month has not much power, shines upon it, nothing we can say can convey an idea of its dazzling brightness, no collection of precious stones are to be compared with it ; but then, how cold it is, — even by the side of a large fire made from coals, you cannot keep warm : when you pop your head out of doors, the nose, the toes, and the fingers soon make you feel that it is indeed severe. There are animals in England furnished by their Maker with the power of being torpid or inanimate in severe cold weather ; frogs and snakes continue for weeks as if dead; dormice, squirrels, and field-mice are also gifted with this happy quality. February, the second month, also has much of cold, but towards the end of the month the sun has more power, and there are some cheering days, but usually much rain and snow falls in this month of the year. March, the third month, is usually dry, but it has generally cold, severe, piercing, winds painful even to natives of this variable climate, but to us. 481 accustomed to perpetual warm weather, quite dis- tressing ; still March has its pleasures. All the hedges and trees that during the cold weather have been without leaves, now begin to assume a greenness, the buds in which the future branch is in miniature, and has been asleep, is now pushing forth ; the fields begin to look green, flowers are to be seen peeping forth, and it is singular that nearly all the earliest of English flowers are yel- low ; we never could learn why. All the farmers are busy ; this is their grand time of sowing their seeds ; some sorts of wheat, beans, peas^ rye, oats, and barley, are now sown. In March also the wall fruit, peaches, and apricots, blow in the gardens. April, the fourth month, has weather most vari- able ; in this month the cherry and apple trees bloom, and the fragrance and beauty of a large assemblage of these trees, in the month of April, is most pleasing. Cherries and apples are grown most extensively in the county of Kent. A gentleman, named Barling, near Sittingbourne, has, we are told, nearly eighty acres, all close together, of the best sorts of apples, pears, and cherries. April, however, is an unsafe month to travel in, without being prepared for rain, as it is one hour sunshine and then heavy rain, and again in a few minutes, the beautiful cheering sun bursts forth in his glory and gladdens all things. All the fields now are covered with flowers, and the X 482 sides of the hedges and woods have beautiful flowers. To us who hve in a perpetual summer, these appearances would be as nothing; but to those who dwell in England, where for several months every year the trees are leafless, and the fields destitute of verdure, when nothing is seen but the bare earth for a long period ; it is a season of joy and thankfulness to see all things vege- tating, and to behold every field green, and every tree looking beautiful in its new leafy clothing. May is the month when a most gaudy and variegated showy flower that is cultivated very extensively in England is in bloom, and perhaps no more beautiful sight can be witnessed than a bed of first rate expensive tulips ; they are bul- bous roots, and are planted in the month of No- vember, in long beds of prepared earth, seven in each row, four inches deep, and full seven inches apart; the length of the bed depends upon the size of the garden. Our friend^s bed consisted of sixty rows, making four hundred and twenty roots ; and just before they come into bloom, a canvas roof is built over the bed, to protect the flowers from the rain and the powerful rays of the sun; the flowers are about two feet from the ground, and consist of eight petals, and they are of every diversity of colour. The three grand distinctions are Bibloemen^s purple upon white ground, Rosens which have red and pinkish stripes upon white ground, and Bizarre's which have 483 yellow ground^ with brownish or black stripes. It is the variety and distinctness of these stripes which render them valuable. And there is every possible tint and hue of the above-named colours that can be mixed together. A tulip bed of first rate good flowers is very valuable ; several of the roots being ten pounds each, very many five pounds each, and the others varying from five pounds to five shillings per root. May is the fifth month, and is usually considered the most beautiful month in the year in England. The weather is most settled; and although not hot there is a warmth and comfort in the state of the temperature. The hawthorn hedges are full of a beautiful assemblage of sweet-scented bloom, which quite perfumes the air. The horse chesnut tree is in bloom, with its large white flowers, and everything looks blithe and cheerful. June, the sixth month, is also a fine month, with increased warmth. This is the season when the grass is cut and made into hay, and the wool is sheared from the sheep^s back in this month ; and in walking in the country the perfume from the fields of beans is most delightful, as also the clover fields. In June, that beautiful fruit, the cherry, is ripe ; and is so abundant and cheap, being, in 1840, only a penny per pound, that every person is enabled to partake largely of this fleshy, firm, and delicious stone fruit. Cherries 4M are about the size of a betel nut, and are a most refreshing beautiful fruit. July the seventh month is usually a fine month with increasing warmth. This month is the great fruit month. Raspberries, gooseberries, and currants, are quite ripe, and are to be met with in abundance, and very cheap. August the eighth month is the hottest month usually, in England. In this month, the harvest, or gathering in of the corn, is the occupation of immense numbers of people. The wheat, barley, and oats are now reaped with a sickle, and bound up in bundles, and drawn in waggons to the barn to be thrashed out. And hops, which are used to make beer, are gathered in this month ^nd dried for that purpose. September the ninth month. All the apples and pears are by this time ripe and fit to be gathered. Apples are a most A^aluable fruit ; they are a grateful flavour to eat, and many sorts will keep good for six months. A friend of ours, whose birth-day is the fifth of June, usually keeps apples until that time. Cider, a very nice drink, is made from the juice of apples, and is bottled, and becomes effervescing, and is almost as good as champagne, if made from choice fruit. Perry is made from the juice of pears, and is also beauti- ful to drink. October the tenth month begins to shew ap- 485 pearance of change ; the days shorten^ rough cold winds blow^ and the leaves on the trees begin to look yellow. This is a busy month with the farmer; he ploughs his land^ and sows great part of his wheat ; there are no flowers in the fields ; the hedges look bare^ and then comes November^ the eleventh months cold^ damp, foggy, and miserable. All the trees become bare, the weather becomes cold, and the spirits are depressed, and this brings December, the twelfth and last month. Frosts and snow like what we described in January now prevail, but there is a clearer atmosphere usually in December than in November. The frosts harden the ground so that one can walk pleasantly; and in December is Christmas, the season of fes tivity among Christians, being the birth-time of Jesus Christ. There is great rejoicing ; great and cheerful parties are made at each other's houses. On Christmas- day, all the members of families contrive to come from distances of many miles to meet and dine at their father's house, and Christmas makes all hearts merry. We here wish to inform our countrymen that the climate of England, though very cold, is not unhealthy, because we kept our healths, generally speaking, very good indeed, and by taking proper care of ourselves, we escaped the rigour and seve- rity of the winter. 486 On account of the cold and the frequent changes of weather^ it is necessary to wear flannel next the skin, in order to keep the body warm and of an uniform temperature. Great care ought to be taken in keeping the feet warm, and never put- ting on clothes which are the least damp, because that is liable to give a severe cold in winter. There are many precautions necessary in Eng- land with regard to the climate, which our space will not allow us to enumerate, but we shall men- tion a few which would be useful to any of our countrymen visiting England. In winter, be care- ful not to put on damp shoes, never get unneces- sarily wet, avoid going out in the evening as much as possible. When you go out in cold weather, put on as much clothing as would keep you warm ; take plenty of exercise, even in very severe weather (provided it is dry). Never stand in open air after a long walk, or after you have perspired. Do not sit with a window or a door open, or where there is a draught of air. Never go out of a warm room into oi3en air, or to a cold place without some additional clothing. By fol- lowing these suggestions, and by adopting a judi- cious and moderate plan of Uving, we think that a stranger will keep his health very good, and consequently will enjoy all the pleasures of hia travels. 487 CHAPTER XXXV. CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. It is now necessary^ as the period draws near for us to bid a final adieu and farewell to Eng- land^ and to return to our ever dear and happy- home, Bombay, that we should take leave of our readers. First, then, we would address our own countrymen, as it is for them that we have com- piled this little volume, and we would say to our brethren in the east, who have leisure and money, by all means pay a visit to England. Amply, most amply will they be repaid for the expenditure of their time and a portion of their fortune. They will see that England is a mighty country, con- taining within herself all the elements of a mighty people : that she has mineral productions of coal, iron, copper, tin, and several sorts of stone, that enable her children to take a prominent position as a manufacturing people, and that no nation of the present day can compete with her in her ma- nufactures : that her machinery is of the most per- fect description, and that by it she produces every 488 material^ from the finest lace to the largest cable, that her cutlery and other instruments are un- rivalled both for their workmanship and for the materials of which they are made : that her glass is as pure and beautifully cut as it is possible for such an article to be made : that her woollen cloths for fineness of texture, brightness of colour, and for durability are not to be matched any where. That her linen and cotton surpass those manufac- tured in any other part of the globe, that her silks are now nearly equal to those of any other kingdom, and her institutions are the greatest object of ad- miration to all the nations on the face of the earth. Our readers will very naturally ask, why is it that this little speck on the map of the world should thus become unrivalled. Why cannot France, containing in population double that of England, compete with her ? why not the mighty continent of America? why not the other European na- tions ? We will answer this question in a very few words. There is a great deal of private enterprise among the English people, they are all of one mind, and all working to one end — viz. the adopting of such measures as will promote their happiness and welfare. Almost all the institutions, educa- tional, scientific, and charitable, belong to private associations and companies, receiving but little support and many none at all from Government ; we have elsewhere described the bridges, railroads 489 and other public conveyances which have been con- structed by private individuals. Banks^ asylums, &c. are private property, and to effect all these they unite together in large numbers, by which means wealth, talent and influence are concentrated into one point, this leads them to the establishment of great national works subservient to public good. This system is decidedly mischievous when carried out for the formation of projects, which individual wealth is capable of effecting, as it tends to check and discourage individual enterprise, but for works such as railroads, bridges, banks and other institutions, it is admirably calculated, as these are beyond individual power to effect. To this in a great measure in conjunction with the colonial possesions and maritime enterprize may be attri- buted the greatness of England and by this public feeling, and union of sentiment among themselves the English have now arrived at such national pros- perity as to excite the admiration of the world. To give an idea of the activity and fondness of of public business that so pre-eminently distin- guishes the English character from that of their European neighbours, we may mention that we became acquainted with a commercial gentleman, whose enterprising spirit had led him almost un- aided to form not less than five great companies, all of unquestionable utility to the country, viz. three banks, one gas light and one railway com- pany, this same gentleman was likewise a magis- 490 trate, a governor of two or three public institutions^ a considerable money dealer, and the head of a family of fourteen children, so that he must have employed the whole period of his life with unre- mitting attention to these things, thus sacrificing with a noble and exalted patriotic feeling, his private comforts for the good of his country and his fellow- brethren. To this we repeat is to be attributed their great superiority of wealth and power, considering their amount of population as compared with other countries Nothing can thus more strikingly evince the difference in the effect upon a nation^s prosperity, where in the one case it emanates from the people^ and in the other from the government. As no go- vernment however wealthy can possibly support the endless variety of useful institutions that are to be seen in England. We have been insensibly led into digression, but now hasten to bring our observations to a close. In the spring of the year, English scenery with its greenness and its freshness, with the trees in bloom and those bearing their fruit, is like a perpetual garden of flowers, and the corn fields of wheat, barley, oats, rye, peas, beans, &c. each in their respective seasons, present various pictures of great beauty, and we pronounce England^ as a whole, well w^orth the trouble of coming all the way from India to see. Our countrymen must not think that we have given anything like a full 491 description of England ; we came over with a specific object in view, and it was only whilst re- laxing from the study of our business that we were able to see the things we have mentioned, and to make our remarks upon them. So far as we have given descriptions, we have endeavoured to obtain the best information we could gain upon the several subjects, and we are inclined to hope our statements are generally cor- rect ; still great allowances must be made for our being strangers; we haA^e not perhaps in many instances been able to obtain full information upon all the points we could have wished, but if every one visiting England would take the trouble, if they have leisure, to put down every day their re- marks upon the manners, customs, and everything that they see in England, we are sure it would amply repay them, and enlighten their country- men by given publicity to the whole at the end of their sojourn in the country. It may happen that our little work may be read by some of the English people ; we request them not to judge too harshly of our production, as, being sensible of the want of our intimate acquaintance with the English language, we did not originally intend to print our remarks in this country, but having been repeatedly urged and encouraged by some of our kind friends to do so, we at length consented. We have received much kindness, much polite attention, and much real friendship 492 from both ladies and gentlemen in England ; with some we have formed friendships w^hich we hope will only terminate with our lives^ and we shall always recollect England with sentiments of esteem and admiration^ and we shall ever think of that portion of our lives spent on her shores with feel- ings of much pleasure and gratification. And now in bidding adieu to her and the English people^ we would say to them^ — be united^ — ^remember the old English fable of the boy with the bundle of sticks^ — and also the good old English proverb — Union of sentiment is the strength of society^^ — united^ you may bid defiance to the worlds but if disunited^ any force however small may weaken and destroy you. — Farewell. FINIS. PRINTED BY W. NICOI., 60, PAI L MALL. London, Jan. 1841. WORKS RELATING TO INDIA, &c. PUBLISHED BY Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO., 7, LEADENHALL STREET. I. EikST ZI^DIA irZSiLR BOOK. (Under the Superintendence of the British India Society). The EAST INDIA YEAR BOOK, for 1841, pre- sen ting, in a condensed form, the most Important and Authentic Details connected with India and the East. 12rao. *** This work (intended to be published annually) will be made a record, first, of all important natural phenomena, with special reference, when facts can be obtained, to the results of the scientific observation of nature in Eastern Countries ; second, of information on subjects of Geography and Statistics, connected with India and the East ; and third, of details illustrative of the systems of government and adminis- tration in India. The first of these divisions will include all the new observations in the various departments of nature ; the second will comprehend the remarks of antiquarians as well as the dicoveries of travellers; and the third will embrace both the home and local government of British India, the Native States, the foreign Settlements, and every thing that tends to explain their actual condition. 2. miSB ROBSRTS'S WOB.KS. NOTES of an OVERLAND JOURNEY through FRANCE and EGYPT to BOMBAY, in 1839. With Remarks upon Aden and Bombay. By EMMA ROBERTS. In one volume. In the Press. SCENES and CHARACTERISTICS of HINDOSTAN, with Sketches of Anglo-Indian Society. By EMMA ROBERTS. Second Edition. 2 vols, post 8vo. 18s. cloth boards. ** The most thorough knowledge of " A most charming work, whic only India, that mere description can impart, requires to be known to be universall will be found in these volumes." — popular."— Literary Gazette. Metropolitan Magazine. F f f 2 WORKS RELATING TO INDIA 3. HOUGH'S OPSRATEOMS in APPGKAiariSTAN". NARRATIVE of the MARCH and OPERATIONS of the ARMY of the INDUS, from INDIA to CANDAHAR, GHUZNI, and CABOOL, in the years 1838 and 1839, to restore H.M. Shah Shooja ool Moolk to his Throne. By Major HOUGH, D. J. A. G. {In the Press.) 4. CHAPTERS of the MODERN HISTORY of BRITISH INDIA. By EDWARD THORNTON, Esq., author of ** India, its State and Prospects." 8vo. £l. Is. doth boards, lettered. •* This is a very able work, the result of much knowledge and much thought." — Spectator* 5. VISWS in iLFFGHiLN-ISTAM. TWENTY-FIVE VIEWS of CABOOL, GHUZNEE, the BOLAN PASS, and other remarkable Places in AFFGHANISTAN, illustrating the Scenery, Buildings, and Customs of the Alfghauns ; from Sketches taken by Sir KEITH JACKSON, Bart, during the Campaign; with Descriptive Letter Press. Drawn in the Tinted Style of Lithography by Wm. Walton, and Printed by C. Hull- mandel, with all the new Improvements m the Art. — Price: Imperial Quarto, half bound, £2. 2s.; proof copies on large paper, to correspond with the series of Sketches by Harding, Prout, Roberts, Stanfield, Nash, &c. £4. 4s.; copies coloured in imitation of original Drawings mounted in a Portfolio, £8. 8s. 6. The WlSILIiBSIiEir BSSFiLTCHES.— ZN'BIA. The DESPATCHES, MINUTES, and CORRES- PONDENCE of the MARQUESS WELLESLEY, K.G. during his Adminis- tration in India. Revised by his Lordship, and Edited by Mr. MONTGOMERY MARTIN. Now complete in 5 large vols. 8vo. with Portrait, Maps, Plans, &c. Price £6. 10s. cloth boards. ** The despatches may truly be called | ** A publication of peculiar and extra- national records, of which England may ordinary interest." — Edinbuigh Review, justly be proud." — Metropolitan Mag. \ 7. The EAST-INDIA GAZETTEER ; containing par- ticular Descriptions of the Empires, Kingdoms, Principalities, Provinces, Cities, Towns, Districts, Fortresses, Harbours, Rivers, Lakes, &c. of Hindostan, and the adjacent Countries; India beyond the Ganges, and the Eastern Archipelago; together with Sketches of the Manners, Customs, Institutions, Agriculture, Com- merce, Manufactures, &c. of their various Inhabitants. By the late WALTER HAMILTON . 2 vols. 8vo. £l. 12s. cloth boards, lettered. PUBLISHED BY Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO. 3 8. WORKS by Professor ROYI.E. ILLUSTRATIONS of the BOTANY and other BRANCHES of the NATURAL HISTORY of the HIMALAYAN MOUN- TAINS, andof the FLORA of CASHMERE. By J. FORBES ROYLE, M.D., V P.R S., F.L.S. and G.S., &:c. &c. &c. Now complete, with beautifully-coloured Plates, in 2 Vols., Imperial quarto, half morocco, extra, Price £ II. lis. *** Any of the Parts may be had separately, to complete sets. ** This will be found to be one of the A more valuable contribution has mostscientificand comprehensive works rarely been made to the science of Na- of the kind that has ever been publish- tural History than by the splendid work ed."— Arboretum Britannicum. of Mr. J. Forbes Royle. "—Time^. The PRODUCTIVE RESOURCES of INDIA. In royal 8vo. price 14s. cloth lettered. *' In respect to Dr. Royle's object to point out the latent agricultural wealth of India, he has brought a large store of knowledge, accumulated from local observa- tion, practical experience, and scientific study, to bear upon the subject, which he has elucidated with much ability."— Times. ** A most important and valuable work."— United Service Gazette. An ESSAY on the ANTIQUITY of HINDOO MEDI- CINE; Including an Introductory Lecture to the Course of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, delivered at King's College. 8vo. 6s. 6d. boards. ♦* Awork of immense research and erudition." — Medico Chirurgical Rev. 9. The RISE and PROGRESS of the BRITISH POWER in INDIA. By PETER AUBER, M.R.A.S., late Secretary to the Hon. East-India Company. Now complete in 2 large vols. 8vo., price £2. 2s. cloth boards. (A few copies on royal paper, price ^£3. 3s.) ** This is an admirable book, and one i '* The work cannot fail to present that has long been much wanted "— | matter of great interest to all, but espe- United Service Gazette. 1 cially to the Indian reader." — Times. Also, by the same Author, CHINA ; an Outhne of its Government, Laws, and Policy, and of the British and Foreign Embassies to, and Intercourse with, that Empire. With a Chart of Canton River. 8vo. 10s. 6d. boards. 10. The HISTORY, ANTIQUITIES, TOPOGRAPHY, and STATISTICS of EASTERN INDIA; comprising the Districts of Behar, Shahabad, Bhagulpoor.Goruckpoor, Dinagepoor, Puraniya, Rungpoor, and Assam, in relation to their Geology, Mineralogy, Botany, Agriculture, Commerce, &c. &c. Surveyed under the Orders of the Supreme Government, and collated from the Original Documents at the East-India House. By IVJONTGOMERY MARTIN, Author of the History of the British Colonies," &c. Complete in 3 vols. 8vo., with numerous Plates. £3. 12s. cloth boards, lettered. ** This work is one of the most valuable additions to the literature of the pre- sent day." — Literary Gazette. F f f 2 4 WORKS RELATING TO INDIA 11. GZXiCKRIST'S EAST-IUDXA GUIDE. GENERAL EAST-INDIA GUIDE and VADE- MECUM, for the Public Functionary, Government Officer, Private Agent, Trader, or Foreign gpjourner in British India. By J. B. GILCHRIST, LL.D. 8vo. I8s. cloth board* lettered. 12. AN-DERSOWS ACKEEXflr. ACHEEN, and the PORTS on the NORTH and E\ST COASTS of SUMATRA; with Incidental Notices of the Trade in the Eastern Seas, and the Aggressions of the Dutch. By JOHN ANDERSON, Esq., late of the Hon. East India Company's ('ivil Service at Penang, Singapore and Malacca. 8vo. cloth boards, 7s. 6d. ** A useful little volume." — London Journal of Commerce, 13. ' I.AW REI.ATZM'G to ZXTDIA. The LAW RELATING to INDIA and the EAST- INDI A COMPANY; with Notes and an Appendix. 4to. cloth. £3. 38. ** A valuable volume, prepared apparently with great accuracy."— Time*. 14. TOD'S WESTEB^N- ZirBZA. TRAVELS in WESTERN INDIA, embracing a visit to the Sacred Mountains of the Jains, and the most celebrated shrines of the Hindu Faith, between Rajpootana and the Indus, and an Account of the Ancient City of Nehrwalla. By the late Lieut.-Colonel JAMES TOD, author of " The Annals of Rajast'han." Royal 4to. ^£3. 13s. 6d. cloth boards. This Work is embellished with nine Plates and Vignettes, beautifully Engraved from Sketches by Mrs. Hunter Blair. " A work, which must be regarded as the most important, the most full, and the most interesting that has ever ap- peared upon Western India."— ^to. **As a sequel to the * Annals,' the present publication takes its place among the most valuable contributions to our knowledge of India."— Lit. Gaz, 15. RZCKAZtDSOTT'S I.ITERAXtir X.EAVES. LITERARY LEAVES, or PROSE and VERSE. By D. L. RICHARDSON. In 2 vols. 8vo., price £l. Is. cloth lettered. " A collection of elegant and pleasing Essays, published at Calcutta."— TVofe to a quotation from " Literary Leaves," in Bulwer's *' Alice." PUBLISHED BY Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO. 16. Z^SMOZRS of an lTIJ>XIi.N OFFICER. MEMOIRS of the EARLY LIFE and SERVICE of a FIELD OFFICER on the RETIRED LIST of the INDIAN ARMY. (By Major DAVID PRICE, formerly of the Bombay Army.) One vol. 8vo. 12s. cloth boards. 17. THESIS on the NATURE and HISTORY of PLAGUE as observed in the North Western Provinces of India. By FREDERICK FORBES, M.A., M.D., of the Bombay Army. 8vo. 3s. 18. ARTIIff'S BRITISH COIiOIflES. STATISTICS of the COLONIES of the BRITISH EMPIRE in the WEST INDIES, SOUTH AMERICA, NORTH AMERICA, ASIA, AUSTRAL-ASIA, AFRICA, and EUROPE; comprising the Area, Agri- culture, Commerce, Manufactures, Finances, Military Defence, Cultivated and Waste Lands, Rates of Wages, Prices of Provisions, Banks, Coins, Staple Products, Population, Education, Religion, Crime, &c. &c. of each Colony ; from the Official Records of the Colonial Office. By MONTGOMERY MARTIN, Author of the *• History of the British Colonies," &c. &c. In One large volume Royal Bvo., with Maps, Plans, &c. Price £2. 2s. cloth boards. A work of reference for the Statesman, Merchant, Emigrant, Philanthropist, &c. •*The mass of valuable intelligence j *• It forms, in fact, a complete Colo- collected in this volume is prodigious." | nial Encyclopaedia."— ^rg-w*. •—Literary Gazette, \ 19. KORSFIEIiB'S FIiAITTS of JAVA. PLANTS JAVANIC^ RARIORES, containing Descriptions of some of the PLANTS found in JAVA. By THOMAS HORS- FIELD, M.D. Part II. imperial 4to. sewed, price £l. 10s., or coloured, £,2. 10s. Also may be had Part I. price £2. lOs., or coloured, £3. 10s. The Descriptions, &c. have been prepared chiefly by John J.Bennett, Esq., and Robert Brown, Esq, 20. EARIi'S EASTERN- SEAS. The EASTERN SEAS ; or, VOYAGES and AD VEN- TURES in the INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO in 1832, 1833, and 1834; comprising a Tour of the Island of Java— Visits to Borneo — the Malay Peninsula, Siam, &c. ; Also, an Account of the Present State of Singapore, with Observations on the Commercial Resources of the Archipelago. By GEORGE WINDSOR EARL, M.R.A.S. 1 vol. 8vo. 12s. cloth boards. "The volume contains much that is I ** The distinguishing character of novel, communicated in an unaffected Mr. Earl's unpretending book is reality and agreeable m2mQex"—Athen<£um. \ and distinctness." — Spectator. F f f 3 6 WORKS RELATING TO INDIA 21. BRTCE on EBUCil.TZON' in TTfDlA, A SKETCH of NATIVE EDUCATION in INDIA, under the Superintendence of the Church of Scotland. With Remarks on the Character and Condition of the Hindus, as these bear upon the question of Con- version to Christianity. By JAMES BRYCE, D. D. 8vo. 9s. 6d. boards. 22. GAXpZiOWAY'S COirSTITUTIOM' of ZITDIA. OBSERVATIONS on the LAW and CONSTITUTION of INDIA ; on the Nature of Landed Tenures ; and on the System of Revenue and Finance, as established by the Moohummudun Law and Moghul Government ; with an Inquiry into the Revenue and Judicial Administration and Regulations of Police at present existing in Bengal. By Lieut.-Col. GALLOWAY, of the Hon. East-India Company's Service. Second Edition, with additions. 8vo. I2s. cloth boards lettered. 23. Tbe THUGS of ZITDZA. ILLUSTRATIONS of the HISTORY and PRACTICE of the THUGS of INDIA : and Notices of some of the Proceedings of the Govern- ment of India, for the Suppression of the Crime of Thuggee. One vol. 8vo., 15s. cloth boards. 24. BACOU'S FIRST ZXMCPRSSSIOM'S. FIRST IMPRESSIONS and STUDIES from NATURE in HINDOSTAN, embracing an Outline of the Voyage to Calcutta, and Five Years' Residence in Bengal and the Doab, from 1831 to 1836. By THOS. BACON, Lieut, of the Bengal Horse Artillery. 2 vols. 8vo., with Plates. £L 10s. cloth boards. '* These volumes will be found a rich I ** A happy combination of correctness storehouse of amusement and instruc- and gaiety."— fic/ectic Review, tion."— Times. 25. FRXTTSEP'S XX7D1A. HISTORY of the POLITICAL and MILITARY TRANSACTIONS in INDIA, during the Administration of the Marquis of Hastings, from 1813 to 1823. Enlarged from the Narrative published in 1820. By HENRY T. PRINSEP, Esq., of the Bengal Civil Service. 2 vols. 8vo. with Maps and Plates, £l. 12s. cloth boards, lettered. 26. TKORN-TOn-'S CAZiCUZiATOR. The EAST-INDIAN CALCULATOR ; or, Tables for Assisting Computation of Batta, Interest, Commission, Rent, "Wages, &c., in Indian Money. By THOMAS THORNTON, M.R.A.S. 8vo. £1. Is. boards. PUBLISHED BY Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO. 7 27. SOCZETV and XMCATO-Ntsrs in ZITDZA. ANGLO-INDIA, SOCIAL, MORAL, and POLITICAL. 3 vols, post 8vo. £l. 7s. boards. ** No work can afford better informa- | ** The papers entitled * English So- tion regarding the East than these excel- I ciety in India ' will be found particu- lent volumes."— Naua/ and Mil. Gazette. \ laily valuable."— ^f/a*. 28. XZ£RKXiOTS*S QASrOOXa-.ZS-ZSXiAl^. The CUSTOMS of the MOOSULMANS of INDIA. By JAFFUR SHURREEF (a Native of the Deecan). Composed under the direction of, and translated by G. A. HERKLOTS, M.D., Surgeon on the Madras Establishment. Onevol.Svo., 16s. cloth boards lettered. *** This work comprises a full and exact Account of the Various Rites and Cere- monies of the Moosulmans of India, from the moment of Birth to the hour of Death ; including their Fasts and Festivals (particularly the Mohurrum) ; their Vows and Oblations for every Month in the Year ; their different Tribes and Sects, Saints and Devotees; Religious Tenets, Prayers, and Ablutions; the Calculation of Nativities, Necromancy, Exorcism, Casting out Devils, &c. &c. &c. 29. TKOmPSOKT'S CHINA. TRABE. CONSIDERATIONS respecting the TRADE with CHINA. By JOSEPH THOMPSON, late of the East-India House. Post 8vo. 5& bds. 30. EVZBSHrCZ: on the CIIZM-A TRADE. MINUTES of EVIDENCE and REPORT, taken before the Select Committee of both Houses of Parliament, 1830. CHINA TRADE. 2 vols. 8vo. £2. 2s. boards. 31. THE ZSTDZAN- ARCKZPEZiAGO. HISTORY of the INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. By JOHN CRAWFURD, F.R.S., late British Resident at the Court of Java. 3 vols. 8vo., with Maps and Plates. £2. 12s. 6d. cloth lettered. 32. BZiACXEZt'S MAHRATTA WAR. MEMOIRS of the OPERATIONS of the BRITISH ARM V in INDIA during the late Mahratta War of 1817, 1818, and 1819. By the late Lieut.-Col. VALENTINE BLACKER, C.B., of the Madras Array. One vol. 4to., with Maps and Plans, £2. 2s. cloth boards lettered. WORKS RELATING TO INDIA 33. KOUC^H on MEXiITAI&'Sr Xiil.W, &,c. A CHRONOLOGICAL EXPOSITION of MILITARY I/AW, deduced from the different Writers, from the years 1781 to 1838, containing their latest opinions upon all points, from the Accusation, Trial, to Final Judgment, &c By Major W. HOUGH, Bengal Artillery. 8 vo. 8s. boards (Calcutta printed.) Invaluable as a work of easy and ready reference."— /as. Also, by the same Author, The PRACTICE of COURTS MARTIAL, and other Military Courts; with Chapters on Inquests, Courts of Requests, Three Trials (Arson, Larceny, and Murder, with full Evidence), Rules of Evidence, and other Useful Matter and Tables. 8vo. 14s. 34. Tlie ARABIiL^ ITIGKTS, in iLRABZC. The ALIF LAILA ; or, BOOK of the THOUSAND NIGHTS and ONE NIGHT, commonly known as The Arabian Nights' Entertainments." Now, for the first time, published complete in the Original Arabic, from an Egyptian MS. brought to India by the late Major Turner Macan, Editor of the " Shah Nameh." Edited by Sir W. H. MACN AGHTEN, Bart., of the Bengal Civil Service. Vols. I. to III. royal 8vo. £l 10s. each. (Printed at Calcutta.) This work will be completed in Four Volumes. 35. TORREIO-S'S ilRABZArr lO-ZGKTS. The BOOK of the THOUSAND NIGHTS and ONE NIGHT, from the Arabic of the Egyptian M.S., as edited by Sir W. H. MAC- NAGHTEN, B.C.S. Done into English by HENRY TORRENS, Esq., B.C.S., B.A., &c. Vol. I., 8vo., cloth. 10s. 6d. ** For the Arabian Nights, as they are really written, the curious and scientific must recur to Mr. Torrens* translation."— Foreign Quarterly Re- view. '* It has superior claims over all pre- ceding translations."— Nau«Z and Mili- tary Gazette. Far superior in attractiveness to all preceding versions." — Atlas. 36. WORKS by Sir GRiLVBS C. HiLUGHTOXJ, (Member of the Institute of France, &c. &c.) PRODROMUS, or an INQUIRY into the FIRST PRINCIPLES of REASONING; including an Analysis of the Human Mind. In one volume, 8vo. price 7s. cloth. A SHORT INQUIRY into the NATURE of LANGUAGE, 4to. 2s. BENGALI, SANSKRIT, and ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 4to. £7. 7s. BENGALI SELECTIONS. 4to. £l. 10s. Ditto GLOSSARY. 4to. £l. 10s. PURUSHA PARIKKYA. 8vo. 14s. TOTA ITAHAS. 8vo. 6s. MANAVA-DHERMA-SASTRA. 2 vols. 4to. £5. 5s. A LETTER to the Right Hon. C. W. W. V^YNN, M.P., &c., on the Danger to which the Constitution is exposed from the Encroachments of the Courts of Law. 8vo. 2s. PUBLISHED BY Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO 9 37. WOXUCS by Professor H. WZX.SOM-, (Of the University of Oxford.) SELECT SPECIMENS of the THEATRE of the HINDUS, translated from the Original Sanskrit. Second Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. £l. Is. boards. *** The Dramas selected are— The Mrichchakati— Vikrama and Urvasi — Uttara Rama Cheritra — Malati and Madhava— Mudra Rakshasa, and Retnavali. •* Curious — interesting — valuable — enduring." — Spectator. DICTIONARY, SANSCRIT and ENGLISH, 4to. ^5. 15s. 6d. M EGH A DUT A; or Cloud Messenger. Sanscrit and English. 4to. £2. 2s. PROVERBS and PROVERBIAL PHRASES in the Persian and Hindoostanee, with an English Translation, royal 8vo. bds. £l. Is. DOCUMENTS illustrative of the BURMESE WAR. royal 4to. £2. 2s. REVIEW of the EXTERNAL COMMERCE of BENGAL, royal 8vo. 8s. CATALOGUE of the MACKENZIE COLLECTION. 2 vols. 8vo. £l, 12s. 38. WORKS by JOKK- SHAKESPEAR, Esq. DICTIONARY, HINDUSTANI and ENGLISH, with a Copious Index, fitting the Work to serve also as a Dictionary, English and Hindustani. Third Edition, much enlarged. 4to. £7- cloth boards. A GRAMMAR of the HINDUSTANI LANGUAGE. Third Edition, enlarged and improved. 4to. £l. Is. boards. MUNTAKHABAT-I HINDI; or, SELECTIONS in HINDUSTANI, tor the Use of Students. Third Edition. 2 vols. 4to. £2. 2s. boards. 39. WORKS by J. 3. GZI.CKRIST, Xi.Xi.D. HINDOOSTANEE PHILOLOGY ; comprising a copious DICTIONARY, Enghsh and Hindostanee, with a Grammatical Intro- duction, 4to. £2. 12s. 6d. boards. DIALOGUES, ENGLISH and HINDOOSTANEE. 8vo. 15s. boards. The STRANGER'S INFALLIBLE EAST-INDIAN GUIDE; or, Hindoo- stanee Multum in Parvo. 8vo. 15s. boards. HINDEE-ROMAN ORTHOEPIGRAPHICAL ULTIMATUM; Exemplified in 100 Anecdotes, Tales, Jests, &c., of the Hindoostanee Storyteller. 8vo. £i. boards. The HINDEE-MORAL PRECEPTOR; or, Rudimental Principles of Persian Grammar and Hindee-Persic and English Vocabulary. 8vo. ^61. boards. 40. CVZiTZVATIOU of COTTOM*, &,c. PAPERS respecting the CULTIVATION and MANU- FACTURE of COTTON-WOOL, RAW SILK, and INDIGO. Printed by order of the East-India Company. 8vo. 12s. cloth boards. 10 WORKS RELATING TO INDIA Select ot M^v&f CTiiarts, $(c. Ma ps imported from India, An ANGLO-HINDUSTANI MAP of INDIA, by J. B. TASSIN. On Six Sheets on cloth, in a case, £4.; or on cloth, with roller, var- nished, £4. 5s. An ANGLO-PERSIAN MAP of INDIA, by J. B. TASSIN. On Six Sheets, coloured and varnished, £3. 3s. MAP of the EASTERN FRONTIER of BRITISH INi)IA. By Capt. R. B. PEMBERTON. Cloth case, £5. MAP of the NORTH-WESTERN FRONTIER of BRITISH INDIA. In cloth case, £l. MAP of UPPER ASSAM ; comprising the DISTRICTS of JOORHAT, LUCKIMPORE, and SUDIYA. Shewing the TEA TRACTS discovered by Mr. C. A. Bruce, Superintendent of Tea Culture to the Hon. East- India Company in Assam. Also the Roads proposed to be opened from Sudiya to the Booree Dihing. Scale four miles to an inch. Cloth case, £l. 10s. MAP of the POST OFFICE STATIONS and POST and BANGY ROUTES throughout B KIT ISH INDIA; constructed by J. B. TAS- SIN, under orders of the Supreme Government of India, from materials collected and arranged by Capt. T. J. TAYLOR. On One Sheet, 8s ; or on cloth, coloured, and in a case, 12s. A NEW and IMPROVED MAP of VARIOUS ROUTES between EUROPE and INDIA, comprehending Western and Northern Asia, toge- ther with Asia Minor and Egypt. By J. B. TASSIN. On Four Sheets, coloured, cloth case, £2. Maps published in England. A MAP of INDIA, from the latest Surveys of the best Authorities, and corrected to the present time. On Six Sheets of Atlas, £2. 12s. 6d. ; on cloth, in a case, £3. 13s. 6d. ; or on cloth, with rollers, varnished, £4. 4s. A SMALLER MAP of INDIA, compiled from the latest Documents, and respectfully inscribed to Major James Rennell, F.R.S., &c. &c.&c. On One large Sheet, 18s.; or on cloth, in a case, or on rollers, £l. 5s.; or with rollers, varnished, £l. 9s. MAP of the COUNTRIES on the NORTH-WEST FRONTIER of INDIA; being a General View of the Regions lately the Seat of War. Compiled by JOHN WALKER, Geographer to the Hon. East-India Company. Four sheets, price 10s. (id., or on cloth in case, 17s. 6d. MAP of the WESTERN PROVINCES of HINDOO- STAN, constructfd from the most recent Surveys. On Fovjr Sheets of Atlas. A'l. lis. 6d. J or on cloth, in a case, £'2. 5s. (Corrected to the present time). In this edition, the River Sutledge and the Southern Part of the Punjab are laid down from the Surveys of Captain Wade, the Indus from those of Sir A. Burnes, and the Mouths of the Indus from the Survey of Lieut. Carless. The Countries bordering on the Great Desert have been corrected from the Surveys of Captain Boileau, Lieut. del'Hoste, &c. PUBLISHED BY Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO. 11 MAP of CHINA and the ADJACENT COUNTRIES, drawn from the latest Surveys and other Authentic Documents; containing all the Geographical Information relating to that Country and adjacent Tracts, up to the present time, by JOHN WALKER. On one large sheet, colored, 8s. ; on cloth, in a case, lis.; on cloth, with roller, 12s. 6d. ; or varnished, 14s.; or in a frame, varnished, £\. 14s. Gd. INDEX, containing the Names and Geographical Posi- tions of all places in the M APS of 1 N Dl A. In one vol. 12mo„ price 10s. boards. Charts, Pilots, Sfc. GENERAL CHART from ENGLAND to CHINA, including the Indian Seas; inscribed to Jas. Horsburgh, F.R.S., &c. &c. On one large sheet, price 7s. 6d. ; or on cloth bound, 10s. 6d. ; or on cloth bound and coloured 12s. CHART of the CANTON RIVER, folded in case, 2s 6d. HORSBURGH'S CHARTS for the Navigation from England to India and China, and throughout the Eastern Seas, viz. 1. North Atlantic Ocean, 6s. 2. South Atlantic Ocean, 7s. 6d. 3. Anchorage at Gough's Island, 2s. 4. Bird's Islands and Doddington Rock, 3s. 6d. 5 and 6. Cape of Good Hope, S. E. Africa, and Madagascar Seas, 2 sheets, 10s. 6d. 7. Indian Ocean, 7s. 6'd. 8. Arabian Sea and East Africa, 7s. 6d. 9. Hindoostan Coasts and Islands, 7s. 6d. 10. Bombay Harbour, 10s. 6d. 11. Goa Road and River, and Murma- goa Anchorage, /s. 6d. 12. Maldiva Islands and Channels, 5s. 13. Bay of Bengal, 6s. 14. Peninsula and Islands of India, East of Bengal Bay, 9s. 15. West Coasr of Sumatra, 6s. 16. Straits of Malacca and Singapore, one sheet, 7s. 6d. 17. 18, and 19. Straits of Malacca and Singapore, three sheets, 18s, 20. Strait of Sunda. 6s. 21. Straits of Banca and Gaspar, 7s. 6d. 22. Carimata Passage and Borneo West Coast, 7s. 6d. 23. Straits of Rhio, Durian, Lingin, and Singapore, 7s. 6d. 24 and 25. China Sea and Coasts adja- cent, two sheets, 15s. 26. Canton River and its Proximate Channels, 7s. 6d. 27. East Coast of China, 8s. 6d. 28. Bashee Islands and Channels be- tween Luzon and Formosa, 3s. 6d. 29. 30, and 31. Eastern Passages to China, three sheets, £l. lis. 6d. 32. Passages through the Barrier Reefs, Australia East, 4s. GENERAL CHART of the RIVER HOOGLY and the APPkOACHES to it from FALSE POINT to CALCUTTA. Compiled from the Surveys of Capts. Lloyd, Maxfield, and Court, by JOHN WALKER Geographer to the Hon. East-India Company. 7s. * CHART of the RIVER HOOGLY from CALCUTTA to SAUGOR POINT, including BARRATULLA RIVER, or CHANNEL CREEK. On the Scale of an Inch to a Mile. By RICHARD LLOYD, Com- mander I.N. 9s. CHART of the South-East Coast of ARABIA from the Entrance of the Red Sea to Misenat, with enlarged Plans of the principal Roads an Harbours surveyed by Capt. S. B. HAINES, Indian Navy. Price 7 CHART of the MALDIVA ISLANDS. Surveyed by Captain R. MORESBY and Lieut. F. T. POWELL, Indian Navy. Three Sheets, price 16s. 12 PUBLISHED BY Wm. H. ALLEN AND CO. CHART of the CHAGOS ARCHIPELAGO. Surveyed by Capt. R. MORESBY and Lieut. F. T. POWELL. 4s. The PRINCIPAL GROUPS of the CHAGOS ARCHI- PELAGO, onanenlargedscale,byCapt. MORESBYand Lieut. F.T. POWELL. 3s. NAUTICAL DIRECTIONS for the MALDIVA IS^ LANDS and CHAGOS ARCHIPELAGO. By Capt. R. MORESBY, LN. 3s. 6d. CHART of the PAUMBEN PASS. By Lieuts. F. T. POWELL and R. ETHERSEY, LN. 4s. CHART of the several BAYS near CAPE ADEN, on the ARABIAN COAST. By S. B. HAINES, Commander LN. 5s. TWENTY-NINE SHEETS of a NEW ATLAS of INDIA, on a Scale of Four Miles to an Inch. Each Sheet, 8s. HORSBURGH'S EAST-INDIA PILOT. £14 7s. HORSBURGH'S INDIA DIRECTORY , of, Directions for Sailing to and from the East-Indies, China, New Holland, Capeof Good Hope, Brazil and the interjacent Ports. Compiled chiefly from Original Journals at the East-India House. 2 vols, in one. 4to. £4. 6s. cloth boards, lettered. Published Monthly, price Ss. 6d. THE ASIATIC JOURNAI., AND MONTHLY REGISTER FOR BRITISH AND FOREIGN INDIA, CHINA, AND AUSTRALASIA, CONTAINING Original and Select Papers on Oriental Subjects. History, Antiquities, Poetry, &c. Review of New Publications. Proceedings of Asiatic Societies. Miscellanies, Original and Select. Lists of New Oriental Works. College Examinations. Debates at the East-India House, and in Parliament, on India Affairs. Asiatic and Domestic Intelligence. Register, including Government Orders, Appointments, Shipping, Births, Mar- riages, and Deaths. Prices of European Goods in the East. Prices of Eastern Produce at home. Indian Securities and Exchanges. Times appointed for the Sailing of East- India Ships. Passengers of Ships to and from India. State of the London and India Mark Prices of Stocks, Shares, dec &c. Vols. I. to XXXIII. New Series (Jan. 1830 to Dec. 1840), may be had, half-bound. ^* Sets of the Old Series of this Work, from its commencement in January 1816 to December 1829 (28 vols. Svo.), or any single Number, may be had. Wm. H. Allen and Co., 7, Leadenhall Street.